Home

LSI 3ware SAS 9750-8i

1. If you have 120 GB drives from different manufacturers chances are that the capacity varies slightly For example one drive might be 122 GB and the other 123 GB even though both are sold and marketed as 120 GB drives 3ware drive coercion uses the same capacity for both of these drives so that one could replace the other Specifying a Hot Spare through 3DM If you need to add a drive to be used as the hot spare follow the instructions under Adding a Drive on page 135 To specify a hot spare after the system is booted 1 In3DM 2 choose Management gt Maintenance 2 Inthe Available Drives list select the drive you want as a hot spare by marking the checkbox in front of its Port number 3 Click Set Spares You will see the status change to OK SPARE Specifying a Hot Spare through 3BM 1 On the main 3BM screen in the list of Available Drives highlight the drive you want to use 2 Types to specify that the selected drive will be the hot spare You ll see the words Hot Spare appear next to the drive in the Available Drives list www si com channel products 105 Configuring Units 3 I Figure 51 Hot Spare Indicated SATA SAMSUNG HD16 JJ 149 84 GB SATA SAMSUNG HD166Jd 149 64 GB BSS 5 drive 64K RAID 6 100 55 GB lt Zygote_1 gt VERIFYING 5 drive 64K RAID 6 160 55 GB lt Zygote_2 gt VERIFYING G 4 drive 64K RAID 5 447 00 GB lt raid gt y g p p p p g g p g g g p
2. e Rapid RAID Recovery The Rapid Raid Recovery feature increases the speed with which a redundant unit can be made redundant again when a rebuild is required It can also increase the speed of verification or initialization that may occur in the event of an unclean shutdown e Read Cache Read Cache stores data from media locally on the controller to improve read access times for applications The 3ware Read Cache feature also includes an Intelligent Mode which enables Intelligent Read Prefetch IRP IRP includes a typical read ahead caching method which is used to proactively retrieve data from media and store it locally on the controller with the anticipation that it may be requested by the host www si com channel products 307 Glossary 308 Rebuild task schedule The specification for when rebuilding may occur including start time and duration Rebuild a unit To generate data on a new drive after it is put into service to replace a failed drive in a fault tolerant unit for example RAID 1 10 5 6 or 50 Redundancy Duplication of data on another drive or drives so that it is protected in the event of a drive failure Remove a drive The process of making a drive unavailable to the controller Remove a unit The process of making a unit unavailable to the controller and the operating system After a unit is removed it can be hot swapped out of the system This is sometimes referred to as exporting a unit RLM
3. www si com channel products 79 Configuring Your Controller Carve Size Referred to as Carving Factor in 3BM Sets the size for dividing up units into volumes when Auto Carving is enabled and a unit is created This setting can be between 1024 GB and 32768 GB Changing this setting has no effect on existing units Staggered spin up Spin up allows drives to be powered up into the Standby power management state to minimize in rush current at power up and to allow the controller to sequence the spin up of drives Compatible drives are sent a spin up command based on the settings specified with the policies Number of drives per spin up and Delay between spin up settings These policies can only be set using 3BM or the CLI Note This policy does not apply to drives attached to an expander e Number of drives per spin up Number of drives that will spin up at the same time when the controller is powered up if staggered spin up is enabled From 1 to x depending on the number of ports on the controller e Delay between spin up The delay time in seconds between drive groups that spin up at one time on this particular controller if staggered spin up is enabled e Delay before spin up 3BM only The delay time in seconds before the first set of drives on this particular controller will start to spin up controller s ports for staggered spinup during hot swapping of drives This 3 It is possible to enable or disable automatic
4. None required 0056 Battery charging completed Event Type Information Cause The Battery Backup Unit has completed a battery charge cycle www si com channel products 283 Troubleshooting 0057 Battery charging fault Event Type Error Cause The Battery Backup Unit has detected a battery fault during a charge cycle The Battery Backup Unit is not ready and is unable to backup the 3ware RAID controller Action Replace the battery pack See Also See the Install Guide for your controller 0058 Battery capacity is below warning level Event Type Information Cause The measured capacity of the battery is below the warning level The Battery Backup Unit is presently still able to backup the 3ware RAID controller but it is weakening Action Replace the battery pack if the warnings persist See Also See the Install Guide for your controller 0059 Battery capacity is below error level Event Type Error 284 3ware SATA SAS RAID Controller Card Software User Guide Version 10 0 Error and Notification Messages Cause The measured capacity of the battery is below the error level The Battery Backup Unit is not ready and is unable to backup the 3ware RAID controller Action Replace the battery pack See Also See the Install Guide for your controller 005A Battery is present Event Type Information Cause A battery pack is connected to the 3ware RAID controller 005B Battery is not prese
5. Unsupported DCB select it in a similar manner and then select Delete Unit even though it appears in the list Incomplete Drives and Others Warning Any data on the unit will be lost once the unit is deleted AN Backup any data that you want to keep 3 On the Delete Disk Array screen review the information about the unit to make sure it is the one you want to delete 130 3ware SATA SAS RAID Controller Card Software User Guide Version 10 0 Removing a Unit Figure 59 Deleting a Unit in 3BM Note Once an array is deleted its data will become unreadable 4 drive 64K RAID 1 69 TB Unit 4 Tab to the OK button and press Enter You return to the main 3BM screen and the drives associated with the unit now appear in the list of Available Drives overwritten until you press the F8 key to save your changes or press B Remember The unit is not actually deleted and no data is Esc and select Yes when asked if you want to save 5 Press F8 to save your changes or press Esc and then Yes Removing a Unit Removing a unit through software also known as array roaming keeps the data intact on the unit It allows you to move the unit to another controller or to store the drives for safekeeping purposes Removing a unit is different than deleting a unit Deleting a unit will destroy the data on the unit Warning It is important to remove the unit through software before removing it AN physically Failure to do s
6. www si com channel products 39 Driver Installation Obtaining 3ware Linux Drivers Obtain the 3ware driver for Linux from one of these two sources e 3ware CD Compiled and tested drivers for Red Hat openSUSE SUSE Linux Enterprise Server SLES and Fedora Core Linux are included on this CD Also included are the 3ware driver sources to compile kernel specific drivers for many other Linux distributions e LSI web site You can download the latest compiled and tested driver for supported Linux distributions from the LSI web site at http www si com channel ChannelDownloads Also included are the 3ware driver sources to compile kernel specific drivers for many other Linux distributions Warning Be sure to use the correct driver for your processor It is possible to load AN the wrong driver onto a system however when you boot such systems they will not work LSI offers the following drivers for various Linux distributions e 32 bit for Intel x86 and AMD Athlon e 64 bit for AMD Opteron and Intel Xeon EM64T Determining the Current Version of your 3ware Driver If you already have a 3ware controller installed you can check the current driver version using either 3DM 2 or the CLI For details see Viewing Information About a Controller on page 77 You can also check it using the following method If you have a 2 6 kernel with sysfs type the following command cat sys class scsi_host lt hostid gt 3ware_stats
7. 3 Click Next You will see the following screen The green checkmarks indicate successful installation of the driver If unsuccessful there will be a red checkmark Figure 19 Final Installation Screen Device Driver Installation Wizard mene SILL LSI 3ware 9750 Controller Device nd s Driver Installer A ssssheban The device driver has been successfully installed on this computer Driver Name Status V LSI Sware 9750 SCSIAd Device Updated 4 Click Finish to exit the installer www si com channel products 37 Driver Installation 5 If your 3ware RAID controller card is not yet installed power down the system and physically install the controller card When you turn your computer on again Windows will automatically detect that the controller has been installed 6 When prompted click the default Next to have Windows automatically select the driver The driver will automatically be detected and the controller will be ready to use Windows may or may not require that you reboot your computer Making Units Managed by a 3ware Controller Available to Windows After the 3ware driver has been installed you need to partition and format the new units or disks 1 Remove the driver diskette or CD reboot the system and log in as the system administrator 2 Use Disk Administrator to partition and format the new units or disks From the Start menu choose Programs gt Administrative Tools gt
8. Computer Management In the Computer Management window under Storage select Disk Management Figure 20 Computer Management Screen rompue Manaeements E File Action Yiew Window Ff e OH e hs Computer Management Local amp System Tools fj Event Viewer SB Shared Folders a Performance Logs and Alerts Device Manager amp Storage Removable Storage Disk Defragmenter Bs Services and Applications 3 Follow the steps that appear on the screen to write a signature to the drive 4 Right click on the drive and select Create Volume 5 Follow the steps the appear on screen to create a volume and to assign a drive letter 38 3ware SATA SAS RAID Controller Card Software User Guide Version 10 0 Driver Installation Under Linux Driver Installation Under Linux RAID controller in the system Consult the installation guide that came with your controller for how to do this If you do not have a hardcopy of the installation manual it is available in the doc folder on your 3ware CD or you can download it from the LSI website at http www I si com channel ChannelDownloads 3 Note Before installing the 3ware driver you may have already installed your 3ware A drive or unit managed by the 3ware RAID controller may be configured to be your system s boot device Or you can use units managed by the 3ware controller for secondary storage and boot from another device such as a disk attached to t
9. then Dynamic Sector Repair automatically rewrites the redundant data to the error location to force the drive to reallocate the error location A notification of repair is posted to the alarms list The result is a restoration of drive and data integrity the primary and redundant data are again both valid If the unit is not redundant it is recommended that you perform a file system check to correct the issue Under Windows you can do this by right clicking on the Drive and choosing Properties then on the Tools tab click Check Now If the errors persist and cannot be overwritten from a backup copy perform a final backup of files that have changed since your last backup You will need to replace the defective drive recreate the array and reinstall the data Using Auto Verification Auto Verify is available as a unit policy that can help insure that a unit is verified on a regular basis This is important as it can provide early warning of unstable units and possible data loss Auto Verify is enabled on a per unit basis and works in conjunction with the Verify Schedule which is set on a controller wide basis Two verify schedules settings are available Basic and Advanced and Auto Verify works differently depending on which is selected The Basic Verify schedule enabled by default provides a weekly day and time for Auto Verify to occur When the Basic schedule is used Auto Verify will start a verify at the designated time and
10. 3ware RAID controller is installed and provides direct notification by a popup message and audio alarm when events occur This utility can be configured to specify the type of events that should generate these notifications For details see Using the Alert Utility Under Windows on page 148 3ware SATA SAS RAID Controller Card Software User Guide Version 10 0 Monitoring Maintenance and Troubleshooting Features 3ware CLI Command Line Interface The 3ware CLI provides the functionality available in 3DM 2 through a Command Line Interface You can view unit status and version information and perform maintenance functions such as adding or removing drives and reconfiguring RAID units online You can also use it to remotely administer controllers in a system The 3ware CLI is described in 3ware SATA SAS RAID Controller Card CLI Guide Version 10 0 and in the 3ware HTML Bookshelf Monitoring Maintenance and Troubleshooting Features Several 3ware RAID controller features aid in monitoring and troubleshooting your drives Drive Performance Monitoring DPM DPM is an advanced trouble shooting tool used to measure drive performance and to help identify when a specific drive is causing problems so that you can repair or replace it Commands are available through the 3ware CLI to enable and disable DPM and to see a range of different statistics These statistics can be useful to help troubleshoot problems with your RAID controller
11. A RAID key was detected but validation failed or the OEM code is not correct Drive detection has been disabled Action Call technical support 288 3ware SATA SAS RAID Controller Card Software User Guide Version 10 0 Error and Notification Messages 0081 RAID key not found Event Type Error Cause The RAID key could not be read from the controller Drive detection has been disabled Action Call technical support the board will likely need to be replaced 8000 Enclosure fan normal Event Type Information Cause Applies to 9750 and 9690SA controllers The fan s performance or operation is now back within the acceptable range Action None required 8001 Enclosure fan error Event Type Error Cause Applies to 9750 and 9690SA controllers The enclosure fan is not functioning normally and may be blocked or defective Action Check that the fan or fans are not blocked If a fan appears defective replace it as soon as possible www si com channel products 289 Troubleshooting For information on replacing a fan see your enclosure documentation or contact your enclosure manufacturer 8002 Enclosure fan removed Event Type Warning Cause Applies to 9750 and 9690SA controllers A fan has either been removed or has become unplugged Action Replace or reseat fan and make sure it is operational An insufficient number of operating fans may lead to overheating of the components in the
12. Action Reseat the power supply cord Replace any failed power supply as soon as possible It is recommended to use an uninterruptible power supply UPS to protect against power failures www si com channel products 295 Troubleshooting 8032 Enclosure power removed Event Type Warning Cause Applies to 9750 and 9690SA controllers One of the enclosure power supplies has been removed from the enclosure or a power supply is unplugged Action Return or reconnect the power supply as soon as possible It is recommended to use an uninterruptible power supply UPS to protect against power failures 8033 Enclosure power added Event Type Information Cause Applies to 9750 and 9690SA controllers A power supply has been added to the enclosure or an existing power supply has been plugged in Action None required 8034 Enclosure power unknown 296 Event Type Warning Cause Applies to 9750 and 9690SA controllers There is a power supply in the enclosure but it is not of a known type 3ware SATA SAS RAID Controller Card Software User Guide Version 10 0 Error and Notification Messages Action Check to be sure the power supply is operational by re seating or replacing the failed power supply See your enclosure documentation or contact your enclosure manufacturer for more information It is recommended to use an uninterruptible power supply UPS to protect against power failures 8037 Enclosu
13. Introducing the LSI 3ware f Click the Show lt 4 Navigation button to display the Table of 3ware HTML Bookshelf Contents 3ware User Guide Introducing the LSI 3ware SAS Controller Card LSI 3ware RAID controllers deliver full featured true hardw vlet ation nara MATMA m vinl Ae manteallaee affae Darin tankad www si com channel products xi Note The 3ware HTML Bookshelf is created as a set of HTML documents that are often displayed from a website When installed on your personal computer some browsers flag them as active content and require your approval before displaying the content If you see messages similar to the following you must confirm the display of active content in order to see the pages D To help protect your security Internet Explorer has restricted this file From showing X active content that could access your computer Click here for options Security Warning xi Allowing active content such as script and ActiveX controls can be useful but active content might also harm your computer Are you sure you want to let this file run active content xii 3ware SATA SAS RAID Controller Card Software User Guide Version 10 0 Introducing the LSI 3ware SATA SAS RAID Controller Card LSI 3ware RAID controllers deliver full featured true hardware RAID to servers and workstations 3ware RAID controllers offer Serial Attached SCSI SAS and Serial ATA SATA inter
14. Sales and ordering information 00 0 c eect ete 321 Feedback on this manual 0 0000s 321 MAK caress ca EE A tipi esate Se asta O ge Dice aha sate a aha tde atch tutte te 322 www si com channel products vii About this User Guide viii This document 3ware SATA SAS RAID Controller Card Software User Guide Version 10 0 provides instructions for configuring and maintaining RAID units on LSI 3ware 9750 series RAID controllers using software and firmware version 10 0 This guide assumes that you have already installed your 3ware RAID controller and drives in your system and any enclosures if you have them If you have not yet done so see the installation guide that came with your controller If you do not have the printed copy a PDF of the installation guide is available on your 3ware CD or you can download it from http w ww si com channel ChannelDownloads There are often multiple ways to accomplish the same configuration and maintenance tasks for your 3ware RAID controller This manual includes instructions for performing tasks using two tools e 3ware BIOS Manager 3BM which runs at the BIOS level e 3ware Disk Manager 2 3DM 2 which runs in a browser You can also perform many tasks at the command line using 3ware s Command Line Interface CLI The CLI is described in a separate manual 3ware SATA SAS RAID Controller Card CLI Guide Version 10 0 Information from both this Users Guide
15. The unit is set to rebuild however scheduling is enabled and the present time is not during a scheduled timeslot Rebuilding will start at the next scheduled time slot Rebuilds are also paused for up to ten minutes after a reboot even during a scheduled timeslot Initializing The unit is in the process of writing to all of the disks in the unit in order to make the array fault tolerant For more information see About Initialization on page 152 Initializing Paused The unit is set to initialize however scheduling is enabled and the present time is not during a scheduled timeslot Initializing will start at the next scheduled time slot Initializations follow the Rebuild Migrate task schedule Initialization is also paused for up to ten minutes after a reboot even during a scheduled timeslot Verifying The unit is in the process of ensuring that the parity data of a redundant unit is valid For more information see About Verification on page 155 Verify Paused The unit is set to verify however scheduling is enabled and the present time is not during a scheduled timeslot Verification will start at the next scheduled time slot Migrating The unit is in the process of being reconfigured while it is online Migration can be used to change the RAID level to expand the capacity by adding additional drives or to change the stripe size For more information see Changing An Existing Configuration by Migrating on pa
16. They will appear as additional drives Notes e Ifyou are configuring a unit for primary storage and it will be greater than 2 TB be sure to enable the auto carve policy before creating the unit When volumes have been created through auto carving they cannot be deleted except by deleting the unit e Ifyou create a bootable unit that has multiple volumes the first volume can be used as the boot device e Changing the auto carve policy does not affect existing units www si com channel products 85 Configuring Your Controller Setting the Size of Volumes Created with Auto Carving You can use auto carving to divide units larger than 1 TB into multiple volumes You control the size of the volumes to be created by setting the carve size referred to as carving factor in 3BM The carve size can be between 1 TB 1024 GB and 32 TB 32768 GB the default is 2 TB When you change this policy it applies to units you create in the future Existing units will not be affected To set the carve size in 3DM 2 1 Choose Management gt Controller Settings from the menu bar in 3DM 2 2 Inthe Other Controller Settings section at the bottom of the screen in the Carve Size field enter the size you want between 1024 GB and 32768 GB to use and click Submit The page refreshes and a message at the top confirms the change you have made To set the carve size carving factor in 3BM 1 On the main 3BM screen Tab to Settings and
17. Version 10 0 Controller Settings page Controller Settings page Figure 96 Controller Settings Page Z 3ware 3DM 2 gu Windows XP Professional Service Pack 2 Administrator logged in Summary Information Management Monitor 3DM 2 Settings Help Refresh Controller Settings Seta Controller ID 0 9750 8 Background Task Controller ID 0 Task Rate Mode a 6 23 Hi Rebuild Migrate Fastest Rebuild O Fastest 0 Adaptive Low Latency Verify Fastest Verify O O O O Fastest 0 O Adaptive Low Latency Unit Policies Controller ID 0 Write Auto Overwrite I Rapid RAID Gach Read Cache Verify ECC Queuing StorSave Recovery UnitO RAID 5 Z intelligent v Balance v all v Unit 1 SINGLE DISK v Intelligent y M v Protection nit Names Controller ID 0 Unit 0 RAID 5 Unit 1 SINGLE DISK Single Save Names J Reset Names Other Controller Settings Controller ID 0 Auto Rebuild Enabled Disabled Auto Carving O Enabled Disabled Carve Size GB 2048 Number of Drives per Spin up 1 Delay between Spin up 1 second s Export Unconfigured Disk N A Number of Controller Phys 8 Update Firmware Image File The Controller Settings page appears when you choose Management gt Controller Settings from the menu bar This page lets you view and change settings that affect the units on the controller spe
18. https selfservice lsi com service main jsp 0026 Drive ECC error reported Event Type Error Cause Drive ECC errors are an indication of grown defects on a particular drive For redundant units this typically means that dynamic sector repair has been invoked see message 0023 Sector repair completed on page 261 For non redundant units Single Disk RAID 0 and degraded units which do not have another copy of the data drive ECC errors result in the 3ware RAID controller returning failed status to the associated host command Action Schedule periodic verifications of all units so that drive ECC errors can be found and corrected If the unit is non redundant a unit file system check is recommended Under Windows right click on your drive icon and choose Properties gt Tools gt Check Now Under Linux use fsck dev sdal If you have more than one SATA device substitute the correct drive letter and partition number such as sdb2 for sda1 See Also Enabling or Disabling Auto Verify for a Unit on page 115 Scheduling Background Tasks on page 169 www si com channel products 263 Troubleshooting 0027 DCB checksum error detected Event Type Error Cause The drive s Drive Configuration Block DCB has been corrupted The 3ware RAID controller stores certain configuration parameters on a reserved area of each disk drive called the Drive Configuration Block As part of power on initialization t
19. initializing rebuilding migrating and verifying in relation to normal I O activity reading and writing to disk Controllers can have separate settings for Rebuild Migrate Rate and Verify Rate Initialization occurs at the Rebuild rate To change the background task rate 1 Choose Management gt Controller Settings from the menu bar 2 Inthe Background Task Rate section of the Controller Settings page select one of the five radio buttons to indicate the relative task rate for Rebuild and Verify Tasks 168 3ware SATA SAS RAID Controller Card Software User Guide Version 10 0 Scheduling Background Tasks Figure 75 Background Task Rate on Coniroller Settings page Background Task Controller ID 0 Task Rate Mode Sita sa 20a Rebuild Migrate Fastest Rebuild O Fastest O Adaptive Low Latency Verify Fastest Verify O O Fastest I O O Adaptive Low Latency The furthest left buttons set the firmware to the fastest rebuild and verify settings This means that maximum processing time will be given to rebuilds or verifies rather than I O The furthest right buttons set the firmware to the slowest rebuild and verify settings giving maximum processing time to I O After you select one of the radio buttons the page refreshes and a message at the top confirms the change you have made Background Task Prioritization Although migration tasks follow the same schedule as rebuild and initialization tasks
20. on page 72 Save E mail Settings button Saves the e mail notification settings Send Test Message button Sends a test message using the saved e mail settings Password Use the fields in this section to set the passwords for the User and Administrator When 3DM 2 is first installed the default password for both is 3ware Change Password For Select the access level for which you are setting the password User or Administrator Users can only view status information in 3DM 2 while Administrators can make changes and administer the controller and associated drives Current Password Enter the current password New Password Enter the new password 3ware SATA SAS RAID Controller Card Software User Guide Version 10 0 3DM 2 Settings page Confirm New Password Enter the new password a second time to be sure you have entered it correctly Change Password button Saves password changes Page Refresh Minutes Between Refresh Displays how frequently pages in 3DM 2 will be refreshed with new data from the controller To change this setting select another option from the drop down If you prefer 3DM 2 to only refresh when you click Refresh Page select Never The Login Help and Drive SMART data pages do not automatically refresh All other 3DM 2 pages do HTTP Settings Listening Port This field specifies the HTTP port to be used by 3DM 2 when listening for communications The default port setting is 888 If you cha
21. the controller will attempt to correct the error by reading the primary copy If the primary copy is valid the backup DCB will be rewritten to rectify the errors Action LSI recommends verifying the unit See Starting a Verify Manually on page 158 0044 Battery voltage is normal Event Type Information Cause The battery pack voltage being monitored by the Battery Backup Unit fell outside of the acceptable range and then came back within the acceptable range Action None required www si com channel products 277 Troubleshooting 0045 Battery voltage is low Event Type Warning Cause The battery pack voltage being monitored by the Battery Backup Unit has fallen below the warning threshold Action The Battery Backup Unit is presently still able to backup the 3ware RAID controller but you should replace the battery pack if the warning continues 0046 Battery voltage is high Event Type Warning Cause The battery pack voltage being monitored by the Battery Backup Unit has risen above the warning threshold Action The Battery Backup Unit is presently still able to backup the 3ware RAID controller but you should replace the battery pack if the warning continues 0047 Battery voltage is too low Event Type Error Cause The battery pack voltage being monitored by the Battery Backup Unit is too low to backup the 3ware RAID controller You may see this message during a battery capacity test
22. to the higher port s of the mirror For RAID 5 RAID 6 and RAID 50 this involves recalculating and rewriting the parity that was incorrect AEN 36 Verify detected and fixed data parity mismatch is posted to the Alarms page 3ware SATA SAS RAID Controller Card Software User Guide Version 10 0 Background Tasks For RAID 1 and 10 verification involves copying the data from the lower port s to the higher port s of the mirror For RAID 5 and RAID 50 this involves recalculating and rewriting the parity for the entire unit If the unit is not redundant a file system check is recommended to correct the issue If the errors persist and cannot be overwritten from a backup copy perform a final incremental backup You will need to replace the defective drive recreate the unit and reinstall the data How Errors Are Handled Verification makes use of the same error checking and error repair techniques used during ordinary use of drives configured through 3ware RAID controllers When verification encounters an error the controller typically retries the command If there are cable CRC errors there may be multiple retries including downgrade of the UDMA mode If the error persists and is unrepairable e g ECC errors an error notification is issued to indicate the problem See AEN 0026 Drive ECC error reported on page 263 If the disk drive is part of a redundant unit that is in a redundant state not degraded or rebuilding
23. where lt hostid gt is usually host 0 unless other SCSI devices are available in which case it may be host1 or higher If you have a 2 6 kernel without sysfs type the following command dmesg grep 3w 40 3ware SATA SAS RAID Controller Card Software User Guide Version 10 0 Driver Installation Under Linux Driver Installation Under Red Hat or Fedora Core Linux Materials required e LSI 3ware CD e Floppy diskette or USB drive if you need to create a driver install disk e Fedora or Red Hat installation disk Not required if Linux is already installed on another drive Creating a Red Hat Linux Driver Disk If you are installing Linux on the new drive or unit managed by the 3ware RAID controller you must create a 3ware driver install disk on a diskette or a USB drive If Linux is already installed on another device you may install the 3ware kernel driver module from the 3ware CD To create a Red Hat Linux driver install floppy diskette 1 Insert the 3ware CD into your Linux system A GUI such as X windows is required to load the 3ware menu To manually mount the CD type mount t iso9660 dev cdrom mnt To start autorun type mnt autorun When it starts you will be asked to agree to the LSI software license To continue click Agree 2 When the 3ware Menu appears click the Driver Disk Images button 3 In the 3ware Driver Disk Images menu click the button for the driver disk you want to create A confirmatio
24. 0 hours Last Capacity Test XX XXX XXXX Test Battery Capacity Battery Installation Date 26 Oct 2009 3 When a message cautions you that testing the battery will disable the BBU for up to 24 hours click OK to continue After the battery test starts you will see the voltage start dropping eventually the battery voltage will say LOW This is part of the battery test After the voltage drops to a point it will start charging again and the status will change to Charging Eventually the battery voltage will say OK again Figure 80 BBU information Screen While Battery is Testing Z 3wares 3DM 2 aumoriz nsvats Windows 2000 Service Pack 4 Administrator loggedin Logaut Summary Information Management Monitor 3DM 2 Settings Help Refresh Battery Backup Select Controller Battery Backup Information Controller ID 0 Battery Backup Unit PRESENT Firmware BBU 1 xXx XX XXX Serial M2190045390019 BBU Ready Ready BBU Status Not Ready Battery Voltage TESTING Battery Temperature OK Estimated Backup Capacity 0 hours Last Capacity Test KIO HK Test Battery Capacity Battery Installation Date 26 Oct 2009 To test the battery in a BBU in 3BM 1 Atthe main 3BM screen tab to the BBU button and press Enter 2 Tab to Test Battery Capacity and press Enter 188 3ware SATA SAS RAID Controller Card Software User Guide Version 10 0 Testing Battery Capacity Figure 81 Battery Backup Information Screen in
25. 004A 280 Battery temperature is normal 0049 279 Battery temperature is too high 004D 281 Battery temperature is too low 004C 281 Battery voltage is high 0046 278 Battery voltage is low 0045 278 Battery voltage is normal 0044 277 Battery voltage is too high 0048 279 Battery voltage is too low 0047 278 BBU Battery Backup Information page 229 testing battery capacity 187 viewing battery information 186 BIOS showing version 202 BIOS Manager using 51 blinking LEDs to locate drives 145 to locate enclosure components 195 blinking LEDs drive locate 204 207 234 Boot volume size definition 303 boot volume size specifying 93 bootable unit specifying 54 browser requirements 3DM 62 Buffer ECC error corrected 0039 272 Buffer integrity test failed 0024 262 C Cache flush failed some data lost 0025 262 Cache synchronization completed 005E 286 Cache synchronization failed 286 Cache synchronization skipped 004F 282 cancel rebuild 165 carve size 80 setting 86 215 certificate message when starting 3DM 63 CLI definition 304 installation 310 Command Logging enabling or disabling 237 Compliance and Conformity 317 configuration changing 123 controller 77 definition 304 exit and save modifications 53 exit without saving 53 unit 91 configuring a controller 77 units 91 configuring units first time in BIOS 18 Continue on Source Error During Rebuild setting as a unit policy 116 controller controller
26. 2 Reference Drive Details window Figure 94 Drive Details Page Z 3ware 3 DM 2 urban qbmuteoiv Windows Server 2003 Service Pack 1 v 1433 Administrator logged in Logout Summary i x Refresh Extra Drive Info Controller ID 0 VPort 7 A O Drive Type BAS Serial K20C7XWK C el Firmware BK0O O ATLASI5K2_368AS Diko Fans 2 i MAXTOR Drive Connections 1 ATLAS15K2 36SAS Interface Type Expander Attached MAXTOR WWN 50010690001 C3FAC 2 ATLAS15K2_36SAS Reallocated Sectors 0 MAXTOR Power On Hour 398 ATLAS15K2_365AS Temperature 41 C 105 F MAXTOR Spindle Speed 15000 RPM aoe ATEASISK LSAS Queuing Supported No 5 MAXTOR Queuing Enabled N A ATLASI anSAS Link Supported 1 5 Gbps 3 0 Gbps ais SAMSUNG HODISA Link Enabled 3 0 Gbps MAXTOR Last updated Fri Jul 20 2007 02 03 27PM ATLASISK2_36SAS 3DM 2 version 2 05 00 010 64 bit MAXTOR API version 2 02 00 010 ATLAS15K2_365AS Copyright 1997 2007 AMCC All rights reserved 10 MAXTOR ATLAS18K2_36SAS MAXTOR gt ATLAS15K2_36SAS SAMSUNG HD160JJ SAMSUNG HD160JJ SAMSUNG HD160JJ Ee Last updated Fri Jul 20 2007 02 04 C This page will automatically refresh e SOM 2 version 2 05 00 010 64 bit API version 2 02 00 010 Copyright 1997 2007 AMCC All rights reserved The Drive Details window displays when you click a VPort on the Drive Information page This Drive Details window show
27. 229 Testing Battery Capacity Batteries in the BBU need to be replaced periodically A battery test should be run every four weeks in order to get a reliable estimate of battery capacity and to determine when it needs to be replaced The battery test is used to measure the battery s capacity to back up write data In order to make a reliable estimate of battery capacity the BBU pre charges the battery before it proceeds with a full discharge cycle The battery is automatically charged again after the test completes The whole process usually takes between 8 and 12 hours While running the battery test and until charging is completed write cache is temporarily disabled For how to replace the battery see the installation guide that came with your battery backup unit www si com channel products 187 Maintaining Your Controller To test the battery in a BBU in 3DM 2 1 On the menu bar choose Monitor gt Battery Backup 2 On the Battery Backup page click the Test Battery Capacity link Figure 79 Battery Backup Information Screen in 3DM 2 3ware 3DM bs Administrator logged in Logout Summary Information Management Monitor 3DM 2 Settings Help Refresh Battery Backup Eres Cilia Controller ID O 9750 41 sal Battery Backup Information Controller ID 0 Battery Backup Unit PRESENT Serial M2190045390019 BBU Ready Ready BBU Status OK Battery Voltage OK Battery Temperature OK Estimated Backup Capacity
28. 3BM www si com channel products Battery Backup Unit Serial Number BBU Ready BBU Status Battery Voltage Battery Temperature Estimated Backup Capacity Last Capacity Test Battery Installation Date Present LS 1161666G6764686241 Yes OK OK OK 137 Hours 16 Sep 2009 16 Sep 2009 This screen will refresh every 30 seconds to reflect the latest status Test Battery Capacity 189 11 Enclosure Management 3ware enclosure management features let you view the status of chassis and enclosure hardware such as fans power supplies and temperature sensors through 3DM 2 and locate individual hardware components by blinking LEDs associated with them For 3ware 9750 RAID controllers enclosure management features are available for supported enclosures that provide enclosure services through SCSI Enclosure Services 2 SES 2 These enclosures may provide services through e Enclosures with expanders e Enclosures employing the AMI 9070 or 9072 backplane controller chip and with a SAS cable connection supporting the sideband PC protocol between the 3ware RAID controller and the backplane A list of supported enclosures is available at http www lsi com channel support marketing_resources through the Data amp Interoperability tab Depending on the manufacturer of your enclosure you may see variations in the features supported by your enclosure from the ones described in this chapter For details about what
29. 81 Serial G340600A7250001 Firmware FHIX 4 x 30 20 300 Driver 3 00 03 058 BIOS BE9X 4 xx x 100 Boot Loader BLOX 3 Xx xX XXX Available Memory 448 MB Bus Type PCle Bus Width 8 lanes Bus Speed 2 5 Gbps lane Controller Phys 8 Connections 15 of 128 Drives 15 of 128 Units 2 of 128 Active Drives 10 of 128 Active Units 2 of 32 Max Drives per Unit 32 Error Log Download Error Log The Controller Details page appears when you choose Information gt Controller Details from the menu bar This page provides detailed information about the controller specified in the drop down list on the menu bar You can also open or download an error log from this screen Model The model name of the controller Serial The serial number of the controller Firmware The firmware version running on the controller Driver The driver version being used to interact with the controller BIOS The BIOS version on the controller Boot Loader Boot Loader version on the controller Available Memory The amount of available memory on the controller In the example above 448MB is available out of the 512MB installed Bus Type The bus type used on the controller For example PCIe Bus Width The bus width detected by the controller This is 8 lanes for the 9750 controller 3ware SATA SAS RAID Controller Card Software User Guide Version 10 0 Unit Information page Bus Speed The speed of the bus used on the controller C
30. Action Contact 3ware technical support at http www lsi com channel ContactUs The battery pack must be replaced if the problem persists and is not due to environmental reasons 004D Battery temperature is too high Event Type Error Cause The battery pack temperature being monitored by the Battery Backup Unit is too high The BBU is unable to backup the 3ware RAID controller Action Check for sufficient airflow around the card To increase airflow you can e Leave the PCI slots next to the controller empty e Add fans to your computer case e Move and bundle wiring that is blocking air circulation Contact 3ware technical support at http www lsi com channel ContactUs if this problem is not due to environmental reasons or improper case cooling 004E Battery capacity test started Event Type Information www si com channel products 281 Troubleshooting Cause A battery test was started through CLI or 3DM 2 Background Information The test estimates how many hours the Battery Backup Unit will be able to back up the 3ware RAID controller in case of a power failure This test performs a full battery charge discharge re charge cycle and may take up to 20 hours to complete During this test the Battery Backup Unit cannot backup the 3ware RAID controller In addition all units have their write cache disabled until the test completes Action None required See Also See the Install Guide for your controller 0
31. Alarms 3 Note Enclosure alarm support is based on the SES protocol 9750 controllers support enclosure audio alarm for enclosures with expanders and IC backplanes that support the SES 2 protocol However enclosure alarm support depends on the capabilities of the specific enclosure or backplane Not all enclosures provide an audio alarm and for those that do not all provide both the On Off and Mute Unmute feature For details about what specific features are provided with your enclosure see the documentation that came with the enclosure or backplane Tip Be sure you have the most recent firmware for the enclosure If the alarm feature does not work as anticipated contact the manufacturer for updated firmware Supported enclosures are listed at http www si com channel support marketing_resources through the Data amp Interoperability tab Additional support information is available in the LSI Knowledge Base at this website https selfservice si com service main jsp Some enclosures provide an alarm that turns on when a RAID unit becomes degraded or goes offline or when a drive has failed Specific use of the alarm feature may vary somewhat depending on the enclosure If you have an enclosure with an audio alarm you can turn the alarm Off when it sounds using 3DM 2 3BM or the CLI If the enclosure supports muting you can also mute and unmute the alarm in 3DM 2 or the CLI Note that you cannot turn an enclos
32. At the main 3BM screen select the unit by highlighting it and pressing Enter An asterisk appears in the left most column to indicate that it is selected Tab to the Maintain Unit button and press Enter On the pop up menu select Configure and press Enter In the Configure Disk Array screen Tab to the field Auto Verify nan A W N After completing any other changes you wish to make tab to OK and press Enter Setting Overwrite ECC Continue on Source Error When Rebuilding 116 The Overwrite ECC Continue on Source Error When Rebuilding policy is available for units which are redundant For units which are not redundant this option is not shown on the screen When this policy is set ECC Error Correcting Code errors are ignored when they are encountered during a rebuild ECC errors are typically defects that have been detected in the drive since initialization When this policy is not set if a unit is rebuilding the rebuild will abort when it encounters an ECC error and the unit will be set back to Degraded Since enabling this policy could result in the loss of some source data in the event of source errors the default is to not enable this policy Select this option only if you want to ensure that a rebuild will complete successfully without manual intervention If the rebuild fails and Overwrite ECC Continue on Source Error When Rebuilding is not selected then you have the option to start another rebuild manually Af
33. Battery Backup Unit BBU is an add on card that can be attached to 3ware 9750 RAID controllers to supply power from a battery pack in the event of a system power loss This allows the controller to use write caching for optimal performance and to preserve data in the event of a system power failure When fully charged the battery preserves the contents of the cache memory for up to 72 hours When power is restored the cached write data is written to the disks You can see information about a battery backup unit attached to your controller in both 3DM 2 and 3BM Note When the BBU status is not Ready write caching is automatically disabled on all units attached to the controller 3ware SATA SAS RAID Controller Card Software User Guide Version 10 0 Testing Battery Capacity To view information about a BBU in 3DM 2 e On the menu bar choose Monitor gt Battery Backup The Battery Backup page appears on which you can see details and status about the unit This page is refreshed every 30 seconds For details about the fields on this page see Battery Backup page on page 229 To view information about a BBU in 3BM e At the main 3BM screen tab to the Information button and press Enter On the pop up menu select Battery Backup and press Enter The Battery Backup Unit screen appears The fields on this screen are the same as those available through 3DM For details about the fields see Battery Backup page on page
34. Disk Management Remove the logical drive letter for the unit Under Linux from a command prompt type sync lt enter gt sync lt enter gt sync lt enter gt You can then unmount the unit with this command umount lt mount location gt 2 In the software remove and rescan the controller in order to update unit information a In 3DM 2 choose Management gt Maintenance and select the appropriate unit b Click the Remove Unit button www si com channel products 127 Configuring Units c After the unit has been removed click the Rescan button The new unit capacity displays 3 Resize the partition and file system or create a new partition In Windows use the disk management utility to determine whether the disk is a basic disk or a dynamic disk e Go to Administrative Tools gt Computer Management and then select Disk Management in the list on the left Only dynamic disks can be expanded with Windows Disk Management If the unit is shown as a basic disk right click on the disk icon and change it to a dynamic disk Older Windows systems cannot convert basic disks into dynamic disks after the file system has been created e If the unit is shown as a dynamic disk right click on it and choose Extend Volume to launch the Extend Volume wizard In Linux the tools to expand the partition and file system can vary depending on the kernel version and file system that you are using Please consult your Linux docume
35. ID number definition 304 controller information viewing 77 controller policies overview 79 viewing 81 definition 304 moving unit to another 133 rescanning 138 status 201 updating driver Red Hat 183 SuSE 185 Windows 181 updating firmware 179 Controller Board Selection screen 3BM 20 Controller Details page 3DM 202 controller details 3BM 78 Controller error occurred 0003 252 Controller Information screen 3BM 79 Controller Phy Information page 3BM 88 Controller Phy Policies page 90 Controller Phy Policies page 3BM 90 Controller Phy Summary page 3DM 89 210 Controller reset occurred 0001 251 Controller Settings page 3DM 211 Controller Summary page 3DM 201 conventions in the user guide x creating a unit 3BM 97 basic steps 18 configuration options 92 definition 304 first time in BIOS 18 324 3ware SATA SAS RAID Controller Card Software User Guide Version 10 0 in3DM 95 introduction 91 current controller definition 68 customer support contacting 239 321 D DCB checksum error detected 0027 264 DCB version unsupported 0028 264 DCB definition 304 default settings policies and background tasks 30 Degraded unit status 144 degraded unit about 144 definition 304 Degraded unit 0002 251 delay between spin up policy viewing in 3DM 215 deleting a unit 129 3DM 224 definition 304 deleting a unit in 3BM 130 destroy unit definition 304 diagnostic log downloading 199 for enclosures 199 disk array
36. If you have checked hardware connections and no cause other than the drive can be found replace the drive You may also want to use the drive manufacturer s diagnostic and repair utilities on the drive See Also For links to drive manufacturer diagnostic utilities and troubleshooting advice search the LSI Knowledge Base for keyword 14924 use the Advanced Search at https selfservice lsi com service main jsp Basic Troubleshooting Check This First on page 239 000A Drive error detected Event Type Error www si com channel products 255 Troubleshooting Cause A drive has returned an error to the 3ware RAID controller that it is unable to complete a command The error type is not a time out 000A or uncorrected ECC 0026 This message may be seen as part of a recovery operation initiated by the 3ware RAID controller on the drive One possible cause is multiple write commands to a sector forcing the drive to remap a defective sector This message may be seen if error recovery operations initiated by the 3ware RAID controller are unsuccessful Action If you see this message the drive repairs may lie outside of the 3ware RAID controller s abilities Try running the drive manufacturer s diagnostic and repair utilities on the drive If necessary replace the drive See Also For links to drive manufacturer diagnostic utilities and troubleshooting advice search the LSI Knowledge Base for keyword 10894
37. Intelligent or Basic Read Cache is enabled or whether Read Cache is disabled Setting the appropriate type of Read Cache can improve performance for different types of applications For details see Working with Read Cache Settings on page 111 e Auto Verify Determines whether the unit will be automatically verified at a time determined by the Verify Schedule Enabling this feature helps insure that the unit is verified on a regular basis For details see Enabling or Disabling Auto Verify for a Unit on page 115 www si com channel products 107 Configuring Units 108 Override ECC Continue on Source Error When Rebuilding Determines whether ECC errors are ignored when they are encountered during a rebuild ECC errors are an indication of errors that have occurred on a particular drive since it was last read When not enabled a rebuild will abort upon encountering an ECC error and the unit will be set to Degraded For details see Setting Overwrite ECC Continue on Source Error When Rebuilding on page 116 Queuing Determines whether command queuing is enabled for the unit When enabled for drives that support it this policy can improve performance For details see Enabling and Disabling Queuing for a Unit on page 117 StorSave Profile Determines what StorSave profile is used for the unit Three profiles are available Protection Balanced and Performance For details see Setting the StorSave Prof
38. Low Latency Verify Fastest Verify O O Fastest 1 0 Adaptive Low Latenc Recommended With Low Latency mode use a Verify Task Rate greater than 1 Unit Policies Controller ID 0 Write Auto Overwrite f Rapid RAID achat Read Cache Verify ECC Queuing StorSave Recovery Unit 0 RAID 5 V Intelligent M v Balance j All Mi Unit 1 SINGLE DISK 7 Inteligent F 7 Protection z Note The Background Task Rate and Background Task Mode settings are only relevant when there is host I O activity When there is no host activity background tasks rebuild migrate initialization and verify always run at the maximum Table 13 provides an overview of the impact of selecting different Task Rate and Task Mode settings Table 13 Selecting Appropriate Background Task Rate and Mode Your priority Rebuild Task Comments Task Rate Mode Fastest rebuild time 5 Adaptive Potential for higher latency on host I Os Balanced host I O 3 Adaptive Default setting and rebuild tasks Minimized host I O 2 Low Background tasks will complete latency Latency but will be slow when there are host I Os Minimum host I O 1 Low Background tasks may never latency Latency finish when there are continuous host I Os For example a rebuild may never complete www si com channel products 167 Maintaining Units Setting the Background Ta
39. New Drives e Set Up Management and Maintenance Features Once the controller and drives have been physically installed the order in which you perform these steps depends in part on whether one of the units you configure will act as your boot drive Tip When you are first setting up your system you may want to review System Requirements on page 2 Physically Install the RAID Controller and Drives To install your controller follow the instructions in the installation guide that came with your 3ware controller If you do not have a hardcopy of the installation manual it is available in the doc folder on your 3ware CD or you can download it from the LSI website at http w ww si com channel ChannelDownloads For drive installation see the instructions that came with your enclosure If you are installing drives in a computer case follow the manufacturer s instructions Configure a RAID Unit If you would like more information about what RAID level to choose for your situation review the information under Understanding RAID Concepts and Levels on page 5 Then turn to Configuring a New Unit on page 91 If you want to install the operating system on and boot from a drive managed through the new 3ware RAID controller use the 3ware BIOS Manager 3BM to define the configuration You will find step by step instructions for initial 28 3ware SATA SAS RAID Controller Card Software User Guide Version 10 0 i
40. Removing a Unit e Moving a Unit from One Controller to Another e Adding a Drive e Removing a Drive e Rescanning the Controller Configuring a New Unit When you configure a new unit you specify some details related to the type of RAID configuration that you want and others that enable or disable features This section first provides an overview of the different settings you can specify during configuration and then provides step by step instructions for creating a unit through both 3DM and 3BM www si com channel products 91 Configuring Units Configuration Options When Creating a Unit This section provides an overview of the choices you have when configuring a new unit For step by step instructions see Creating a Unit through 3DM 2 on page 95 and Creating a Unit through 3BM on page 97 When you configure a new unit you specify the following e Drives to be included in the unit e Name of the unit optional e Type of configuration RAID Level e Stripe size if appropriate for the RAID level e Boot volume size optional can only be specified in 3BM or CLI e Initialization Method 3BM only e Unit policies that affect how the unit will be handled You can make some types of changes to the RAID configuration later and you can change the unit name and the unit policies For details see Changing An Existing Configuration by Migrating on page 123 and Setting Unit Policies on page 107 Note
41. Schedules You can see the current schedules for background tasks on the Scheduling page To view the current task schedule 1 Choose Management gt Schedule from the menu bar The Scheduling page appears showing the schedule for Rebuild Tasks Migration and initialization tasks follow the Rebuild Task schedule 2 To view Verify Tasks or Self test Tasks select it from the drop down list at the top of the page Figure 76 Selecting Task Schedules to View 2 3ware 3DM 2 amc Windows Server 2003 Service Pack 4 v 1433 Administrator logged in _ Logout Summary Information Management Monitor 3DM 2 Settings Help Refresh Scheduling AE eel ime Controller ID 0 96905A 414E Select a type of task you would like to schedule Rebuild Mi s z j i y Schedule Rebuild Migrate Tasks Contriesaeesam Scheduled Rebuilds Migrates Follow Schedule Ignore Schedule a 41 Sunday 12 00am 24 2 Monday 12 00am 24 73 Tuesday 12 00am 24 4 Wednesday 12 00am 24 75 Thursday 12 00am 24 6 Friday 12 00am 24 7 Saturday 12 00am 24 Remove Checked Add New Slot Day Sunday z Time 12 00am Duration 1 z Turning On or Off Use of a Rebuild Migrate Task Schedule Turning on the schedule for Rebuild Migrate tasks forces initializations rebuilds and migrates to be performed only during the time specified by the schedule If the schedule is not turned on rebuilds migration and initialization can happen whenever
42. Spare to be an Available Drive Select the drives you no longer want to be Spares then click Clear Configuration www si com channel products 227 3DM 2 Reference Alarms page Figure 102 Alarms Page 2 3ware 3DM 2 urban qbmuteoiv Windows Server 2003 Service Pack 1 v 1433 Administrator logged in _Logout Summary Information Management Monitor 3DM 2 Settings Help Refresh Alarms Select Controller Clear Alarms Legend MID ROM 00 EGO 20 2007 12 16 58PM 0x04 0x001A Drive inserted phy 3 20 2007 12 16 56PM 0x04 0x001A Drive inserted phy 1 20 2007 12 16 30PM 0x04 0x0006 Incomplete unit detected unit Z a 19 2007 04 03 01PH 0x04 0x001A Drive inserted phy 3 19 2007 04 02 59PM 0x04 0x001A Drive inserted phy 1 as 19 2007 04 02 33PH 0x04 0x0006 Incomplete unit detected unit 2 19 2007 01 54 11PH 0x04 0x001A Drive inserted phy 3 i 19 2007 01 54 09PH 0x04 0x001A Drive inserted phy 1 19 2007 01 53 44PH 0x04 0x0006 Incomplete unit detected unit 2 19 2007 01 49 33PH 0x04 0x001A Drive inserted encl 255 slot 255 19 2007 01 49 32PH 0x04 0x001A Drive inserted encl 255 slot 255 19 2007 01 49 32PH 0x04 0x001A Drive inserted encl 255 slot Z55 a 19 2007 01 49 32PH 0x04 0x001A Drive inserted encl 255 slot 255 MM i oon nt aa arom tnvna nenntey neiwe ineerrad encla 66 stnra ee el The Alarms page appears when you click Monitor gt Alarms on
43. Task Buttons for Existing Units Below the list of units a row of task buttons lets you perform maintenance and configuration tasks related to the unit Before clicking one of these buttons select the appropriate unit Unit Maintenance Controller ID 0 TRA p yM Porto ST3500641NS 465 76 GB OK Remove Drive Pori ST3500641NS 465 76 GB oK Remove Orive Task Buttons Srentfy Unit Rebuild Unit Migrate Unit Remove Unit Delete Unit Before removing or deleting a unit make sure there is no VO on the unit and unmount it Verify Unit Puts the selected unit in verifying mode If the Advanced Verify schedule is selected on the Scheduling page the unit will not start actively verifying until the scheduled time and the status will indicate Verify Paused The Unit Details page will indicate whether a unit is actively verifying If the Basic Verify schedule is active clicking Verify Unit begins the verification process and verify will begin within approximately 10 to 15 minutes If the unit you selected to verify is a redundant unit the redundancy of the unit will be verified For example it will check parity for a RAID 5 or check data consistency for a RAID 1 If the unit you checked is not a redundant unit verify will do a surface scan of the media During verification I O continues normally For RAID 0 and single disks there is only a slight performance loss For redundant units you can set the background t
44. The initialization can be a background or foreground initialization For RAID 5 with 3 or 4 drives initialization before use is not required However initialization is required before a unit can be verified Consequently if you attempt to verify a RAID 5 with 3 or 4 drives that has not yet been initialized you will see a message that the array has not been initialized and initialization will begin This is considered part of the normal operation of the unit Initialization of RAID 1 and RAID 10 Units RAID 1 and RAID 10 units do not need to be initialized when they are created They are fault tolerant and are immediately available for use with full performance when created Initialization of RAID 1 or RAID 10 units will take place automatically the first time the unit is verified Initialization of a RAID 1 unit results in data from one disk the disk on the lower port number being copied to the other disk In RAID 10 units data from one half of the unit is copied to the other half After the initialization subsequent verifies toa RAID 1 or RAID 10 unit check for data consistency by comparing the data from one drive or set of drives to the other drive or set of drives Table 12 Initialization Requirements for Different RAID Configurations Initialization Required for Highest RAID Configurations Performance No Single drive No RAID 0 No RAID 1 RAID 10 No RAID 5 with 3 or 4 disks RAID 50 with 6 8 or 9 di
45. The new unit appears in the Unit Maintenance list at the top of the page and the operating system is notified of the new unit If you have auto carving enabled and the size of your unit exceeds the carve size you may see multiple unit volumes in your operating system For details see Using Auto Carving for Multi LUN Support on page 83 In Linux a device node will now be associated with each unit created In Windows the device manager will reflect the changes under the disk drives icon 10 Partition format and mount the unit The required steps will vary depending on the operating system For details see Partitioning Formatting and Mounting Units on page 102 50 units with subunits of 5 drives or more initialization Note For RAID 5 and RAID 6 units with 5 or more disks and RAID synchronization of the unit begins immediately The unit can be used while it is initializing and is fault tolerant Creating a Unit through 3BM In 3BM configuration tasks start from the main 3ware BIOS Manager screen shown in Figure 44 Figure 44 3BM Main Display gt SAMSUNG HD160JJ 149 64 GB 149 04 GB SAMSUNG HD1i6 JJ 149 04 GB 4 a g A A g f A g FA g A A g G g A p g g p p Create unit Delete Unit Maintain Unit S ings te Alt Alt Fi F6 t a A Saved will write to disk when able To create a unit through 3BM 1 At the main 3BM screen select the drives to be included
46. You could lose data the system could hang or the controller could reset Under Windows go to Start gt Administrative Tools gt Computer Management and select Disk Management Remove the logical drive letter for the unit Under Linux you can unmount the unit with this command umount lt mount location gt In 3DM 2 choose Management gt Maintenance In the Unit Maintenance table on the Maintenance page select the unit you want to remove and click Remove Unit When a message asks you to confirm click OK The unit number and information is removed from the Maintenance page in 3DM 2 The operating system is notified that the unit was removed In Linux the device node associated with this unit is removed In Windows the Device Manager will reflect the changes under the disk drives icon You can now physically remove the drives and move them to another controller If the drive is in a hot swap bay you can do this without shutting down the system If the drive is not in a hot swap bay power down the system and ground yourself before making changes to the hardware 3ware SATA SAS RAID Controller Card Software User Guide Version 10 0 Moving a Unit from One Controller to Another If you change your mind before physically removing the drives and want to reuse the drives and unit on the current controller just click Rescan Controller Removing a Unit Through 3BM Note Even though removing a unit is supported in 3BM yo
47. a Unit through 3DM 1 ee 129 Deleting a Unit through 3BM 1 eee 130 Removing a Unit sertesa reoi ena bok be ie eed Ina ee 131 Removing a Unit Through 3DM 2 tee 132 Removing a Unit Through 3BM 0 ee ee 133 Moving a Unit from One Controller to Another 0 000 annann 133 Moving Units from an Earlier 9000 Series to a 9750 Controller 134 Adding a Drive sony eriin Siete koe e E hie te PAT eld ee os 135 Removing amp a Drive vn fs eset eer ae Senda een cdots goede boeken ee awe eS 136 Rescanning the Controller 0 0 cece cee eee 138 Chapter 9 Maintaining Units 0 00 c ees 139 Checking Unit and Drive Status through 3DM 0 eee ee 139 Viewing a List of Drives 0 2 eee 141 Enclosure Drive LED Status Indicators 0 0 0 c cee eee eee 142 WAI Statuses sern erena cela e NE ALaves ae a a da Eie E 143 Drive Statuses o seriur heated Se k aie eee ee eee 144 About Degraded Units 0 2 2 6c eee eee eee 144 About Inoperable Units 0 0 cece 145 Locating a Drive by Blinking Its LED 0 0 ee eee 145 Alarms Errors and Other Events 0 0 0 0 ccc eee eee eee 147 Viewing Alarms Errors and Other Events 000eeeeeeeee 147 Using the Alert Utility Under Windows 0 00 e eee eee eee 148 Downloading an Error Log cece et ttt 150 Viewing SMART Data About a Drive 0 00 e eee eee 150 Background Tas
48. a unit on the Controller Settings page Link Supported and Link Enabled These fields show the fastest link speed that the disk drive supports and the current link speed SMART Data SMART data is displayed as hex values Consult your disk drive manufacturer for information on how to interpret the SMART data The SMART data meaning varies by disk drive manufacturer and model SMART data is not presently displayed for SAS drives www si com channel products 209 3DM 2 Reference Controller Phy Summary page 210 Figure 95 Controller Phy Summary Page Z 3waree 3DM 2 urvan qomuteoiv windows Server 2003 Service Pack 1 v 1433 Administrator logged in _Logout Summary Information Management Monitor 3DM 2 Settings Help Refresh Drive Information ALLEI Controller ID 0 S690SA 414E Controller Phy Summary Controller ID 0 Phy SAS Address Link Enabled Link Control Type D Q 500050E000000122 1 5 Gbps ato E SATA VPort 6 1 500050E000000122 3 0 Gbps ato E sata VPort 12 2 500050E000000122 3 0 Gbps ato E SATA VPort 13 3 500050E000000122 3 0 Gbps ato E SATA VPort 14 4 500050E000000126 3 0 Gbps auto Enclosure 5 500050E000000126 3 0 Gbps Auto Enclosure 6 500050E000000126 3 0 Gbps Auto Enclosure 7 00050E000000126 3 0 Gbps Auto l Enclosure The Controller Phy Summary page shows the properties of controller phys The Controller Phy Summary page can be accessed in two ways If you have a d
49. a unit on which you have enabled the auto carving policy you will see the number of volumes into which the unit has been divided For more information see Using Auto Carving for Multi LUN Support on page 83 Subunits If the unit has subunits details of the subunits are shown one of the drives in the subunit This feature provides a diagnostic capability for potential problem drives The error may not be a repeated error and may be caused by an ECC error SMART failure or a device error Rescanning the controller will clear the drive error status if the condition no longer exists 5 Note If an asterisk appears next to the status of a subunit there is an error on VPort If the unit Type is Disk Single Disk the VPort Virtual Port to which the drive is connected is shown For multiple drive units the VPort numbers are shown in the subunits section The VPort number is a link to the Drive Information page www lsi com channel products 205 3DM 2 Reference Drive Information page Figure 93 Drive Information Page 3wares 3 DM 2 urban qbmuteoiv Windows Server 2003 Service Pack 1 v 1433 Administrator logge Summary Information Management Monitor 3DM 2 Settings Refresh Drive Information AELE Controller ID 0 9750 41 Drive Information C ller ID A E MAXTOR 0 ATLAS15K2_36SAS 34 25 GB SAS Enclosure 0 Slot 10 OK MAXTOR a ATLASI5K2_36SAS 34 25 GB SAS Enclosure 0 Slot 9 1 OK MAXTOR 2
50. and units For more information see Drive Performance Monitoring on page 241 SMART Monitoring Self Monitoring Analysis and Reporting Technology automatically checks the health of SATA and SAS disk drives every 24 hours and reports potential problems This allows you to take proactive steps to prevent impending disk crashes SMART data is checked on all disk drives array members single disks and hot spares Monitoring of SMART thresholds can be turned on and off in 3DM 2 For more information see Selecting Self tests to be Performed on page 174 and Viewing SMART Data About a Drive on page 150 Staggered Spinup allows drives that support this feature to be powered up into the standby power management state to minimize in rush current at power up and to allow the controller to sequence the spin up of drives Both SATA 2 OOB and ATA spin up methods are supported The standby power management state is persistent after power down and power up You can set the number of drives that will spin up at the same time and the time between staggers in 3BM the 3ware BIOS Management utility This feature does not apply to drives that are attached to an expander For details see Enabling and Setting Up Staggered Spin up on page 86 www si com channel products 15 Introducing the LSI 3ware SATA SAS RAID Controller Card e Verification and Media Scans The verify task verifies all redundant units and checks for media errors
51. and Levels 3ware RAID controllers use RAID Redundant Array of Independent Disks to increase your storage system s performance and provide fault tolerance protection against data loss This section organizes information about RAID concepts and configuration levels into the following topics RAID Concepts on page 5 Available RAID Configurations on page 6 Determining What RAID Level to Use on page 11 RAID Concepts The following concepts are important to understand when working with a RAID controller Arrays and Units In the storage industry the term array is used to describe two or more disk drives that appear to the operating system as a single unit When working with a 3ware RAID controller unit is the term used to refer to an array of disks that is configured and managed through the 3ware software Single disk units can also be configured in the 3ware software Mirroring Mirrored arrays RAID 1 write data to paired drives simultaneously If one drive fails the data is preserved on the paired drive Mirroring provides data protection through redundancy In addition mirroring using a 3ware RAID controller provides improved performance because 3ware s TwinStor technology reads from both drives simultaneously Striping Striping across disks allows data to be written and accessed on more than one drive at the same time Striping combines each drive s capacity into one large volume Stripe
52. and host I O 2 faster host I O slower background task 1 fastest host I O slowest background task If you set the Background Task Mode to Low Latency it slows down the background task process in the context of the current Task Rate setting with a graduated pacing of host I O versus background task I O 2 through 5 Important It is recommended that if you use the Background Task Mode of Low Latency you always set the Background Task Rate to at least 2 on the scale of 1 to 5 When used in conjunction with a rate of 1 fastest host I O slowest background task Low Latency Mode can create a situation in which background tasks never complete if there is continuous host I O activity on the unit If you do select Low Latency when the Rate is set to 1 3DM 2 will display a warning and will then continue to display a recommendation to change it until you change either the Rate to 2 or greater or until you change the Mode to Adaptive Figure 73 3ware SATA SAS RAID Controller Card Software User Guide Version 10 0 Background Tasks Figure 73 Low Latency Mode with warning when Rate 1 2 3ware 3 DM 33 gu Windows XP Professional Service Pack 2 i Administrator logged in Summary Information Management Monitor 3DM 2 Settings Help Refresh Controller Settings RATT Seta Controller ID 0 369054 8 Background Task Controller ID 0 Task Rate Mode 5S4 9 Rebuild Migrate Fastest Rebuild O OJO Fastest 1 0 Adaptive
53. been unplugged 3ware SATA SAS RAID Controller Card Software User Guide Version 10 0 Error and Notification Messages 0063 Enclosure added Event Type Information Cause Applies to 9750 and 9690SA controllers An enclosure is now accessible to the RAID controller The likely cause is that an enclosure connected to the controller has been powered up or that a cable has been plugged in 0064 Local link up Event Type Information Cause Applies to 9750 and 9690SA controllers A cable has been plugged in restoring a link to a controller phy 0065 Local link down Event Type Warning Cause Applies to 9750 and 9690SA controllers A cable has been unplugged removing a link to a controller phy 0066 Reverted to emergency recovery firmware Event Type Information Cause The main firmware image is corrupted because the firmware upgrade was interrupted by a power failure or the firmware update was not able to successfully complete www si com channel products 287 Troubleshooting Action Retry the firmware update if not successful call technical support 0070 Drive write fault some data lost Event Type Error Cause A SAS or SATA drive reported this error asynchronously Some data loss might have occurred if you are using StorSave Performance mode Action Recommend replacing the drive that reported this error 0080 All RAID keys failed validation Event Type Error Cause
54. been detected on oe platform To set up a given controller please select it from the following list Controller 1 lt 9750 81 If you have more than 4 boards you will only see four at first only four can be processed at a time After you exit from 3BM you will have an opportunity to access the BIOS again to access the remaining boards system the 7000 8000 series controllers are not listed on the selection screen shown in Figure 22 Instead an additional BIOS summary will appear similar to Figure 21 El Note If you have a combination of older 3ware controllers in your If you have two of the same series controllers that have different versions of the firmware installed they will also appear in different BIOS summaries and will launch different versions of 3BM Highlight the board with which you want to work and press Enter You see a screen similar to the warning message below warning you that changing your disk array configuration may overwrite data on the disks 3ware SATA SAS RAID Controller Card Software User Guide Version 10 0 Exiting the 3BM Configuration Utility Figure 23 Warning Message When you Start 3BM Disks have existing data When u configure your disk array lt s gt existing data on some er nay be overwritten When you hit the key you will be notified which drives will be overwritten and offered the option of abandoning the new settings before any data is lost If you are concerned abo
55. by highlighting each one and pressing Enter or Space to select it When you select a drive an asterisk appears next to it in the left most column see Figure 45 www si com channel products 97 Configuring Units B Tip If you want to use all available drives press Alt A to select them all Figure 45 Asterisks Next to Selected Drives Create Unit Alt Fi te F6 2 After all drives for the unit are selected Tab to the Create Unit button and press Enter E Tip You can also press Alt C to choose Create Unit 3 On the Create Disk Array screen make sure that the proper drives are listed Figure 46 Create Disk Array screen Note Creating an array will overwrite existing data on its drives MAXTOR ATLASISK 2 as RAID 5 256KB Advanced Enabled Read head Balanced Enabled Fast Rebuild Shutdown OK l Cancel Change RAID configuration Enter Esc 4 Optional Press Enter and type a name for the unit then press Enter again to set the name 98 3ware SATA SAS RAID Controller Card Software User Guide Version 10 0 Configuring a New Unit 5 Tab to the RAID Configuration field and press Enter to display a list of available configurations for the number of drives you selected Figure 47 Configuration Choices for Four Drives RAID Configuration 5 i RAID RAID 10 6 Use the arrow keys to select the configuration you want and press Enter 7 Tab to the field Stripe Size and select the desi
56. change the selection the page refreshes and a message at the top confirms the change you have made To change the Read Cache unit policy In 3BM 1 At the main 3BM screen select the unit by highlighting it and pressing Enter An asterisk appears indicating that the RAID unit is selected 2 Tab to the Maintain Unit button and press Enter 3 On the pop up menu select Configure and press Enter 4 Inthe Configure Disk Array screen Tab to the field Read Cache Seiting The current setting Intelligent Basic or Disabled is shown 114 3ware SATA SAS RAID Controller Card Software User Guide Version 10 0 Setting Unit Policies 5 Press Enter to display the choices use the arrow keys to select the setting you want Figure 56 and press Enter again to choose it Figure 56 Read Cache Setting on the Configure screen Configuration options can be changed for the following array 5 drive 256K RAID 5 1 16 TB lt Unit 1 gt INIT ARRAY Array Name Write Cache Setting Enabled Read Cache Setting Drive Queuing Mode Continue On Error When Rebuild StorSave Profile fAuto Verif y Rapid RAID Recovery Read Cache Disable Basic or Intelligent Read Prefetch nter 6 Tab to the OK button and press Enter to select it You return to the main 3BM screen 7 When you are finished making changes press F8 to save them and exit 3BM Enabling or Disabling Auto Verify for a Unit Auto Verify can help insure that a unit is verif
57. complete is also shown The percentage complete can be active or paused To see whether this task is currently active or paused click on the unit number to display the Unit Details page which has that information For an explanation of the statuses see Unit Statuses on page 143 Drive Information VPort The VPort virtual port to which the drive is connected Model The model of the drive Capacity The capacity size of the drive Status The status of the drive OK Not Supported Not Present and so forth If you need help regarding a status displayed here please contact Technical Support For more information see Drive Statuses on page 144 Remove Drive The Remove Drive link removes a drive from the controller so that you can safely unplug it In the Unit Maintenance section this link is only provided for drives that can be safely removed without creating an inoperable unit For example a RAID 5 missing 2 or more drives or a RAID 0 missing 1 or more drives would become inoperable If you remove a drive from a redundant unit the unit will become degraded Once a unit has become degraded additional drives cannot be removed without making it inoperable so no Remove Drive link will display Warning Physically removing drives which are not in hot swap bays can result in a system hang data loss or may even damage the system and the drive www lsi com channel products 221 3DM 2 Reference 222 Maintenance
58. connected Summary Information Management Monitor 3DM 2 Settings Menu bar Refresh Summary Message bar Controller Summary niset D Model controllers on 0 9690SA 44E G340600A7250001 FH9X 4 03 00 010 3 00 03 058 WARNING the system Last updated Mon Aug 13 2007 03 36 36PM Pa This page will automatically refresh every 5 minute s Time of last SDM 2 version 2 05 00 010 64 bit AP version 2 02 00 010 page refresh Copyright 1997 2007 AMCC All rights reserved Version of 3DM 2 The menu bar across the top of the screen gives you access to other pages in 3DM 2 You can move between pages by using the menu bar or by clicking a link on the page The main area of the page provides summary or detail information about your 3ware RAID controller and the resources connected to it As you work in 3DM 2 the Messages area just below the menu bar displays information about the results of commands you have selected Tip If you have a question about something you see on the screen just click the Help button in the menu bar 3DM 2 Menus 66 The 3DM 2 menu bar groups access to a number of 3DM 2 pages on menus and provides direct link access to others Figure 29 3DM 2 Menu Bar a gt a 3ware 3DM 2 iocainost Darwin 8 7 0 Administrator logged in Logout Summary Information Management Monitor 3DM 2 Settings Refresh Controller Details Drive Information Status information is available from
59. detection of drives on the feature is only available in the CLI using the autodetect on off command For more information see ex set autodetect on off disk lt p p gt all3ware SATA SAS RAID Controller Card CLI Guide Version 10 0 Export unconfigured disks JBOD This setting is not applicable for 9750 controllers Staggered method Indicates whether the type of staggered spin up is ATA 6 or SATA OOB Out Of Band By default when Staggered Spin up is enabled the OOB scheme is used If your drives support the SATA ATA 6 method select that method in 3BM There is no electronic method for the controller to know if a drive supports this method so it must be set manually For staggering to work properly the drives must support the selected method This policy does not apply to drives that are attached to an expander This policy can only be set and only shows in 3BM Auto Verify Preferred Date and Time Sets the default date and time for auto verify to run when the Verify Schedule follows the weekly Basic schedule and Auto Verify is enabled for specific units Note that in 3DM 2 the Basic and Advanced Auto Verify schedule is set on the Schedule page Enabling or Disabling Auto Verify is a Unit Policy and is 80 3ware SATA SAS RAID Controller Card Software User Guide Version 10 0 Viewing Controller Policies set on the Create Disk Array screen in 3BM and the Controller Settings page in 3DM 2 Some additional policies can be set
60. do not use the driver from the external Linux distribution if it is 3ware CD or from the 3ware web site To download the driver or firmware 1 On the LSI website go to http w ww si com channel ChannelDownloads Select RAID Controllers as the Product Family Select your product from the drop down list on the right When the page has refreshed locate the item you want to download and click the link to the file Depending on the item you selected you may see either zip for Windows or tgz for Linux files to download file use the zip version instead of the tgz version Otherwise the files Note If using Winzip or another Windows utility to extract the Linux I will not be compatible with Linux In the dialog box that appears click Save to save the file to disk Uncompress the file to extract the driver or firmware files to a local directory Note that the firmware will not fit on a floppy diskette Make note of the absolute path to the local directory 178 3ware SATA SAS RAID Controller Card Software User Guide Version 10 0 Updating the Firmware and Driver 7 Turn to the driver section for your operating system e For Windows turn to page 181 e For RedHat Linux turn to page 183 e For SUSE Linux turn to page 185 Or to update the firmware turn to e Updating the Firmware Through 3DM 2 on page 179 for any operating system with a Windowing user interface e Updating the Firmware Through D
61. drive in each RAID 5 set A RAID 6 unit can have two simultaneous drive failures before becoming inoperable When a redundant RAID unit is running in Degraded mode and you rebuild it the missing data is reconstructed from all functioning drives error on the source disk you can force the rebuild to continue by checking the Overwrite ECC policy on the Controller Settings page in 3DM 2 and then running Rebuild again This will cause uncorrectable blocks to be rewritten and the data may be incorrect It is recommended that you execute a file system check when the rebuild completes Under Windows you can do this by right clicking on the Drive and choosing Properties then on the Tools tab click Check Now Under Linux use fsck dev sdal 3 Note If a rebuild fails check the Alarms page for the reason If there was an ECC Rebuilding a Unit Through 3DM When a drive on a unit becomes defective you replace it with an available drive and then rebuild the unit If Auto Rebuild is enabled and a drive is available starting the rebuild is optional as it will start automatically To rebuild a unit through 3DM 2 1 If necessary add a new drive to replace the failed drive For details see Adding a Drive on page 135 2 In3DM 2 choose Management gt Maintenance 3 In the Unit Maintenance section of the Maintenance page select the degraded unit and click the Rebuild Unit button 4 When a dialog box displays available drives
62. either 3DM 2 or 3BM To change the Read Cache unit policy In 3DM 2 1 Choose Management gt Controller Settings from the menu bar in 3DM 2 2 Inthe Unit Policies section of the Controller Settings page select the desired Read Cache setting as shown in Figure 55 Intelligent Enables both the Basic and Intelligent Read Prefetch IRP caching features Basic Enables the Basic read caching mode for the unit Disabled Disables the Read Cache policy for the unit www si com channel products 113 Configuring Units Figure 55 Read Cache policy on the Controller Settings page 2 3wares 3DM 2 gu Windows XP Professional Service Pack 2 i Administrator logged in Summary Information Management Monitor 3DM 2 Settings Help Refresh Controller Settings ST selma Controller ID 0 9690SA 8l Background Task Controller ID 0 Task Rate Mode St ae S At Rebuild Migrate Fastest Rebuild O Fastest I O Adaptive Low Latency Verify Fastest Verify O O O O Fastest I O O Adaptive Low Latency Unit Policies Controller ID 0 Auto Overwrite Rapid RAID Read Cache erify ECC Queuing StorSave Recovery UnitO RAID 5 wl v z Balance Al v Unit1 SINGLE DISK 4 inteligent v v Protection Unit Names Controller ID 0 Unit 0 RAID 5 Disabled Basic Unit 1 SINGLE DISK Single Save Names Reset Names After you
63. enclosure The Enclosure Details page for the selected controller appears Click on the Diagnostic Text link When the Save or Open dialog box appears navigate to where you want to save the log and click OK www Isi com channel products 199 12 3DM 2 Reference This section includes details about the fields and features available on the pages you work with throughout 3DM 2 It is organized by 3DM 2 page as the pages are organized on the 3DM 2 menu bar e Controller Summary page e Controller Details page e Unit Information page e Unit Details page e Drive Information page e Drive Details window e Controller Phy Summary page e Controller Settings page e Scheduling page e Maintenance page e Alarms page e Battery Backup page e Enclosure Summary page e Enclosure Details page e 3DM 2 Settings page 200 3ware SATA SAS RAID Controller Card Software User Guide Version 10 0 Controller Summary page Controller Summary page Figure 89 Controller Summary Page 2 3ware 3DM 2 urban qbmuteoiv Windows Server 2003 Service Pack 1 v 1433 Administrator logged in Logout Summary Information Management Monitor 3DM 2 Settings Help Refresh Summary Controller SMULAN 0 9750 81 G340600A7250001 FH9X 4 x xx xx xxx 3 00 03 058 The Summary page appears after you first logon to 3DM 2 or when you click the Summary link in the menu bar This page provides basic information about each 3ware RAID controller in
64. for keyword 12278 use the Advanced Search at https selfservice lsi com service main jsp See Also RAID Level Migration RLM Overview on page 123 3ware SATA SAS RAID Controller Card Software User Guide Version 10 0 Error and Notification Messages 0035 Migration completed Event Type Information Cause The migrated unit is now ready to be used Migration changes can include e Expanding capacity of a unit by adding drives e Changing RAID levels for example from RAID 1 to RAID 5 Action If the capacity of the unit did not change then you do not need to do anything else If the capacity of the migrated unit is larger you will need to inform the operating system of the change See Informing the Operating System of Changed Configuration on page 127 0036 Verify fixed data parity mismatch Event Type Warning Cause A verify error was found and fixed by the 3ware RAID controller Some examples of errors that can be fixed include e A parity inconsistency for a RAID 5 or RAID 50 unit e A data mismatch for a RAID 1 or RAID 10 unit Action None required 0037 SO DIMM not compatible Event Type Error www si com channel products 271 Troubleshooting Cause There is incompatible SO DIMM memory connected to the 9500S controller Note This message only applies to the 3ware 9500S controller which has removable memory Other 3ware controller models do not have memory that can be removed Act
65. help maintain the integrity of your drives check for errors repair bad sectors and rebuild units when drives degrade In addition 3ware BIOS Manager 3BM and 3ware Disk Manager 2 3DM 2 provide tools to let you check unit and drive status and manually start background maintenance tasks 3DM 2 also lets you review alarms and errors and schedule background maintenance tasks On Windows systems the WinAVAlarm utility monitors the controller and will display a message window and give an audible alarm when events occur at or above the threshold you select for it Details about these features are described in this section which is organized into the following topics e Checking Unit and Drive Status through 3DM e Viewing a List of Drives e Enclosure Drive LED Status Indicators e Unit Statuses e Drive Statuses e About Degraded Units e About Inoperable Units e Locating a Drive by Blinking Its LED e Alarms Errors and Other Events e Background Tasks e Scheduling Background Tasks Checking Unit and Drive Status through 3DM The information screens in 3DM 2 let you see both summary and detailed information about your 3ware RAID controller configured units and available drives You can quickly see the status of your controller and drives and drill down to find details about any units or drives that have problems A status column on the controller unit and drive information pages lets you quickly see whether everything is working OK perf
66. hot spare will automatically replace the failed drive in the unit without user intervention Note When a hot spare replaces a failed drive an event notification is generated and appears in the list of alarms in 3DM 2 You can also have 3DM 2 send you an email about this See Managing E mail Event Notification on page 72 It is a good idea to create a hot spare after you create a redundant unit In order to replace a failed drive a hot spare must have the same or larger storage capacity than the drive it is replacing and must be of the same type SAS or SATA The Auto Rebuild policy allows automatic rebuilding to occur with available drives that are not designated as spares For more information see Setting the Auto Rebuild Policy on page 82 3ware SATA SAS RAID Controller Card Software User Guide Version 10 0 Creating a Hot Spare differing manufacturers and with slightly different capacities are more likely to be able to be used as spares for each other Drive coercion slightly decreases the usable capacity of a drive that is used in redundant units B Note 3ware s 9750 RAID controllers use drive coercion so that drives from The capacity used for each drive is rounded down to the nearest GB for drives under 45 GB 45 000 000 000 bytes and rounded down to the nearest 5 GBytes for drives over 45 GB For example a 44 3 GB drive will be rounded down to 44 GBytes and a 123 GB drive will be rounded down to 120 GBytes
67. in this guide Starting 3BM You access 3BM during the start up process for your computer 1 2 Power up or reboot your system While the system is starting watch for a screen similar to the 3ware BIOS screen below Figure 21 3ware BIOS Screen Alt 3 gt to acc 3ware BIOS Manager TA RAID Controlle 9 4 Firmware FE9X gt Number of online units 1 available drives 0 hot spare 0 offline units 0 Available drives SATA SAMSUNG HD160J7 149 04 GB Exportable Units 3drive RAID5 298 00 GB Zygote3 DEGRADED SAMSUNG HD1 149 04 GB SAMSUNG HD160JJ 149 04 GB www si com channel products 51 3ware BIOS Manager 3BM Introduction 52 3 Press Alt 3 immediately to bring up the 3ware BIOS Manager 3BM Normally your 3ware configuration remains on screen for just a few seconds However if a unit has degraded the screen indicates the problem and remains on your screen longer 4 Ifyou plan to make changes to your configuration and need to backup data before continuing press ESC and do so now Otherwise press any key to continue If 3BM detects a degraded array a red message box appears to alert you to the problem For information about rebuilding a degraded array see About Degraded Units on page 144 5 If you have more than one 9750 controller in your system a screen lists the available boards see Figure 22 Figure 22 3ware Controller Board Selection Screen lultiple 3ware controllers have
68. menu bar This causes 3DM 2 to update the information shown with current information from the controller and associated drives Automatic refreshes can also be set For details see Setting the Frequency of Page Refreshes on page 75 Note If you click Refresh on the browser window instead of on the 3DM 2 menu bar you will be taken back to the Summary page 3ware SATA SAS RAID Controller Card Software User Guide Version 10 0 Working with the 3DM 2 Screens 3DM 2 Screens and What They re Used For The table below shows a list of the pages you work with in 3DM 2 and describes what they are used for Details about each page and the fields and features on it are provided in Chapter 12 3DM 2 Reference The page names in the table provide links to details about that page In addition the step by step instructions provided in the chapters on configuring and maintaining your RAID controller and units explain how to do particular tasks in 3DM 2 Table 7 List of 3DM 2 Pages 3DM 2 Page Controller Summary page Description Provides basic information about each 3ware RAID controller in your system To see this page click Summary in the menu bar Controller Details page Provides detailed information about the current controller To see this page choose Information gt Controller Details from the menu bar Unit Information page Shows a list of the units on the current controller and provides summary
69. on single disks spares and RAID 0 unit members If the disk drive is part of a redundant unit error locations that are found and are deemed repairable are rewritten with the redundant data This forces the drive firmware to reallocate the error sectors accordingly For more information see About Verification on page 155 e Error Correction Bad sectors can be dynamically repaired through error correction Dynamic Sector Repair Reallocation of blocks is based intelligently on the location of the block in relation to the stripe e Scheduled Background Tasks Initialize rebuild verify and self test tasks can all be run in the background at scheduled times This lets you choose a time for these tasks to be run when it will be least disruptive to your system You can also define the rate at which background tasks are performed specifying whether I O tasks should be given more processing time or background rebuild and verify tasks should be given more processing time For more information see Scheduling Background Tasks on page 169 e Write Cache Write cache can be enabled or disabled using 3BM 3DM 2 and CLI When write cache is enabled data will be stored in 3ware controller cache and drive cache before the data is committed to disk This allows the system to process multiple write commands at the same time thus improving performance However when data is stored in cache it could be lost if a power failure occurs With
70. or CLI the first volume will be the size specified for the Boot Volume and www si com channel products 83 Configuring Your Controller then the carve size will be applied to the remainder of the unit For more information see Boot volume size on page 93 Each volume can be treated as an individual disk with its own file system The default carve size is 2 TB you can change this to a setting in the range of 1 TB to 32 TB 1024 GB to 32768 GB 3ware firmware supports a maximum of 32 volumes per controller up to a total of 32TB a unit when autocarving This is done while creating a unit with the cx add type command attribute vO n vol a b c d See the 3ware SATA SAS RAID Controller Card CLI Guide Version 10 0 3 Note CLI now provides the ability to specify variable sizes for the first 4 volumes of If you are migrating a unit to a size that is larger than the carve size and auto carving is on multiple volumes will be created Note Carving a unit into multiple volumes can have an impact on performance 64bit Windows 2003 32 bit and 64 bit with SP1 or newer Windows 2008 32 bit Note Operating systems without the 2TB limitation include Linux 2 6 Windows XP and 64 bit and Windows Vista Even though the Linux 2 6 kernel supports partitions larger than 2 TB the installers for SUSE and Redhat do not Turn auto carving on to prevent the installation from failing You must turn on the Auto Carving p
71. particular enclosure click the link in the ID column See Checking Enclosure Component Status on page 192 To see a list of enclosures in 3BM 1 On the main 3BM screen Tab to Information and press Enter 2 On the pop up menu select Enclosures and press Enter The Enclosure Information page appears with information about enclosure components displayed in the top section and details about the slots in the selected enclosure displayed in the bottom section For an explanation of statuses for the different components see the status topics starting under Fan Status on page 194 3 On the Enclosure Information page use the arrow keys to move from one enclosure to another You can use the and Shift keys to hide or show details about an enclosure if desired Tip You can scroll both sections of the Enclosure Information page to bring additional enclosure information or enclosures into view Press Tab to move between the two sections www si com channel products 191 Enclosure Management Figure 83 Enclosure Information page 3BM i a Z f Checking Enclosure Component Status If your enclosure supports enclosure services you may be able to check the status of enclosure components such as power supplies fans slots drives and temperature sensors To check the status of components in your enclosure in 3DM 2 1 Choose Monitor gt Enclosure Support from the menu 2 On the Enclosure Summary page click
72. press Enter 4 Inthe Configure Disk Array screen Tab to the field Write Cache Settings 3ware SATA SAS RAID Controller Card Software User Guide Version 10 0 Setting Unit Policies Figure 54 Unit Write Cache State in 3BM Configuration options can be changed for the following array 4 drive 64K RAID 5 447 66 GB RAIDS _Primary gt INIT ARRAY Array Name RAIDS_Primary Write Cache Setting Drive Queuing Mode Disabled Continue On Err hen Reb A S gt Pr uto Ver MH En Rapid RAID Recovery Fast Rebuild Shutdown OK Cancel Enable Disable write cache setting te Enter The current setting Enabled or Disabled is shown The initial default setting is for write cache to be enabled 5 Press Enter to display the choices use the arrow keys to select the setting you want and press Enter again to choose it 6 Tab to the OK button and press Enter to select it You return to the main 3BM screen 7 When you are finished making changes press F8 to save them and exit 3BM Working with Read Cache Settings The Read Cache unit policy lets you enable either Basic Read Caching or Intelligent Read Caching You can also disable the Read Cache unit policy if preferred By default Read Cache is set to Intelligent You can change it to Basic or to Disabled as appropriate About the Read Cache Basic and Intelligent Modes Basic Mode is used to store read cache data locally on the controller that has rece
73. run until it has finished www si com channel products 157 Maintaining Units I For users who need more control over when Verify tasks run an Advanced Verify schedule is also available which gives you the ability to define seven times during the week when verifications can occur and allows you to specify the duration of each effectively creating a series of schedule windows This is useful if you want to insure that background tasks such as verification occur during times of low system usage When you use the Advanced Verify schedule if a verify does not have time to complete during a scheduled time window it will pause until the next scheduled time to resume verifying This distinction between Basic and Advanced Verify Scheduling is new in 9 5 1 In previous versions there was one type of Verify Scheduling which functioned as the Advanced version does in 9 5 1 Note Unless you have a specific need for the Advanced Verify schedule it is recommended that you enable Auto Verify for units and that you use Basic Verify scheduling in order to insure weekly verification of your units If Auto Verify is disabled for a unit then verification will only run if you start it manually or in the event of an unclean shutdown For more details about how to set the Verify Scheduling option see Selecting Advanced or Basic Verify Schedules on page 172 Starting a Verify Manually 158 I Verification of units can be don
74. sas ko Run sbin depmod a Make sure the file lib modules lt kernel string gt modules dep contains an entry for 3w sas If not add it after the 3w xxxx entry Complete the upgrade by upgrading the initial ramdisk Skip to step 10 if you prefer to use insmod 3w sas ko instead Make sure the file etc sysconfig kernel contains the following line INITRD_MODULES 3w sas www si com channel products 185 Maintaining Your Controller on the installation You may see entries likes reiserfs ext3 or scsi_mod Leave these entries alone if present as the system may need them to boot properly g Note Other modules may be listed before or after 3w sas depending 8 Run mkinitrd 9 Ifyou are using lilo use lilo to update to the boot loader You should see a printout of kernels that are able to boot on this system after running lilo 10 Reboot if booted from the 3ware controller Otherwise continue with step 11 The driver is now updated 11 Stop the current driver module if loaded rmmod 3w sas 12 Load the new driver module modprobe 3w sas If the new driver fails to load properly confirm that you used correct driver If your kernel or SUSE version is not supported you will need to compile your own driver For more information search the LSI Knowledge Base for keyword 14546 use the Advanced Search at https selfservice lsi com service main jsp Viewing Battery Information 5 186 The
75. supplies 192 detail information 232 downloading a diagnostic log 199 enclosure definition 305 enclosure management features 190 enclosure requirements 3 Enclosure Services defined 16 LED status indicators 142 locating a component fan temperature sensor power supply 195 summary information 231 viewing a list of 191 errors 147 error correction 16 error log downloading 150 error messages 246 how handled by verification process 157 viewing 150 European Community Conformity statement 318 events see also errors and alarms 147 expander definition 305 export a unit definition 305 export unconfigured disks policy 80 F fan checking status 192 possible statuses 194 summary 233 fault tolerant definition 305 FCC Radio Frequency Interference Statement 317 firmware definition 305 downloading 178 showing version 201 202 updating 179 Flash file system error detected 003F 275 Flash file system repaired 0040 276 FUA Force Unit Access commands part of StorSave profile 119 G grown defect definition 305 H hardware installation troubleshooting 243 help getting for 3BM 60 hot spare 10 creating 104 105 hot spare definition 305 specifying 26 hot swap 5 hot swap definition 305 HTTP port number for 3DM 237 l identify drive by blinking LED 204 207 enclosure components by blinking 195 identify checkbox in 3DM 204 207 slot by blinking LED 234 identify checkbox in 3DM 234 import a unit
76. the new schedule is added to the list Note The scheduled tasks can be added in any order For example a new task scheduled for Tuesday slot 2 will preempt the task originally scheduled for Wednesday slot 1 Selecting Self tests to be Performed 174 For 3ware RAID controllers 9550SX and newer you can check the SMART thresholds for drives For more information see the 3DM 2 Reference section Scheduling page on page 216 Initially these tests are set to run every 24 hours You can change the schedule for when they are run and you can disable the tests if you prefer not have to have them performed Note These tasks will only be run during scheduled times if they are checked in the Schedule Self tests section of the Scheduling page If neither of the tasks is checked self tests will never run even if you have scheduled time slots set To select self tests to be performed 1 Choose Management gt Schedule from the menu bar The Scheduling page appears showing the schedule for Rebuild Tasks 2 Select Self test Tasks from the drop down list at the top of the page 3 Check the boxes next to the self tests you want to be performed Schedule Self tests Controller ID 2 Day Jime Tasks applies to all schedule items F 1 Sunday 12 00am 7 2 Monday 12 00am Check S M A R T Thresholds 3ware SATA SAS RAID Controller Card Software User Guide Version 10 0 Scheduling Background Tasks To disable self tests Unlik
77. the same stripe size As can be seen every piece of user data is moved from its original physical location Figure 57 RAID Level Migration Example 3 Drive RO 4 Drive R5 ASE Typically a unit is reconfigured with the same or more storage capacity Sometimes additional drives are added The following table shows valid reconfigurations some of which will require the addition of more drives Table 10 Valid Migration Paths Destination Source RO R1 R5 R6 R10 R50 Single Spare RO Yes No Yes Yes Yes Yes No No R1 Yes No Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes No R5 Yes No Yes Yes Yes Yes No No R6 Yes No Yes Yes Yes Yes No No R10 Yes No Yes Yes Yes Yes No No R50 Yes No Yes Yes Yes Yes No No Single Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes No No Spare No No No No No No No No 3ware SATA SAS RAID Controller Card Software User Guide Version 10 0 Changing An Existing Configuration by Migrating B Note Rapid RAID Recovery will be disabled on any unit that is migrated Warning If you are booted from a mirror RAID 1 unit never split it into 2 single AN identical drives Once the unit is split any pending writes cannot be written to the second drive In addition the file system on the drive will not be clean Instead shut down the system replace one of the drives and start the rebuild from 3BM Note You can only migrate a unit to a RAID level that has the same or more capacity as the existing one A four d
78. the schedule for Rebuild Migrate Tasks To view Verify Tasks or Self test Tasks select one from the drop down list at the top of the page To view the seven verify schedule slots select Advanced 2 Select the checkbox next to the schedule s you want to remove 3 Click the Remove Checked button The page refreshes and the selected schedule slot s are removed You can now add another schedule slot or slots Adding a New Task Schedule Slot When you add a rebuild migrate or verify task schedule you specify the day of the week time and duration for the task For self test schedules you specify day and time but not duration Duration is not required for self tests Depending on the schedule and system workload background tasks may require more than one scheduled duration to complete To add a task schedule slot 1 Choose Management gt Schedule from the menu bar The Scheduling page appears showing the schedule for Rebuild Migrate Tasks 2 To view Verify Tasks or Self test Tasks select it from the drop down list at the top of the page www si com channel products 173 Maintaining Units I 3 Scroll to the section of the Scheduling page that shows the task you want to add 4 Inthe fields at the bottom of the section select the Day Time and Duration for the task Remove Checked Add New Schedule Day Sunday 7 Time 12 00am Duration 1 5 Click the Add New Slot button The page refreshes and
79. the system needs them to boot properly Note Other modules may be listed before or after 3w sas 3 Ifyou are using SUSE 11 2 or earlier after the existing 3w 9xxx entry add 3w sas tothe file lib modules lt kernel string gt modules dep 48 3ware SATA SAS RAID Controller Card Software User Guide Version 10 0 Driver Installation Under Linux 4 Mount the CD ROM and copy and install the appropriate kernel driver module for your system Note The 64 bit driver is also used for 64 bit Intel Xeon and AMD Opteron based motherboards mount t iso9660 dev cdrom mnt Copy the kernel driver module For openSUSE and SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 32 bit x86 type cp mnt packages drivers linux suse lt version gt x86 3w sas lt kernel extension gt lib modules lt kernel string gt kernel drivers scsi 3w sas ko For openSUSE and SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 64 bit x86_64 type cp mnt packages drivers linux suse lt version gt x86_64 3w sas ko lib modules lt kernel string gt kernel drivers scsi 3w sas ko If prompted to overwrite type y 5 To load the kernel driver module type modprobe sd_mod insmod lib modules lt kernel string gt kernel drivers scsi 3w sas ko correct driver was installed If a driver is not available for your system you will need to compile your own driver For more information search the LSI Knowledge Base for keyword 14546 use the Advanced Search at https selfservic
80. they are always given the highest priority because of the controller and disk resources required during migration Once a unit is put into the migration state it must be allowed to complete the process While migrating rebuilds or verifies to the unit are not permitted Rebuilding preempts verify operations If a unit requires rebuilding that process will take place before the unit is verified Controllers can work on multiple units at the same time This means that if you have both a redundant unit and a non redundant unit the verification of the redundant unit and the media scan of the non redundant unit will occur at the same time Scheduling Background Tasks I You can set up scheduling windows for when background tasks occur so that routine maintenance of storage media occurs when it will be least likely to interfere with day to day work on the system peak I O times By creating and using schedules you can specify when active rebuilding migrating verifying and testing of units should occur For example you might wish these tasks to occur at 2 AM each day or on weekends Note Initialization follows the rebuild migrate schedule The default setting for both is to ignore the schedule www si com channel products 169 Maintaining Units Rebuild migrate verify and self test tasks are scheduled separately but in a very similar way You can perform the following scheduling tasks e Viewing Current Task Schedules
81. tolerant upon creation These configurations use a specialized scheme for writing to the unit which does not have to be valid to provide fault tolerance Performance of the following types of units will improve after the unit has been initialized RAID 6 RAID 5 units with 5 or more disks and RAID 50 units with 2 subunits of 5 or 6 disks For these configurations initialization begins automatically after you create them If you create them in 3BM using the default foreground initialization method zeroes are written to all unit members before booting to the operating system If you create them through 3DM you will boot to the operating system and the RAID 5 parity is then calculated and written to disk keeping any data in the unit intact RAID 5 units with 3 or 4 disks do not need to be initialized to have full performance upon creation It is okay that 3 or 4 disk RAID 5 units are not initialized These RAID types are fully redundant regardless of whether or not they are initialized Similarly RAID 50 units with a grouping of 3 or 4 disks in a subunit do not need to be initialized However RAID 50 with a www si com channel products 153 Maintaining Units 154 I grouping of 5 or more disks in a subunit do need to be initialized for full performance Notes For RAID 5 and RAID 6 with more 5 or more drives it is strongly required that you initialize the unit Initialization is critical to insuring data integrity on the unit
82. type of RAID configuration you want and designating hot spares for use if a drive degrades 3ware provides the following tools for use in configuring and managing units attached to the 3ware controller 3BM 38ware BIOS Manager 3BM is a BIOS level tool for creating deleting and maintaining disk arrays rebuilding arrays designating hot spares and setting controller policies 3BM is the tool most frequently used to configure units immediately after installation of the controller but can also be used after installation to maintain the controller and associated drives For general information about working with 3BM see Chapter 5 3ware BIOS Manager 3BM Introduction 3DM 2 3ware Disk Manager 3DM is a daemon under Linux and a service under Windows which runs in the background on the controller s host system and can be accessed through a web browser to provide ongoing monitoring and administration of the controller and associated drives It can be used locally on the system that contains the 9750 or remotely on a system connected via a network to the system containing the 9750 For details about working with 3DM see 3DM 2 3ware Disk Manager Introduction on page 61 3DM 2 is the current version of the 3ware Disk Manager Throughout this documentation it is referred to interchangeably as 3DM and 3DM 2 3ware Alert Utility WinAVAlarm The 3ware Alert Utility for Windows runs on the system in which the
83. up menu select Verify and press Enter Verification of the selected unit starts immediately Figure 66 Verifying a Unit Verify Unit Percentage done z Press the key to cancel www si com channel products 159 Maintaining Units EI Notes If a unit that requires initialization has not previously been initialized selecting Verify Unit starts initialization This is because fault tolerant units cannot be verified until after they are initialized If the unit is already in a state of rebuild initialization or verification the unit cannot be verified in 3BM You must boot the system and let the task finish in the background Rebuilding Units 160 Rebuilding is the process of generating data on a new drive after it is put into service to replace a failed drive in a fault tolerant unit If a hot spare of the appropriate drive type SAS or SATA is specified and a redundant unit degrades it will be used to automatically replace the failed drive in the redundant unit without intervention on your part The rebuild process will automatically be launched as a background process at the next scheduled time If scheduling is turned off the rebuild process will start almost immediately within a couple of minutes If 3DM 2 is running and E mail notification is enabled an event notification will be sent to specified users when the unit degrades and again when the rebuild process is complete If the Auto Rebuild polic
84. will apply only to rebuilds You can switch between All and Rebuild settings However once Rapid RAID Recovery is disabled for the unit it cannot be re enabled For additional information see Rapid RAID Recovery on page 121 Unit Names Units can be assigned names A name can be assigned when the unit is created and can be changed from this screen For additional information see Naming a Unit on page 106 Other Controller Settings The Other Controller settings displays information about additional settings some of which can only be changed in the BIOS 3BM Auto Rebuild The Auto Rebuild policy determines how the controller firmware will attempt to rebuild degraded units When Auto Rebuild is disabled only spares will be used to automatically rebuild degraded units When Auto Rebuild is enabled the firmware will automatically select drives to use for rebuilding a degraded unit using the following priority order e Smallest usable spare e Smallest usable unconfigured available drive e Smallest usable failed drive For additional information see Setting the Auto Rebuild Policy on page 82 Auto Carving Auto carving can be enabled or disabled by selecting the appropriate radio button When this feature is enabled any unit that is over a specified size known as the carve size will be broken down into multiple volumes of that size plus a remainder volume The default carve size is 2048 GB 2 TB For
85. will calculate RAID 5 parity and compare it to what is written on the disk drive e VPort The 3ware 9750 RAID controller has 96 addresses available to assign to hard drives These addresses are known as virtual port vport IDs By using vport IDs and expanders one controller phy can connect to multiple drives This is in contrast to standard port connections which are one to one physical connections e Wide Port A SAS port can consist of one or more phys When a SAS port consists of one phy it is known as a narrow port when it contains multiple phys it is known as a wide port The 3ware 9750 controller has two wide port connectors that contain 4 phys each These phys can function individually in which case each phy has its own SAS address or the 4 phys can be banded together in which case they share the same SAS address A 9750 wideport can have a bandwidth of up to 12 0 Gbps e WWN World Wide Number The unique worldwide 64 bit SAS address assigned by the manufacturer to each SAS port and expander device in the SAS domain Many SAS drives have 2 ports and thus 2 WWNs e Write Cache When write cache is enabled data will be stored in controller cache and drive cache before the data is committed to disk This allows the system to process multiple write commands at the same time thus improving performance www si com channel products 309 B Software Installation This appendix provides detailed instructions for installing an
86. www si com channel products 133 Configuring Units A 3DM 2 includes two features that help you move a unit without powering down the system allowing you to hot swap the unit The Remove Unit feature lets you prepare a unit to be disconnected from the controller and the Rescan feature checks the controller for drives that are now connected and updates the 3DM 2 screens with current information For details see Removing a Unit on page 131 and Rescanning the Controller on page 138 Note Moving a unit to another controller while the unit is in the migration state is supported with one restriction If the unit was in the middle of the migration process and the controller was shutdown uncleanly the unit cannot be moved to another controller until the unit has recovered from the unclean shutdown This may require initializing verifying or rebuilding the unit Moving Units from an Earlier 9000 Series to a 9750 Controller 134 If you are moving units from a 9550SX or later 9000 series controller to a 9750 controller the process is a little different from when you are moving units from one 9750 to another The steps you follow depend on whether you are booting from the drives attached to the older controller or whether they are being used for secondary storage Note Only SATA 2 drives are supported on the 9750 You cannot move SATA 1 drives To move a bootable unit from an earlier 9000 series controller to a 9750 co
87. xen If you are using lilo run lilo to update to the boot loader You should see a printout of kernels that are able to boot on this system after running lilo 184 3ware SATA SAS RAID Controller Card Software User Guide Version 10 0 Updating the Firmware and Driver Updating the 3ware Driver Under SUSE The following steps describe how to update the 3ware driver under SUSE A Note Backup your original driver before updating in case you need to revert back to it However you will not be able to revert back to the original driver if you are booted from that unit To update the 3ware driver under SUSE 1 Download and extract the driver as described under Downloading the Driver and Firmware on page 178 Backup any critical data prior to updating the 3ware driver Change the directory to the location with the extracted driver Copy the files to the appropriate directory In the commands below replace lt version gt with applicable SUSE version such as su10 Replace lt kernel string gt with applicable kernel i e 2 6 16 x For SUSE Uniprocessor 2 6 kernels cp lt version gt 3w sas ko lib modules lt kernel string gt kernel drivers scsi 3w sas ko For SUSE SMP 2 6 kernels cp lt version gt 3w sas smp lib modules lt kernel string gt kernel drivers scsi 3w sas ko For SUSE high memory systems 2 6 kernels cp lt version gt 3w sas big lib modules lt kernel string gt kernel drivers scsi 3w
88. yet been written to the disk media Following a power failure or in the event of accidental drive removal and reinsertion the firmware can recover the unit without data loss All pending writes sitting in the controller cache are replayed after power is restored or the drive is reinserted and are flushed from the controller to the drive www si com channel products 119 Configuring Units 120 Using write journaling helps protect your data however it can have an impact on performance The Protection profile always enables write journaling and the Performance profile always disables write journaling regardless of the presence of a BBU The Balanced Profile disables write journaling if no BBU is present and enables write journaling if a BBU is present If write journaling is disabled and a BBU is present then it is as if the BBU was disabled for that unit e Write cache disabled on degrade In the event that a unit degrades the use of write cache can be disabled until the unit is rebuilt Once the unit is rebuilt the write cache will automatically be re enabled The Protection profile enables this feature so that write cache is disabled in the event a unit degrades the Performance and Balanced profiles disable this feature so that write cache continues to be enabled Setting the StorSave Profile through 3DM 2 In 3DM 2 the StorSave Profile is a unit policy that can be set on the Controller Settings page To set the StorSa
89. 0 Auto Rebuild Enabled O Disabled Auto Carving O Enabled Disabled Carve Size GB 2048 Number of Drives per Spin up 1 Delay between Spin up 1 second s Export Unconfigured Disk N A Number of Controller Phys 8 pdate Firmware Image File Browse Begin Update Enabling and Disabling the Unit Write Cache Write cache is used to store data locally in memory on the controller before it is written to the disk drive media allowing the computer to continue with its next task This improves performance However there may be instances when you want the computer to wait for the drive to write all the data to disk before going on to its next task In this case you must disable the write cache controller cache will be lost if you do not have a Battery Backup Unit BBU To avoid a sudden power failure if you do not have a BBU it is advisable to have an Uninterruptible Power Supply UPS Note If write cache is enabled in the event of a power failure the data in the Write cache can be turned on or off for individual units in 3DM CLI and 3BM without changing the configuration or losing data from the drives www lsi com channel products 109 Configuring Units 110 If you have a BBU Battery Backup Unit installed on the controller the battery preserves the contents of the controller cache memory for a limited period of time up to 72 hours in the event of a system power loss When a BBU is installed if the battery
90. 0 The 3ware CD can function as a bootable DOS firmware update program that will work for most PC based systems To update the firmware through DOS 1 Start your computer with the 3ware CD in your CD ROM drive and the BIOS set to boot from CD ROM 2 At the Welcome screen type firmware 3 At the next screen select the controller type to upgrade by typing the ID number 1 2 next to the name of the controller or Q to quit For example T 97750 2 9690 You can only install one controller at a time you will need to repeat this procedure for each controller The update program is loaded 4 To continue type y 5 If multiple controller cards are installed select the ID number of the card to upgrade otherwise continue to next step You must select the same controller type selected in step 3 otherwise the upgrade will fail The update program lists the version of your present firmware 6 To continue type y The program checks that the update program version of the firmware is compatible If it is it begins installing the firmware This will take 1 to 3 minutes Do not power off your computer until the firmware finishes updating 7 If multiple controllers are being installed repeat steps 3 5 for the next controller 8 Type q to quit remove the bootable CD and reboot your system 3ware SATA SAS RAID Controller Card Software User Guide Version 10 0 Updating the Firmware and Driver Updating the 3ware Dr
91. 0 OK C 6 SAMSUNG HD160JJ 149 05GB SATA 0 OK fF 13 SAMSUNG HD160JJ 149 05 GB SATA 2 OK De Select All Drives Create Unit emma tar Te Remove Drive Set Spare s Clear Configuration To create a unit p In 3DM 2 choose Management gt Maintenance N In the Available Drives list select the drives you want to include in the unit by marking the checkbox in front of the VPort number for each one All drives in a unit must be of the same type either SAS or SATA Although the best practice is to create a unit from drives in the same enclosure you can create a unit with drives from different enclosures W Click Create Unit A window similar to the one below shows the drives you selected and lets you specify configuration settings www si com channel products 95 Configuring Units 96 Figure 42 Configuring a Unit in 3DM 2 Selected drive s to use to create VPort0 WDC WD7500AAKS O0ORBAO SATA 698 64 GB VPort1 WDC WD7500AAKS O0RBAO SATA 698 64 GB VPort2 WDC WD7500AAKS 00RBAO SATA 698 64 GB VPort3 WDC WD7500AAKS 00RBAO SATA 698 64 GB Type RAID5 Name Stripe P56k z M Write Cache M Auto Verify M Queuing Overwrite ECC Read Cache Intelligent x StorSave Balanced x Rapid RAID Recovery All In the Type field select the RAID configuration you want If stripe size applies to the RAID type you select select a Stripe Size Stripe size does not apply to RAID 1 Optional In the Name b
92. 04F Cache synchronization skipped Event Type Warning Cause The cache synchronization that is normally performed when power is restored after a power failure was skipped and write data is still being backed up in the controller cache This can occur if a unit was physically removed or became inoperable during the power outage Action Return missing drive s to the controller so that the missing write data can be saved 0050 Battery capacity test completed 282 Event Type Information Cause The Battery Backup Unit has completed a battery capacity test 3ware SATA SAS RAID Controller Card Software User Guide Version 10 0 Error and Notification Messages The BBU is again able to backup the 3ware RAID controller and write cache has been re enabled for all units During the test backup and write cache were disabled 0053 Battery capacity test is overdue Event Type Information Cause There has not been a battery capacity test run in the last 6 months which is the maximum recommended interval This message will be sent once every week until the test is run Action LSI recommends running the test at least once every 6 months if the measured battery capacity is longer than 120 hours If the measured battery capacity is less than 120 hours the recommended test interval is 4 weeks 0055 Battery charging started Event Type Information Cause The Battery Backup Unit has started a battery charge cycle Action
93. 2 To see more details about a particular controller click the ID link for that controller to display the Unit Information page To see information about a different controller in the 3DM 2 pages If you have more than one controller in the system you can switch between them by selecting the one you want from the Select Controller drop down list at the right of the menu bar This drop down is available on all pages that provide controller specific features When you select a different controller from this list the page in view changes to reflect the details for the controller you selected Tip If you are managing controllers remotely the list of controllers is for the machine with the IP or URL you entered in the browser address bar Note Throughout this documentation the term current controller is used to refer to the controller currently selected in this drop down list To see information about a controller in 3BM BIOS 1 Power up or reboot your system 2 While the system is starting watch for a screen showing information about the controller and units you want to work with When you have more than one controller installed information about each one will be shown sequentially 3 Press Alt 3 to bring up the 3ware BIOS Manager 3BM 3ware SATA SAS RAID Controller Card Software User Guide Version 10 0 About Controller Policies Note If you accidentally bypass display of the controller you want to work with press Ct
94. 3ware SATA SAS RAID Controller Card Software User Guide Version 10 0 Starting 3DM 2 and Logging In Logging Into the 3DM 2 Web Application When the 3DM 2 process is running in the background you can log into the 3DM 2 application pages using a browser Two levels of access are provided e Users can check the status of the controller units and attached drives e Administrators can check status configure and maintain the units and drives on the 3ware controller Note Administrator and User status in 3DM 2 is not related to Administrator User settings in the operating system To log in to the 3DM 2 web application 1 Open your browser and enter the URL for your system The default URL is https localhost 888 If you are using Fedora Core 10 use https 127 0 0 1 888 Fedora Core 10 made changes that affected 3DM 2 https localhost 888 can no longer be used in a web browser to access 3DM 2 Other Linux distributions may also be affected If remote access is enabled you can also replace localhost with the IP address of the computer that contains the 3ware controller For example https lt IP address gt 888 entered the URL correctly by specifying https not http If you did 3DM 2 may not be running in the background You can start it manually See Managing the 3DM 2 Daemon under Linux on page 64 or Starting the 3DM 2 Process under Microsoft Windows on page 65 Note If you receive a page no
95. 45390019 BBU Ready Ready BBU Status OK Battery Voltage OK Battery Temperature OK Estimated Backup Capacity 0 hours Last Capacity Test JOO IK est Battery Capacity Battery Installation Date 26 Oct 2009 The Battery Backup page appears when you choose Monitor gt Battery Backup on the menu bar Use this page to determine whether a backup battery is present see details about it and perform a battery test Battery Backup Unit Indicates whether the BBU is present Serial Number Indicates the BBU serial number BBU Ready Indicates if the BBU is able to backup the 3ware RAID controller or not If the BBU is Ready write cache can be enabled on the 3ware RAID controller When the status is not Ready write caching is automatically disabled on all units attached to the controller BBU Status Indicates the status of the BBU Possibly BBU statuses include the following e OK The BBU is functioning normally e Not Present The BBU was not detected or is disabled The BBU can be disabled using CLI e No Battery No battery pack is installed in the BBU e Testing A battery capacity test is in process e Charging The battery is being charged Charging of the battery occurs automatically if the battery voltage falls too low This normally occurs about once a week to top off the charge level the process does not change the BBU readiness state If the battery is ever discharged through a backup cycle or if the system
96. 8 Enclosure voltage under 8042 298 Enclosure voltage unknown 8043 298 Flash file system error detected 003F 275 Flash file system repaired 0040 276 Incomplete unit detected 0006 253 Initialize completed 0007 254 Initialize failed 000E 257 Initialize paused 003C 274 Initialize started 000C 257 Local link down 0065 287 Local link up 0064 287 Migration completed 0035 271 Migration failed 0034 270 Migration paused 003E 275 Migration started 0033 270 Primary DCB read error occurred 0042 276 RAID key not found 0081 289 Rebuild completed 0005 253 Rebuild failed 0004 252 Rebuild paused 003B 273 Rebuild started OOOB 256 Replacement drive capacity too small 002E 268 www si com channel products Reverted to emergency recovery firmware 0066 287 Sector repair completed 0023 261 SO DIMM not compatible 0037 271 SO DIMM not detected 0038 272 Source drive ECC error overwritten O02C 267 Source drive error occurred 002D 267 Spare capacity too small for some units 0032 269 Unclean shutdown detected 0008 254 Unit inoperable 001E 259 Unit number assignments lost 0041 276 Unit Operational O01F 260 Upgrade UDMA mode 0022 261 Verify completed 002B 266 Verify failed 002A 265 Verify fixed data parity mismatch 0036 271 Verify not started unit never initialized 002F 268 Verify paused 003D 274 Verify started 0029 265 AEN messages 147 228 246 alarms 147 aler
97. A SAMSUNG HD168JJ 149 04 GB SAS MAXTOR ATLAS15K2_36SAS 34 25 GB 5 drive 64K RAID 6 166 55 GB lt Zygote_1 gt VERIFYING 5 drive 64K RAID 6 100 55 GB lt Zygote_2 gt G 4 drive 64K RAID 5 447 090 GB lt raid gt Create Unit Delete Unit Maintain Unit Settings Information A1lt F1i te Alt a Alt r Enter F6 Esc F8 s You will see one or more of the following sections in the main 3BM screen e Available Drives lists any unconfigured drives that are not associated with an array and hot spares If this section does not appear there are no available drives Direct Attached lists the drives directly attached to the controller Enclosure lists the drives attached through an enclosure e Exportable Units lists the existing units and the drives contained in each unit These are the units that will be available to the operating system when you boot your computer If this section does not appear no units have been configured If you have more than one unit the boot unit is the one at the top of the list You can change the order by highlighting a unit and pressing the PgUp or PgDn key e Unusable Arrays lists any RAID configuration missing too many drives to construct the unit For example a RAID 5 unit with two or more drives missing would appear in this list e Incomplete Drives and Others lists drives that are remaining from a unit with missing or failed drives and drives that are not usable When some of the drives are re
98. ATLASI5K2_36SAS 34 25 GB SAS Enclosure 0 Slot 8 1 OK MAXTOR 3 ATLASI5K2_36SAS 34 25 GB SAS Enclosure 0 Slot 7 1 OK MAXTOR 4 ATLAS15K2_36SAS 34 25 GB SAS Enclosure 0 Slot 6 1 OK MAXTOR 5 ATLASI5K2_36SAS 34 25GB SAS Enclosure 0 Slot 5 1 OK SAMSUNG HD160JJ 149 05 GB SATA 0 MAXTOR ATLAS15K2_36SAS 34 25 GB SAS Enclosure 0 Slot 3 MAXTOR l ATLAS15K2_36SAS 34 25 GB SAS Enclosure 0 Slot 2 0 OK MAXTOR 10 ATLAS15K2_36SAS 34 25 GB SAS Enclosure 0 Slot 1 0 OK MAXTOR pil ATLAS15K2_368AS 34 25 GB SAS Enclosure 0 Slot 0 0 OK 12 SAMSUNG HD160JJ 149 05 GB SATA 1 OK 13 SAMSUNG HD160JJ 149 05 GB SATA 2 OK 14 SAMSUNG HD160JJ 149 05 GB SATA 3 OK The Drive Information page appears when you choose Information gt Drive Information from the menu bar or when you click a VPort on the Unit Details page If you arrive at this page from the VPort hyperlink on the Unit Information page the line showing the VPort you clicked on is highlighted This page shows a list of drives on the current controller and a summary of each one To see additional detail about a particular drive in the Drive Details window including the SMART data whether command queuing is supported and enabled and the SATA Link speed click the link in the VPort column VPort The virtual port to which the drive is assigned Model The model of the drive 206 3ware SATA SAS RAID Controller Card Software User Guide Version 10 0 Drive In
99. All RAID keys failed validation 8000 Enclosure fan normal 8001 Enclosure fan error 8002 Enclosure fan removed 8003 Enclosure fan added 8004 Enclosure fan unknown 8005 Enclosure fan off 8020 Enclosure temp normal 8021 Enclosure temp low 8022 Enclosure temp high 8023 Enclosure temp below operating 8024 Enclosure temp above operating 8025 Enclosure temp removed 8026 Enclosure temp added 8027 Enclosure temp critical 8028 Enclosure temp unknown 8030 Enclosure power normal 8031 Enclosure power fail 8032 Enclosure power removed 8033 Enclosure power added 8034 Enclosure power unknown 8037 Enclosure power off 8040 Enclosure voltage normal 8041 Enclosure voltage over 8042 Enclosure voltage under 8043 Enclosure voltage unknown 8044 Enclosure current normal 8045 Enclosure current over 8046 Enclosure current unknown 8047 Enclosure audio alarm activated but mute 250 3ware SATA SAS RAID Controller Card Software User Guide Version 10 0 Error and Notification Messages Table 14 Error and Notification Message List Value Message 8048 Enclosure audio alarm failed 8049 Enclosure audio alarm removed 804A Enclosure audio alarm added 804B Enclosure audio alarm status unknown Error and Notification Message Details 0001 Controller reset occurred Event Type Information Cause The
100. B Unit 1 SATA Maxtor 6B300S0 279 86 GB Port 6 The unit has some but not all of its members available The unit will be unusable If this unit is your boot device your system will not boot You must either return the missing disks to complete the unit or release the member disks by deleting the incomplete unit s listed in the display Remember that deleting a RAID unit overwrites any existing data on the member drives CAUTION Do not delete the inoperable unit and recreate it as this will overwrite the data and make data recovery very difficult If you get this error contact technical support at http www si com channel ContactUs Problems in 3DM and 3BM A 3ware RAID controller does not show in the list of controllers You may not have the most recent driver for your controller the driver may not be loaded or you may not have the most recent version of the CLI or 3DM To find out the driver version currently installed see Determining the Current Version of Your 3ware Driver on page 176 Current drivers and software are available for download on the LSI website at http w ww lsi com channel ChannelDownloads When booting a system a drive is not showing up in the startup screens in 3BM or in 3DM This could be due to one or more of the following e Defective cable e Defective drive e Defective enclosure or drive slot e Poorly seated drive e Poorly connected power cable e Poorly connecte
101. B information and are seen by the OS as available units Single drives are not fault tolerant and therefore not recommended for high availability systems unless additional precautions are taken to prevent system hangs and data loss JBOD A JBOD acronym for Just a Bunch of Disks is an unconfigured disk attached to your 3ware RAID controller Creation of JBOD configuration is not supported in the 3ware 9750 series New single disk units must be created as Single Disk JBOD units are not fault tolerant and therefore not recommended for high availability systems unless additional precautions are taken to prevent system hangs and data loss Hot Spare A hot spare is a single drive available online so that a redundant unit can be automatically rebuilt in case of drive failure 3ware SATA SAS RAID Controller Card Software User Guide Version 10 0 Understanding RAID Concepts and Levels Determining What RAID Level to Use Your choice of which type of RAID unit array to create will depend on your needs You may wish to maximize speed of access total amount of storage or redundant protection of data Each type of RAID unit offers a different blend of these characteristics The following table provides a brief summary of RAID type characteristics Table 2 RAID Configuration Types RAID Type Description RAID 0 Provides performance but no fault tolerance RAID 1 Provides fault tolerance and a rea
102. DM In 3DM the command for deleting a unit is on the Maintenance page Be sure to follow steps 1 through 3 in the instructions before using the Delete command To delete a unit through 3DM 2 1 Make sure the operating system is not accessing the unit you want to delete For example make sure you are not copying files to the unit and make sure that there are no applications with open files on that unit 2 Backup any data you want to keep 3 Unmount the unit This step is very important If a unit is not unmounted and you delete it it is the equivalent of physically yanking a hard drive out from under the operating system You could lose data the system could hang or the controller could reset Under Windows go to Start gt Administrative Tools gt Computer Management and select Disk Management Remove the logical drive letter for the unit Under Linux you can unmount the unit with this command umount lt mount location gt 4 In3DM 2 choose Management gt Maintenance 5 In the Unit Maintenance section of the Maintenance page select the unit you want to remove and click Delete Unit 6 When a message asks you to confirm click OK Configuration information associating the drives with the unit is deleted and the individual drives appear in the Available Drives list Figure 58 You can now use them as part of another unit or designate them as Spares for use in a rebuild www si com channel products 129 C
103. DM 2 Controller Settings page you can enable or disable these policies Write Cache Auto verify Overwrite ECC and Queuing You can also choose a StorSave Profile and change Rapid RAID Recovery settings Write Cache When write cache is enabled data is stored locally in memory on the drive before it is written to the disk drive media allowing the computer to continue with its next task This improves performance However in the event of a power failure the data in the controller s write cache will be lost if you do not have a battery backup unit BBU or an uninterruptable power supply UPS For additional information see Enabling and Disabling the Unit Write Cache on page 109 Read Cache The Read Cache unit policy lets you enable either Basic read caching or Intelligent read caching You can also disable the Read Cache unit policy if preferred By default Read Cache is set to Intelligent Intelligent read caching includes a typical read ahead caching method which is used to proactively retrieve data from media and store it locally on the controller with the anticipation that it may be requested by the host and also 3ware SATA SAS RAID Controller Card Software User Guide Version 10 0 Controller Settings page includes the Intelligent Read Prefetch IRP feature which can improve performance at higher queue depth in multiple read only or mixed read write stream environments For additional information see Working with Re
104. ECC error reported 0026 263 Drive error detected 000A 255 Drive inserted 001A 259 Drive not supported 0030 269 Drive power on reset detected 003A 273 Drive removed 0019 258 Drive timeout detected 0009 255 Drive write fault 288 Enclosure added 0063 287 www si com channel products Enclosure audio alarm activated but mute 8047 300 Enclosure audio alarm added 804A 301 Enclosure audio alarm failed 8048 300 Enclosure audio alarm removed 8049 300 Enclosure audio alarm status unknown 804B 301 Enclosure current normal 8044 299 Enclosure current over 8045 299 Enclosure current unknown 8046 299 Enclosure fan added 8003 290 Enclosure fan error 8001 289 Enclosure fan normal 8000 289 Enclosure fan off 8005 291 Enclosure fan removed 8002 290 Enclosure fan unknown 8004 290 Enclosure power added 8033 296 Enclosure power fail 8031 295 Enclosure power normal 8030 295 Enclosure power off 8037 297 Enclosure power removed 8032 296 Enclosure power unknown 8034 296 Enclosure removed 0062 286 Enclosure temp above operating 8024 293 Enclosure temp added 8026 294 Enclosure temp below operating 8023 292 Enclosure temp critical 8027 294 Enclosure temp high 8022 292 Enclosure temp low 8021 291 Enclosure temp normal 8020 291 Enclosure temp removed 8025 293 Enclosure temp unknown 8028 294 Enclosure voltage normal 8040 297 Enclosure voltage over 8041 29
105. For times when you do not have a spare available setting the Auto Rebuild policy allows rebuilds to occur with an available drive or with a failed drive For more information see Setting the Auto Rebuild Policy on page 82 www si com channel products 17 2 First Time RAID Configuration Using 3BM If you will install the operating system on and boot from a unit managed through the new 3ware RAID controller follow the steps in this chapter to use the 3ware BIOS Manager 3BM to configure the unit and install the driver If the operating system is already installed on another drive in your system you can use the steps below or you can configure units through 3DM or the CLI You can create one or more units on a single controller depending on the number of drives that the specific 3ware RAID controller supports and the number of drives attached For more information see Determining What RAID Level to Use on page 11 Basic Steps for Creating a Unit The process of configuring your RAID units includes these main steps which are detailed in the step by step example e Launch 3BM 3ware BIOS Manager e Select the drives to be included and indicate that you want to create a unit e Select the desired RAID configuration e Set other parameters depending on the type of RAID configuration e Confirm the unit configuration e Save your changes and finish up Windows 2003 32 bit and 64 bit without SP1 or Linux 2 4 you
106. ID 1 subunits e A RAID 6 unit with three or more drives missing Note The controller only generates this message if the unit is missing drives for more than 20 seconds This allows a hot swap of a drive to be completed without generating this error www si com channel products 259 Troubleshooting Action The unit is no longer available for use Return all missing drives to the unit If the drives are physically present check all data and power connections CAUTION Do not delete the inoperable unit and recreate it as this will overwrite the data and make data recovery very difficult You may wish to contact technical support at http www si com channel ContactUs See Also About Inoperable Units on page 145 001F Unit Operational 0021 Downgrade 260 Event Type Information Cause Drive insertion caused a unit that was inoperable to become operational again Any data that was on that unit will still be there This message is only sent if the unit was inoperable for more than 20 seconds That means that if the hot swap of a drive occurred within 20 seconds messages are not generated Action None Required The unit is available for use UDMA mode Event Type Warning Cause The 3ware RAID controller has downgraded the UDMA transfer rate between the controller and the ATA disk drives This message only applies to parallel ATA and certain legacy serial ATA drives Background Information The 3war
107. ID 50 with 12 Drives Selected drives to create VPort 0 WDC WD1600BB 00DAA0 149 05 GB OK VPort 1 WDC WD1600BB 00DAA0 149 05 GB OK VPort2 WDC WD1600BB 00DAA0 149 05 GB OK VPort3 WDC WD1600BB 00DAA0 149 05 GB OK VPort4 WDC WD1600BB 00DAA0 149 05 GB OK VPort5 WDC WD1600BB 00DAA0 149 05 GB OK VPort6 WDC WD1600BB 00DAA0 149 05 GB OK VPort WDC WD1600BB 00DAA0 149 05 GB OK VPort8 WDC WD1600BB 00DAA0 149 05 GB OK VPort9 WDC WD1600BB 00DA40 149 05 GB OK VPort 10 WDC WD1600BB 00DA40 149 05 GB OK VPort 11 WDC WD1600BB 00DA40 149 05 GB OK Type PAID50 x Name Stripe 256KB x Drives per subunit 3 z EN M Write Cache M Auto Verify M Queuing Overwrite ECC Read Cache Intelligent w StorSave Balanced x Rapid RAID Recovery All ox Cancel Name You can enter a name for the unit Stripe The drop down list of stripe sizes lists the possible stripe sizes for the configuration you selected in the RAID level drop down Using the default stripe size of 256 KB usually gives you the best performance for mixed I Os If your application has some specific I O pattern 3ware SATA SAS RAID Controller Card Software User Guide Version 10 0 Maintenance page purely sequential or purely random you might want to experiment with a different stripe size Write Cache Auto Verify and Overwrite ECC These check boxes let you set the policies for the unit These policies can also be set and changed on the Controller Settings page For details a
108. If the drive is not part of a redundant unit then you will need to backup your data before replacing the drive See Also Viewing SMART Data About a Drive on page 150 Rebuilding Units on page 160 0019 Drive removed Event Type Warning Cause A drive was physically removed from the controller while the controller was powered on 258 3ware SATA SAS RAID Controller Card Software User Guide Version 10 0 Error and Notification Messages Action If the drive is not part of a redundant unit return the drive as soon as possible You may need to rescan the controller to have the drive recognized If at all possible do not remove a drive from a non redundant unit as this may cause data loss or a system hang 001A Drive inserted Event Type Information Cause A drive was connected to the controller while the controller was powered on Action The drive is now available for use If the drive is part of a unit add the remaining drives and rescan the controller in 3DM 2 or CLL to bring the unit online 001E Unit inoperable Event Type Error Cause The 3ware RAID controller is unable to detect sufficient drives for the unit to be operable Some drives have failed or are missing Examples of inoperable units are as follows e RAID 0 missing any drives e A RAID 5 or 50 unit with two or more drives missing from the same RAID 5 unit or subunits e A RAID 10 unit with both drives missing from one of the RA
109. If you will install the operating system on and boot from a unit managed through the new 3ware RAID controller see Chapter 2 First Time RAID Configuration Using 3BM Drives to be included in the unit You may include from one to thirty two drives in the unit depending on the number of drives available and the model of the controller you have For information about how many drives to select for a given RAID level see Determining What RAID Level to Use on page 11 When creating units on the 9750 controller you cannot mix SAS and SATA drives in the same unit Available drives are those that are not currently part of a unit If you want to use drives that are currently part of a different unit you must first delete that unit to make the drives available For details see Deleting a Unit on page 128 If drives are listed under Incomplete Drives and Others they must be deleted before they can be used If you want to add drives to a unit see Adding a Drive on page 135 92 3ware SATA SAS RAID Controller Card Software User Guide Version 10 0 Configuring a New Unit Name of the unit optional Units can be given names for easier identification These names will be visible in 3DM CLI and 3BM Type of configuration RAID Level Available configuration types include RAID 0 RAID 1 RAID 5 RAID 6 RAID 10 RAID 50 and Single Disk For information about the different RAID levels see Understanding
110. In this case it is nota sign of battery failure You may also see this message if the battery pack is plugged in while the computer is on This is not advised 278 3ware SATA SAS RAID Controller Card Software User Guide Version 10 0 Error and Notification Messages Action Replace the battery pack if none of the above causes apply and the warning continues 0048 Battery voltage is too high Event Type Error Cause The battery pack voltage being monitored by the Battery Backup Unit is too high to backup the 3ware RAID controller Action The battery pack must be replaced This may be a fault in the BBU control module If you get this error do the following 1 Turn off the computer and remove the 3ware RAID controller 2 Remove the BBU control module from the 3ware RAID controller and the battery module from the remote card 3 Unplug the battery from the control module 4 Return the BBU control module and battery module to 3ware For more details on removing the BBU see the installation guide that came with your 3ware RAID controller 0049 Battery temperature is normal Event Type Information Cause The battery pack temperature being monitored by the Battery Backup Unit fell outside of the acceptable range and then came back within the acceptable range Action None required www si com channel products 279 Troubleshooting 004A Battery temperature is low Event Type Warning Cause The battery
111. M 2 Settings page Figure 106 3DM 2 Settings Page 3wares 3DM 2 opensolaris ww SunOS 5 11 Summary Information Management 3DM 2 Settings page Administrator logged in Monitor 3DM 2 Settings Refresh 3DM 2 Settings E mail notification Send E mail Notify on Sender Recipient s Mail Server name or IP Mail Server Login Mail Server Password Mail Server Port uses SSL Password Enabled Disabled nro admin_name email com mailhost email com jadmin leocccece OYes No Save E mail Settings Send Test Message Change Password For Current Password New Password Confirm New Password User lv Change Password Page Refresh Minutes Between Refresh HTTP Settings Listening Port ess Change Port Server Configuration Allow Remote Access Command Logging Enabled Disabled O Enabled Disabled The 3DM 2 Settings page appears when you click 3DM 2 Settings on the menu bar Use this page to set preferences including email notification for alarms passwords page refresh frequency whether remote access is permitted and the incoming port for 3DM 2 to listen for requests Information about the 3DM 2 Settings page is organized under these headings e E mail Notification e Password e Page Refresh e HTTP Settings e Server Configuration www si com channel products 235 3DM 2 Reference 236 E mail No
112. MAU2G36RC 34 24 GB TOSHIBA MK6 32GS FUJITSU MAU2 36RC Mirror detailed controller information ings Information Enter e Unit Maintain unit A page appears showing details about selected item For more about how to use these pages see the following topics e Viewing Information About a Controller on page 77 e Viewing Battery Information on page 186 e Viewing a List of Drives on page 141 e Viewing a List of Enclosures on page 191 e Viewing Information About a Phy on page 87 To return to the main screen Press Enter www si com channel products 59 3ware BIOS Manager 3BM Introduction Getting Help While Using 3BM You can get help with using 3BM while you are in the BIOS manager e Press F1 or Alt F1 at any time A description of the basic 3BM tasks appears When you re finished using help press Esc to close the help window 60 3ware SATA SAS RAID Controller Card Software User Guide Version 10 0 3DM 2 3ware Disk Manager Introduction Note 3DM 2 includes software developed by the OpenSSL Project for use in the OpenSSL Toolkit http www openssl org 3ware Disk Manager 2 3DM 2 allows you to manage and view the status of your 3ware RAID controllers and associated drives There are two parts to 3DM 2 a process that runs in the background on the computer where you have installed your 3ware controller and a web application that can be used to access it 3DM run
113. Not Installed There is no power supply e Unknown The status of the power supply is not reportable 194 3ware SATA SAS RAID Controller Card Software User Guide Version 10 0 Locating a Specific Enclosure Component Slot Summary Locating a The following is a list of possible slot statuses e OK The slot is functioning normally e Inserted A drive has been inserted in the slot e Ready to Insert The slot is ready to accept a drive e Ready to Remove The drive in the slot can be removed Specific Enclosure Component If you have a supported enclosure and the identify feature is supported by your enclosure manufacturer you can locate power supplies fans and temperature sensors by blinking the leds associated with them This can help you quickly identify which component needs to be checked or replaced The specific components that can be located in this way will depend on your enclosure For details about how to locate a drive by blinking an LED see Locating a Drive by Blinking Its LED on page 145 To locate a fan power supply or temperature sensor 1 Choose Monitor gt Enclosure Support from the 3DM 2 menu 2 On the Enclosure Summary page click the blue Enclosure ID link for the enclosure you are interested in 3 Check the Identify box next to the component you want to locate 4 Examine the enclosure for the blinking LED www si com channel products 195 Enclosure Management Working with Enclosure
114. Not all features may be supported or implemented in the same way on all chassis Table 11 Meaning of LED Colors and Behavior Color Drive Status Solid green OK Blinking green Identify This occurs when you have used the Identify command in 3DM 2 to locate a particular drive or unit See Locating a Drive by Blinking Its LED on page 145 Black No drive Solid Amber Hot spare Blinking amber Rebuilding The drive in this slot is part of a RAID unit that is currently rebuilding You can continue to use the unit For more information see Rebuilding Units on page 160 3ware SATA SAS RAID Controller Card Software User Guide Version 10 0 Checking Unit and Drive Status through 3DM Table 11 Meaning of LED Colors and Behavior Color Drive Status Solid red Drive fault This drive has failed You should replace it and rebuild the unit Blinking red Predicted drive fault 3ware software predicts that this drive will fail soon You may want to replace it Unit Statuses The following is a list of unit statuses you may see in 3DM 2 OK The unit is optimal and is functioning normally Rebuilding The unit is in the process of writing data to a newly added disk in a redundant unit in order to restore the unit to an optimal state The unit is not fully fault tolerant until the rebuilding is complete For more information see To verify a unit through 3BM on page 159 Rebuild Paused
115. OS Using the 3ware Bootable CD on page 180 To download the 3ware CD 1 On the LSI website go to http www lsi com channel ChannelDownloads 2 Select RAID Controllers as the Product Family W Select your product from the dropdown on the right 4 When the page has refreshed locate the ISO for the CD in the Software section and click the link to the file 5 Inthe dialog box that appears click Save to save the file to disk 6 After the download has completed burn the ISO to a CD Updating the Firmware Through 3DM 2 You can use 3DM 2 to update the 3ware RAID controller firmware for any operating system that has a graphical user interface such as Windows or X Windows To update the firmware through 3DM 2 1 Download the firmware update from the LSI website For details see To download the driver or firmware on page 178 2 In3DM 2 navigate to Management gt Controller Settings 3 In the Update Firmware section of Controller Settings page browse to the location where you have saved the downloaded firmware update The update name will be something like promxxx img 4 Click Begin Update The Compatibility Information window appears 5 Click Proceed Update www si com channel products 179 Maintaining Your Controller The 3ware RAID controller firmware is updated 6 Restart your system so that the firmware image will take effect Updating the Firmware Through DOS Using the 3ware Bootable CD 18
116. RAID Concepts and Levels on page 5 Warning Creating a unit writes the DCB and makes any earlier data on the drives inaccessible Stripe size if appropriate for the RAID level Striping size is not applicable for RAID 1 because it is a mirrored array without striping Using the default stripe size of 256KB usually gives you the best performance for mixed I Os If your application has some specific I O pattern purely sequential or purely random you might want to experiment with a smaller or larger stripe size Boot volume size When you create a unit through 3BM or CLI you can create a special volume to function as the boot volume This is useful if you will be installing an operating system onto the unit and want it to be installed in one volume and have a separate volume for data This is an optional feature You do not have to create a boot volume if you plan to install the operating system on the unit If you are creating a very large unit and have enabled the Auto Carving policy the boot volume will be created in addition to any volumes created through auto carving For more information about auto carving see Using Auto Carving for Multi LUN Support on page 83 This feature can only be specified in 3BM and CLI Initialization Method In 3BM you can choose to do a foreground default or background initialization of the unit 3DM and CLI can only use background initialization when creating a unit www s
117. RAID Level Migration The process of using an existing unit of one or more drives and converting it to a new RAID type without having to delete the original unit For example converting a single disk to a mirrored disk or converting a RAID 0 unit to a RAID 5 unit Self test A test that can be performed on a scheduled basis Available self tests include Check SMART Thresholds Stagger time The delay between drive groups that will spin up at one time on a particular controller SAS SAS Serial Attached SCSI is a serial communication protocol for storage devices The SAS protocol includes support for SAS and SATA devices SAS address Each SAS device SAS drives controllers and expanders has a worldwide unique 64 bit SAS address Also known as World Wide Number WWN SATA drives do not have a WWN and are identified by a VPort ID SAS device SAS devices include SAS drives controllers and any expanders present in the SAS domain Each SAS device has a unique 64 bit World Wide Number WWN SATA drives do not have a WWN and are identified by their VPort IDs SAS domain The SAS domain includes all SAS and SATA devices that are connected to the 9750 controller either directly or through expanders SES SCSI Enclosure Services The SES protocol allows the 9750 RAID controller to manage and report the state of the power supplies cooling devices displays indicators individual drives and other non SCSI elements installed in an
118. S Using the 3ware Bootable CD on page 180 You can download the latest version of the CD from http www lsi com channel ChannelDownloads e All supported operating systems can update the firmware through 3DM For details see Updating the Firmware Through 3DM 2 on page 179 e All supported operating systems can update the firmware through CLI For details see 3ware SATA SAS RAID Controller Card CLI Guide Version 10 0 To update the driver e Windows users can update the driver by using the 3ware Device Driver Install Wizard or by using the Windows Device Manager For more www si com channel products 177 Maintaining Your Controller information see Updating the 3ware Driver Under Windows on page 181 Linux users can update the driver at the command line For details see e Updating the 3ware Driver Under Red Hat or Fedora Core e Updating the 3ware Driver Under SUSE Downloading the Driver and Firmware You can download the latest drivers and firmware from the LSI website at http www si com channel ChannelDownloads You can also download the 3ware CD ISO file and create a CD 9750 controllers The LSI website also allows you to download drivers for other 3 Note Information in this section applies to updating drivers and firmware for the 3ware controller models and associated release notes older than the currently supported driver Instead use the current driver from the 3 Note For Linux
119. Unclean shutdown e Warning Degraded unit e Information Start and completion of rebuilding verifying initializing migrating and so forth 3DM 2 can e mail notifications of these events to one or more recipients For more information see Managing E mail Event Notification on page 72 www lsi com channel products 147 Maintaining Units If your 3ware RAID controller is installed in a Windows system the WinAVAlarm alert utility can notify you of events immediately with an audible alarm and a popup message For details see Using the Alert Utility Under Windows on page 148 A list of the possible error and other event messages is provided under Error and Notification Messages on page 246 To view alarms errors and other events in 3DM 2 1 Choose Monitor gt Alarms The Alarms page displays listing all event notifications 2 For details about a particular alarm click it A Help window opens with additional information about the alarm To see an explanation of a specific item in 3DM 2 e Click on the message you are interested in on the 3DM 2 Alarms page A help topic opens with additional information Using the Alert Utility Under Windows 148 An alert utility WinAVAlarm is automatically installed on Windows systems when 3DM is installed It can provide immediate notification of events through a popup message and an audible alert By default it is set to notify you whenever an error high severity ev
120. Under Linux To create a driver install floppy diskette 1 Insert the 3ware CD into your Linux system A GUI such as X windows is required to load the 3ware menu To manually mount the CD type mount t iso9660 dev cdrom mnt To start autorun type mnt autorun 2 When the 3ware Menu appears click Driver Disk Images 3 In the 3ware Driver Disk Images menu click the button for the driver disk you want to create A confirmation window opens 4 Insert a blank diskette into a drive and click the Yes button to begin copying the driver to the floppy diskette what is available on the menu search the LSI Knowledge Base for keyword 14546 Note If you need to create a Linux driver diskette for a Linux distribution other that use the Advanced Search at https selfservice si com service main jsp To copy the driver to a USB drive 1 Insert the 3ware CD into your system To manually mount the CD type mount t iso9660 dev cdrom mnt 2 Onthe CD navigate to packages images and locate the appropriate driver 3 Insert a USB drive into your computer 4 Unzip if zip or untar if tgz the driver file to the USB drive Note If using Winzip or another Windows utility to extract the Linux file use the zip version instead of the tgz version Otherwise the files will not be compatible with Linux Installing the 3ware Kernel Driver Module while Installing SUSE Linux on a New Unit 3ware Kernel Driver Module on a SUSE Linu
121. Unit Details page indicates whether a unit is actively 3ware SATA SAS RAID Controller Card Software User Guide Version 10 0 Maintenance page rebuilding If rebuild scheduling is not enabled the rebuild process will begin right away For more information about rebuilds see To verify a unit through 3BM on page 159 Migrate Unit Reconfigures a unit while it is on line Migration can be used to change the RAID level to expand the capacity by adding additional drives or to change the stripe size Warning Once migration of a unit is started it can be paused but it can not be AN cancelled When you select a unit and click Migrate Unit a dialog box appears which lists the drives in the unit and any additional available drives In the dialog box are two drop down menus one for choosing the RAID level and one for choosing stripe size Figure 99 Migrating a unit Unit to Migrate _Unitt E drives RAS C elect drive s to use to migrate F Pot0 MAXTOR ATLAS15K2_365AS 34 25 GB OK I Port6 SAMSUNG HD160JJ 149 05 GB OK F Port 13 SAMSUNG HD160JJ 149 05 GB OK Type RAID5 z Stripe 54k gt You can only migrate a unit to a RAID level that will be equal to or larger than the original unit For example you can migrate from a RAID 5 array with 4 drives to a RAID 0 with four drives but you cannot migrate from a RAID 5 with four drives to a RAID 10 with four drives After you have specified changes to the unit the Unit M
122. Version 10 0 Maintenance page After deletion the operating system is notified that the unit was deleted In Linux the device node associated with this unit is removed In Windows the Device Manager will reflect the changes under the disk drives icon Available Drives to Create Units This section lists the drives on the controller which are not currently configured as part of a unit The VPort number model capacity type phy slot and status are all displayed as they are for drives in existing units The available drives can be sorted by VPort model capacity type phy or slot by clicking on the column headings For details about these attributes see Drive Information page on page 206 Remove Drive The Remove Drive button removes a drive from the controller so that you can safely unplug it Select the box for any drive in the Available Drives list you wish to remove Warning Physically removing drives which are not in hot swap bays can result in AN a system hang or may even damage the system and the drive Maintenance Task Buttons for Available Drives Below the list of available drives a row of task buttons lets you work with available drives to create new units remove drives designate drives as spares and clear the configuration of a spare so that it can be used for another purpose Create Unit Use the Create Unit button to create a unit for use on the current controller Begin by selecting the drives
123. _36SAS hos GB SAS Enclosure 0 Slot3 0 OK Cr MAXTOR 10 ATLASI5K2_36SAS 34 25 GB SAS Enclosure 0 Slot 2 0 OK O MAXTOR ATLASI5I2_36SAS 34 25 GB Enclosure 0 Slot 1 m 13 SAMSUNG HD160JJ 149 05 GB SATA 14 SAMSUNG HD160JJ 149 05 GB SATA 3 OK E To view a list of drives in 3BM On the main 3BM screen Tab to Information and press Enter On the pop up menu select Drives and press Enter On the Drive Information page use the arrow keys to move from one drive to another Details about the selected drive are displayed in the bottom of the page www lsi com channel products 141 Maintaining Units Tip You can scroll both sections of the Drive Information page to bring additional drive information or drives into view Press Tab to move between the two sections Figure 63 Drive Information page 3BM SAMSUNG HD16 JJ SAMSUNG HD1i66JJ SAMSUNG HD1i6 JJ MAXTOR ATLAS15K2_36SAS MAXTOR ATLASI5K2_36SAS MAXTOR ATLAS15K2_36SAS 68HJ16Y400812 N A Enclosure Drive LED Status Indicators 142 If you have a supported enclosure or chassis the LEDs on your enclosure may be able to provide some status information about your drives and units You can find a list of supported enclosures from the Data amp Interoperability tab on http www si com channel support marketing_resources Note The following table is an example of how LEDs may be used Check with your chassis or enclosure documentation for more details
124. a 16 port controller you can have a grouping of 4 or 8 drives No more than four RAID 5 subunits are allowed in a RAID 50 unit For example a 24 drive RAID 50 unit may have groups of 12 8 or 6 drives but not groups of 4 or 3 In addition RAID 50 arrays offer a higher degree of fault tolerance than RAID 1 and RAID 5 since the array can sustain multiple drive failures without data loss For example in a twelve drive RAID 50 array up to one drive in each RAID 5 set can fail and the array will continue to function Please note that if two or more drives in a RAID 5 set fail then all of the data will be lost www si com channel products 9 Introducing the LSI 3ware SATA SAS RAID Controller Card 10 Figure 7 RAID 50 Configuration Example RAID 50 480 GB 960GB 480GB for mirror RAID 5 RAID 5 480 GB 480 GB 600GB 120GB for parity 600GB 120GB for parity O parity BO co Do E0 A amp A1 1 parity c1 D1 E1 A k amp m A2 B2 2 parity D2 E2 A a amp _ m A3 B3 c3 3 parity E3 A aa e M B A4 B4 4 parity A4 B4 CA D4 4 parity oZ a at A Blocks B Blocks C Blocks D Blocks E Blocks A Blocks B Blocks C Blocks D Blocks E Blocks A single drive can be configured as a unit through 3ware software 3BM 3DM 2 or CLI Like disks in other RAID configurations single disks contain 3ware Disk Control Block DC
125. a 2 6 kernels with sysfs type the following command cat sys class scsi_host lt hostid gt stats 176 3ware SATA SAS RAID Controller Card Software User Guide Version 10 0 Updating the Firmware and Driver where lt hostid gt is usually host0 unless other SCSI devices are available in which case it may be host1 or higher If you have a 2 6 kernel without sysfs type the following command dmesg grep 3w dmesg can also be used with earlier kernel versions e Under Windows you can follow the first 5 steps under Updating the 3ware Driver Under Windows on page 181 Updating the Firmware and Driver management tools incompatible Before you update the firmware on your controller i Important Updating the firmware can render the device driver and or please follow these recommendations 1 Back up your data 2 Make sure you have a copy of the current firmware image so that you can roll back to it if necessary 3 Close all applications This section details several ways to update the firmware and driver for the 3ware RAID controller depending upon operating system Before starting the update of either driver or firmware you will want to make sure you have the latest files For details see Downloading the Driver and Firmware on page 178 To update the firmware e The 3ware CD contains a bootable DOS firmware update program that will work for most PC based systems See Updating the Firmware Through DO
126. a Battery Backup Unit BBU installed the data stored on the 3ware controller can be restored For more information see Enabling and Disabling the Unit Write Cache on page 109 e Read Cache Two read cache settings are available Basic Read Cache stores data from media locally on the controller to improve read access times for applications The 3ware Read Cache feature also includes an Intelligent Mode which enables Intelligent Read Prefetch IRP IRP includes a typical read ahead caching method which is used to proactively retrieve data from media and store it locally on the controller with the anticipation that it may be requested by the host By default read cache is set to the Intelligent mode For more information see Working with Read Cache Settings on page 111 e StorSave Profiles allow you to set the level of protection versus performance that is desired for a unit when write cache is enabled For more information see Setting the StorSave Profile for a Unit on page 118 e Enclosure Services Drives fans temperature sensors and power supplies in supported chassis and enclosures can be identified by flashing LEDs so that you can quickly identify which component needs to be 16 3ware SATA SAS RAID Controller Card Software User Guide Version 10 0 Monitoring Maintenance and Troubleshooting Features checked or replaced For more information see Enclosure Management on page 190 e Auto Rebuild
127. a New Unit Creating a Unit through 3DM 2 In 3DM 2 creating a unit starts from the Management gt Maintenance page Figure 41 Figure 41 3DM 2 Maintenance Page A PEP f 3ware 3DM 2 urban qbmuteoiv Windows Server 2003 Service Pack 1 v 1433 Administrator logged in Logout Summary Information Management Monitor 3DM 2 Settings Help Refresh Maintenance ELE Controller ID O 9750 41 x Rescan Controller This will scan all ports for newly inserted drives units Unit Maintenance Controller ID 0 5 drives Hele 100 55 GB Zygote 1 VPort MAXTOR ATLAS15K2_36SAS 34 25 GB Remove Drive VPort 8 MAXTOR ATLAS15K2_36SAS 34 25 GB Remove Drive VPort 9 MAXTOR ATLAS15K2_ 36SAS 34 25 GB oR Remove Drive VPort 10 MAXTOR ATLAS15K2_36SAS 34 25 GB OK Remove Drive VPort 11 MAXTOR ATLAS15K2_36SAS 34 25 GB OK Remove Drive a pas o esa VPort 1 MAXTOR ATLAS15K2_365A5 34 25 GB OK Remove Drive VPort2 MAXTOR ATLAS15K2_36SAS 34 25 GB OK Remove Drive VPort 3 MAXTOR ATLAS15K2_36SAS 34 25 GB OK Remove Drive VPort 4 MAXTOR ATLAS15K2_36SAS 34 25 GB OK Remove Drive VPort5 MAXTOR ATLAS15K2_36SAS 34 25 GB OK Remove Drive Verify Unit Rebuild Unit Migrate Unit Remove Unit Delete Unit Before removing or deleting a unit make sure there is no I O on the unit and unmount it Available Drives Controller ID 0 Port Model Capacity Type Phy Sit Status MAXTOR Oo oa ATLAS15K2_36SAS 34 25 GB SAS Enclosure 0 Slot 1
128. a unit 223 definition 308 Replacement drive capacity too small 002E 268 rescan controller 138 219 Reverted to emergency recovery firmware 0066 287 roaming array 131 133 S S M A R T data 208 SAS definition 308 SAS address definition 308 SAS device definition 308 SAS domain definition 308 SAS Address 210 scheduled background tasks 16 scheduling background tasks 169 prioritizing background tasks 169 selecting basic or advanced verify schedule 3DM 172 task duration 170 Scheduling page 3DM 216 Sector repair completed 0023 261 security certificate when starting 3DM 63 security message related to active content in the 3ware HTML Bookshelf xii self tests about 174 218 definition 308 schedule adding 3DM 173 schedule removing 3DM 173 selecting 174 self tests schedule viewing 3DM 171 serial number showing 201 202 SES definition 308 Settings page 3DM 235 single disk 10 slot requirements 2 slot summary on enclosure 195 328 3ware SATA SAS RAID Controller Card Software User Guide Version 10 0 SMART 147 data viewing 150 monitoring 15 SO DIMM not compatible 0037 271 SO DIMM not detected 0038 272 software installation 310 software installation troubleshooting 244 some data lost OO5F 286 some data lost 0070 288 Source drive ECC error overwritten 002C 267 Source drive error occurred 002D 267 Spare capacity is too small for some units 0032 269 spin up policy delay between spin ups view
129. ad Cache Settings on page 111 Auto Verify Enabling Auto Verify ensures that a verify takes place following either the Basic Auto Verify schedule or the Advanced Auto Verify schedule For details see Enabling or Disabling Auto Verify for a Unit on page 115 When Auto Verify is not enabled verify tasks are only run if you manually request one on the 3DM 2 Management page or in event of an unclean shutdown Overwrite ECC Continue on Source Error When Rebuilding This policy applies only to units which are redundant For units which are not redundant a check box is not available When this policy is set ECC errors are ignored when they are encountered during a rebuild When this policy is not set a rebuild will abort upon encountering an ECC error and the unit will be set back to Degraded Since this option could result in the loss of some source data in the event of source errors select this option only if you want to ensure that a rebuild will complete successfully without manual intervention If the rebuild fails and Overwrite ECC is not selected then you have the option to start a rebuild manually It is recommended that you execute a file system check when the rebuild completes Under Windows you can do this by right clicking on the Drive and choosing Properties then on the Tools tab click Check Now Under Linux use the fsck utility command For example fsck dev sdal Note The policy Overwrite ECC is equivalent to t
130. age 2 Swares JDM 2 urban qbmuteoiv windows Server 2003 Service Pack 4 v 1433 Administrator logged in Logout Summary Information Management Monitor 3DM 2 Settings Help Refresh Scheduling ERTE Controller ID 0 9750 81 z Select a type of task you would like to schedule IHASMIGUMIRICCRIERS Schedule Rebuild Migrate Tasks Controller ID 0 Scheduled Rebuilds Migrates Follow Schedule Ignore Schedule ES rime Duration hours M1 Sunday 12 00am 24 2 Monday 12 00am 24 3 Tuesday 12 00am 24 I4 Wednesday 12 00am 24 D5 Thursday 12 00am 24 M6 Friday 12 00am 24 7 Saturday 12 00am 24 Remove Checked Add New Slot Day Sunday z Time 12 00am z Duration 1 z The Scheduling page appears when you choose Management gt Scheduling from the menu bar The Scheduling page lets you set up a schedule for when background tasks rebuild migrate initialize verify and self test should occur Background tasks can have impact on the performance of your system so you may prefer to schedule them at times when they will be least disruptive such as in the middle of the night or on a weekend For details about the different background tasks see Background Tasks on page 151 Select a type of task you would like to schedule You start by selecting the type of task for which you want to set the schedule from the drop down list at the top of the page e Rebuild migrate tasks also applies to initializati
131. aintenance screen reflects your changes and shows the percentage of migration completed While the unit is migrating you can still access the unit as normal but the performance will be lower You can adjust the I O rate with the radio buttons on the Controller Settings page See Setting Background Task Rate on page 168 Remove Unit Removes a selected unit and allows you to unplug the drives and move the unit to another controller The data on the unit remain intact www si com channel products 223 3DM 2 Reference 224 A Caution Before you click Remove Unit make sure the unit you are removing is unmounted from the operating system and that the system is not accessing it If a unit is not unmounted and you remove it it is the equivalent of physically yanking a hard drive out from under the operating system You could lose data the system could hang or the controller could reset To unmount a unit under windows use Administrative Tools gt Computer Management gt Disk Management In the Computer Management window right click on the partition and Remove the logical drive letter associated with the unit To unmount a unit under Linux unmount the mount point to where the RAID unit is mounted For example if you want to remove unit 0 and you know that 0 corresponds to dev sdb you should unmount all partitions for sdbx where x is the number of the partition umount dev sdbx When you click Remove Unit you wi
132. ally before powering on 8024 Enclosure temp above operating Event Type Error Cause Applies to 9750 and 9690SA controllers The enclosure temperature is above the enclosure manufacturer s specified operating temperature Action Make sure that the fans are operational Check for blocked ventilation in the enclosure and the operating environment Continued operation of the enclosure at high temperatures may lead to data loss and operational failure 8025 Enclosure temp removed Event Type Warning Cause Applies to 9750 and 9690SA controllers The temperature sensor in the enclosure has been removed or has failed and the enclosure temperature is no longer being monitored Action The temperature sensor should be replaced or repaired This may require specialized skills Contact your enclosure manufacturer for more information www si com channel products 293 Troubleshooting 8026 Enclosure temp added Event Type Information Cause Applies to 9750 and 9690SA controllers A temperature sensor has been added to the enclosure or an existing sensor has been plugged in This error message can occur due to a poor connection Action If due to a poor connection the repair will require specialized skills Contact your enclosure manufacturer for more information 8027 Enclosure temp critical Event Type Error Cause Applies to 9750 and 9690SA controllers The temperature in the enclosure is dangerousl
133. an click on the message to jump to help text about that message You can also look the message up in the list below In 3DM 2 the message number is the last few digits within the parentheses at the beginning of the message description For example in the string 0x04 0x002B 0028 is the message number To find additional information about the message 2B you would look up 002B in the list below Note that the messages are listed below in hex order since the message numbers are in hex 246 3ware SATA SAS RAID Controller Card Software User Guide Version 10 0 Error and Notification Messages Error and notification messages are listed in Table 14 Descriptions of each are provided after the table BB von Jan 19 2004 01 12 544AM 0x04 0x002B Background verify done unit 0 GB su Jan 18 2004 11 57 02PM 0x04 0x0029 Background verify started unit 0 HB sn Jan 18 2004 01 16 354M 0x04 0x0026 Background verify done unit 0 Bs Jan 18 2004 12 00 48AM 0x04 0x0029 Background verify started unit 0 Table 14 Error and Notification Message List Value Message 0001 Controller reset occurred 0002 Degraded unit 0003 Controller error occurred 0004 Rebuild failed 0005 Rebuild completed 0006 Incomplete unit detected 0007 Initialize completed 0008 Unclean shutdown detected 0009 Drive timeout detected 000A Drive error detected 000B Rebuild started 000C Initialize star
134. an result in errors occurring during user operation Periodic verification of the media allows the disk drive firmware to take corrective actions on problem areas on the disk minimizing the occurrence of uncorrectable read and write errors Verifies can be performed through either 3BM BIOS or through 3DM In addition they can be scheduled to run at preferred times through 3DM or through the CLI or can be run automatically during the Verify schedule window if scheduling and the Auto Verify feature are enabled Verification of Non Redundant Units Verification of non redundant units single disks spares and RAID 0 units read each sector of a drive sequentially If a sector can t be read it is flagged as unreadable and the next time the controller writes to that location the drive reallocates the data to a different sector Verification of Redundant Units Verification of redundant units reads each sector working from lowest block to highest block If verification cannot read data in a sector dynamic sector repair is used to recover the lost data from the redundant drive or drives this recovered data is written to the problem sector This forces the drive to reallocate the defective sector with a good spare sector If the verify unit process determines that the mirrored drives are not identical or the parity is not correct the error is corrected For RAID 1 and 10 this involves copying the miscompared data from the lower port s
135. ance Monitoring commands are available through the CLI An overview of the commands is provided below For more information about the command syntax and for examples of the report output see the CLI Syntax Reference in the 3ware SATA SAS RAID Controller Card CLI Guide Version 10 0 e Enable DPM This starts the collection of statistics for drives attached to your RAID controller cx dpmstat on For efficient collection of data initiate read write activity on the specified controller The numbers will change over time as the new and old data are averaged e Disable DPM This stops the collection of statistics cx dpmstat off DPM is disabled by default since there is overhead in maintaining the statistics DPM is also disabled following a reboot or power on Turning www si com channel products 241 Troubleshooting 242 off DPM does not clear the statistical data that has been recorded To clear the data use the command cx px set dpmstat clear type rallctlext Display a DPM Summary This shows whether DPM is On or Off and provides summary statistics for drives attached to a controller cx show dpmstat Note that if DPM is Off this summary may still show data although that data will be static and not changing over time Disabling DPM does not clear the existing data That is done separately on a per port basis see below You can also show a subset of summary data for individual types of statistics instantaneou
136. and the CLI Guide are also available in the 3ware HTML Bookshelf available in the 3ware Documentation folder and on your 3ware CD For more information see Using the 3ware HTML Bookshelf on page xi 3ware SATA SAS RAID Controller Card Software User Guide Version 10 0 How this User Guide is Organized How this User Guide is Organized Table 1 Chapters and Appendices in this Guide Chapter Appendix 1 Introduction Description Provides an overview of product features for the 3ware 9750 controller models Includes system requirements and an introduction to RAID concepts and levels 2 Getting Started Provides a summary of the process you should follow to get started using your 3ware RAID controller 3 First Time RAID Configuration Using 3BM Provides step by step instructions for configuring RAID units in the BIOS 3BM if you have just installed the controller 4 Driver Installation 5 3ware BIOS Manager 3BM Describes how to install drivers for the 3ware controller if you have just installed and configured it Includes information for Windows and Linux Describes the basics of using 3BM 6 3ware Disk Manager 2 3DM 2 Describes the basics of using 3DM Also includes information about installing and uninstalling 3DM and how to start the 3DM process manually if required 7 Configuring Your Controller Describes how to view details about the controller chec
137. another 133 name 203 214 naming 93 106 ordering in 3BM 101 partitioning and formatting 102 policies setting 107 212 read cache policy 3DM 212 read cache policy working with 111 rebuilding a unit 160 in 3BM 162 in3DM 161 removing in 3DM 131 132 Statuses 143 Unit Maintenance in 3DM 220 unit number definition 309 unit statuses 143 verifying a unit 158 in 3BM 159 in 3DM 159 329 volumes 205 write cache 3DM 212 write cache enabling and disabling 109 Unit Details page 3DM 204 unit ID definition 309 Unit Information page 3DM 203 Unit inoperable 001E 259 Unit number assignments lost 0041 276 Unit Operational 001F 260 unit policies enabling and disabling queuing for a unit 117 enabling and disabling write cache 109 overview 107 setting Auto Verify 115 setting Continue on Source Error During Rebuild 116 setting read cache 111 setting the StorSave policy 118 Unsupported DCB indication on drive 128 130 updating firmware 179 Upgrade UDMA mode 0022 261 V verification 16 about 155 error handling 157 media scans 156 non redundant units 156 redundant units 156 Verify completed 002B 266 Verify failed 002A 265 Verify fixed data parity mismatch 0036 271 Verify not started unit never initialized 002F 268 Verify paused 003D 274 verify schedule adding a time slot 3DM 173 removing a time slot DM 173 selecting basic or advanced 3DM 172 viewing 3DM 171 Verify started 0029 265 verifying definiti
138. apid RAID Recovery for an existing unit through 3DM 2 1 Choose Management gt Controller Settings from the menu bar in 3DM 2 In the Unit Policies section of the Controller Settings page select All Rebuild or Disable from the Rapid RAID Recovery dropdown menu Click OK when 3DM 2 asks you to confirm your selection The page refreshes and a message at the top confirms the change that you have made To change or disable Rapid RAID Recovery for an existing unit through 3BM 1 At the main 3BM screen select the unit by highlighting it and pressing Enter An asterisk appears in the left most column to indicate that it is selected Tab to the Maintain Unit button and press Enter On the pop up menu select Configure and press Enter 3ware SATA SAS RAID Controller Card Software User Guide Version 10 0 Changing An Existing Configuration by Migrating 4 Inthe Configure Disk Array screen Tab to the field Rapid RAID Recovery and select Fast Rebuild Shutdown Rebuild or Disable A warning message appears asking you to confirm your selection 5 Type Y 6 Make any other unit configuration changes you wish to implement and press Enter Changing An Existing Configuration by Migrating You can convert one RAID configuration into another while the unit is online This process is known as RAID Level Migration RLM You can use RAID Level Migration to make two main types of configuration changes e RAID Level for e
139. ard Software User Guide Version 10 0 Understanding RAID Concepts and Levels 3 Note All drives in a unit must be of the same type either SAS or SATA Support for Over 2 Terabytes Legacy operating systems such as Windows 2000 Windows XP 32 bit Windows 2003 32 bit and 64 bit without SP1 and Linux 2 4 do not recognize unit capacity in excess of 2 TB If the combined capacity of the drives to be connected to a unit exceeds 2 Terabytes TB you can enable auto carving when you configure your units Auto carving divides the available unit capacity into multiple chunks of 2 TB or smaller that can be addressed by the operating systems as separate volumes The carve size is adjustable from 1024 GB to 2048 GB default prior to unit creation If a unit over 2 TB was created prior to enabling the auto carve option its capacity visible to the operating system will still be 2 TB no additional capacity will be registered To change this the unit has to be recreated You may also want to refer to Knowledge Base article 13431 at https selfservice lsi com service main jsp Use Advanced search and enter the KB as a keyword www si com channel products 13 Introducing the LSI 3ware SATA SAS RAID Controller Card 3ware Tools for Configuration and Management 3ware software tools let you easily configure the drives attached to your 3ware RAID controller specifying which drives should be used together as a RAID unit and the
140. as a background task initiating it is similar to creating a new unit For details see Changing An Existing Configuration by Migrating on page 123 www si com channel products 151 Maintaining Units About Initialization 152 For 3ware SATA RAID controllers initialize means to put the redundant data on the drives of redundant units into a known state so that data can be recovered in the event of a disk drive failure This is sometimes referred to as background initialization or resynching and does not erase user data Some RAID levels must be initialized for best performance For specifics see Initialization of Different RAID Types on page 153 When these units are created in the BIOS through 3BM you can choose to do a foreground initialization which will take place before the operating system has loaded or a background initialization which allows you to put the unit in service immediately but will slow down the unit performance until it completes You can elect to cancel foreground initialization put the units into service and have initialization run in the background instead Foreground Versus Background Initialization Initialization makes parity information valid Foreground initialization does this by simply writing zeroes to all the drives so that they all have the same values overwriting any existing data in the process In contrast background initialization uses an algorithm to resynch the parity info
141. as pae For Xen kernels 3w sas xen To install the 3ware driver and update the RAM disk 44 Log in as root and open a console window Mount the CD which contains the 3ware kernel driver module To mount the CD type mount dev cdrom mnt and press Enter Copy the kernel driver module For Redhat Linux Intel x86 and AMD type cp mnt packages drivers linux redhat lt version gt x86 3w sas lt ko or pae gt lib modules lt kernel string gt kernel drivers scsi 3w sas ko For Fedora Core on Intel x86 and AMD type cp mnt packages drivers linux fedora lt version gt x86 3w sas lt ko 586 or pae gt lib modules lt kernel string gt kernel drivers scsi 3w sas ko If prompted to overwrite type y For Redhat Linux on AMD Opteron and Intel EM64T type cp mnt cdrom packages drivers linux redhat lt version gt x86_64 3w sas ko lib modules lt kernel string gt kernel drivers scsi 3w sas ko For Fedora Core on AMD Opteron and Intel EM64T type cp mnt packages drivers linux fedora lt version gt x86_64 3w sas ko lib modules lt kernel string gt kernel drivers scsi 3w sas ko If prompted to overwrite type y For 2 6 Kernels add the following line to etc modprobe conf 3ware SATA SAS RAID Controller Card Software User Guide Version 10 0 Driver Installation Under Linux alias scsi_hostadapter 3w sas 5 Update the modules dep file by issuing the following command sbin depmod a 6 Run mkinitr
142. ask rate on the Controller Settings page to specify whether more processing time should be given to verifying or to I O For more information see About Verification on page 155 and Setting Background Task Rate on page 168 While a unit is verifying the status changes to Verifying and a Stop Verify link appears in the right most column of the Unit Maintenance table Note If the unit has not previously been initialized and you click Verify Unit the initialization process starts Initialization cannot be halted so no Stop Verify link appears Initialization can be paused however through Scheduling Initialization follows the Rebuild Migrate schedule so turning on scheduling for Rebuild Migrate will pause initialization as well For more information about initialization see About Initialization on page 152 Rebuild Unit Replaces a failed drive in a degraded unit with an available drive and begins rebuilding the RAID When you select a degraded unit and click Rebuild Unit a dialog box listing available drives appears so that you can select the drive you want to use If the degraded unit has more than one failed drive for example a RAID 10 where both mirrored pairs each have a failed drive you will repeat this process a second time If rebuild scheduling is enabled on the Scheduling page the unit will not start actively rebuilding until the scheduled time and the status will change to say Rebuild Paused The
143. at and mount under Linux 1 Boot the system and log in as root 2 Open a terminal window 3 Partition the unit Note Depending on the version of Linux you are using some of the following parted command outputs will be slightly different fdisk dev sda If the unit is over 2 TB use parted dev sda parted mklabel New disk label type gpt parted p Disk geometry for dev sda 0kB 1074GB Disk label type gpt Number Start End Size File system Name Flags parted dev sda parted mkpart Partition type primary File system type ext2 Start 0 End 1074gb parted p Disk geometry for dev sda 0kB 1074GB Disk label type gpt Number Start End Size File system Name Flags1 17kB 1074MB 1074MB 4 Create or make the file system mkfs dev sdal Use of the j option to turn on journaling is recommended for large partitions For example mkfs j dev sdal www si com channel products 103 Configuring Units If the partition is over 2TB use parted to also make the file system parted dev sdal parted mkfs Partition number 1 File system ext2 writing per group metadata begins 0 to 100 is displayed parted quit when completed 5 Mount the volume mount dev sdal mnt Creating a Hot Spare 104 You can designate an available drive as a hot spare If a redundant unit degrades and a hot spare the size of the degraded disk or larger is available the
144. at the unit level For more information see Setting Unit Policies on page 107 Viewing Controller Policies You can view the current state of controller policies in 3DM in the Other Controller Settings section at the bottom of the Controller Settings page See Figure 34 Only the Auto Rebuild Auto Carving and Carve Size policies can be changed on this page The other policies can be changed in 3BM or through the CLI For a summary of the initial default settings see Table 5 Default Settings for Policies and Background Tasks on page 30 To view controller policies in 3DM 2 e Choose Management gt Controller Settings from the menu bar The policies that appear under Other Controller Settings vary depending on the controller model you are using Figure 34 3DM 2 Controller Settings Page Z 3waree 3DM 2 gu vinsows xP Professional Service Pack 2 j Administrator logged in Summary Information Management Monitor 3DM 2 Settings Help Refresh Controller Settings brrr KTC Controller ID 0 9750 8 Background Task Controller ID 0 Task Rate Mode 5432n Rebuild Migrate Fastest Rebuild O O O O Fastest I O Adaptive Low Latency Verify Fastest Verify O O O Fastest 0 O Adaptive Low Latency Unit Policies Controller ID 0 Wate Read Cache bs ny grag Queuing StorSave an seth UnitO RAID 5 v Intelligent v v v Balance All x Unit 1 SINGLE DISK v I
145. become a valid unit Unit Maintenance The Unit Maintenance section of the page lists all existing units on the current controller and displays summary information about them The top row shows information about the unit while subsequent rows show summary information about each drive in the unit Unit Information Unit Maintenance Controller ID 0 Porto ST3500641NS 465 76 GB OK Remove Drive Poni ST3500641NS 465 76 GB OK Remove Drive Unit Information Drive Information Verity Unit Rebuild Unit Migrate Unit Remove Unt Delete Unit Batore removing or deleting a unit make sure there is no VO on the unit and unmount it 220 3ware SATA SAS RAID Controller Card Software User Guide Version 10 0 Maintenance page Unit Number The unit number assigned to the unit by the firmware Use the checkbox next to the unit to select a unit before clicking one of the task buttons Drives Number of drives in the unit Type of Unit Type of unit RAID 0 RAID 1 RAID 5 RAID 6 RAID 10 RAID 50 or Single Disk If the unit has been given a unique name it shows beneath the RAID type Name of Unit User assigned unique name of the unit The default setting is blank Capacity The usable capacity size of the unit Status Operational status of the unit Ok Rebuilding Initializing Verifying Migrating Degraded or Inoperable missing drives When Rebuilding Initializing Migrating or Verifying the percentage
146. ber of the enclosure On the Enclosure Detail page identify the drive you want to physically locate Check the box in the Identify column The LED on the enclosure begins blinking When you are finished working with the drive and no longer need to see the LED return to this page and uncheck the Identify box To blink the LED for a drive through 3BM 1 2 On the main 3BM screen Tab to Information and press Enter On the pop up menu select Drives and press Enter On the Drive Information page use the arrow keys to select the drive you want to identify Press F4 The LED on the enclosure begins blinking Note that this feature is only available for drives in enclosures When you are finished working with the drive and no longer need to see the LED return to this page and press F4 again to halt the blinking To blink the LEDs for all drives in a unit 1 2 Choose Information gt Unit Information from the main menu in 3DM 2 On the Unit Information page identify the unit you are interested in Check the box in the Identify column The LEDs for the drives in the selected unit begin blinking When you no longer need to see the LEDs return to this page and uncheck the Identify box 146 3ware SATA SAS RAID Controller Card Software User Guide Version 10 0 Alarms Errors and Other Events Alarms Errors and Other Events I 3ware provides several levels of detail about alarms errors and other events Th
147. blem drives The error may not be a repeated error and may be caused by an ECC error SMART failure or a device error To see if this error condition still exists rescan the controller rescanning will clear the drive error status if the condition no longer exists Identify Check this box to cause the LED for the drives associated with this unit to blink in the enclosure If the box is grayed identify is not supported Unit Details page 204 Figure 92 Unit Details Page 3war es 3DM 2 urban qbmuteoiv Windows Server 2003 Service Pack 1 v 1433 Administrator logged in Logout Summary Information Management Monitor 3DM 2 Settings Help Refresh Unit Information LTE Controller ID O 9750 41 x Status OK Name Serial K20C7XWK9C95C0006115 Capacity 100 55 GB Type RAID 6 Stripe 64kB Parities 2 Volumes 1 Subunits 5 Subunit 0 Subunit 1 Subunit 2 Subunit 3 Subunit 4 Status OK Status OK Status OK Status OK Status OK Type DISK Type DISK Type DISK Type DISK Type DISK VPort 7 VPort 8 VPort 9 VPort 10 VPort 11 The Unit Details page appears when you click an ID number on the Unit Information page Because it is a sub page of Unit Information the page title in the menu bar continues to display Unit Information even when you view details of a unit 3ware SATA SAS RAID Controller Card Software User Guide Version 10 0 Unit Details page The Unit Details page shows details about a particular unit The specifi
148. bout these policies see Unit Policies on page 212 may have refreshed Click Create Unit again If desired you can reduce the frequency with which information refreshes in 3DM 2 or disable refresh temporarily on the 3DM 2 Settings page f Note If the configuration window disappears while you are selecting drives 3DM 2 Read Cache By default Read Cache is set to Intelligent You can change it to Basic or disable it if desired Setting the appropriate type of Read Cache can improve performance for different types of applications For details see Working with Read Cache Settings on page 111 StorSave You can specify the StorSave Profile to be used for the unit Three profiles are available Protection Balanced and Performance For more information see Setting the StorSave Profile for a Unit on page 118 Rapid RAID Recovery Determines which Rapid RAID Recovery option to use All Rebuild or Disable All will apply the policy to both rebuilds and unclean shutdowns Rebuild will apply only to rebuilds You can switch between All and Rebuild settings but once Rapid RAID Recovery is disabled for the unit it cannot be re enabled For details see Rapid RAID Recovery on page 121 Set Spare Use the Set Spare button to set one or more drives as spares Select the drives you want to use from the list of Available Drives then click Set Spare Clear Configuration Use the Clear Configuration button to reset a
149. c information shown depends on what type of unit it is For example details about a RAID 5 unit made up of three subunits each of which contains one drive will include details about the unit and each subunit as shown in Figure 92 However if the unit is a Single Disk only information about one disk will be shown Details on this page may include all or some of the following information described below To see details about a particular drive click the VPort virtual port number You ll see a list of all drives with the drive you selected highlighted Status The operational status of the unit or subunit OK Rebuilding Migrating Initializing Verifying Degraded or Inoperable missing drives When a unit is Rebuilding Initializing or Verifying the percentage complete is also shown For status definitions see Unit Statuses on page 143 Name The name assigned to the unit by an administrator Serial The serial number of the unit This number is assigned by the firmware when the unit is created Capacity The total capacity of the unit capacities of subunits are not shown Type The type of unit or subunit RAID 0 RAID 1 RAID 5 RAID 6 RAID 10 RAID 50 or Single Disk Stripe The stripe size of the unit if applicable Parities The number of parity drives in the RAID unit Volumes Displays the number of volumes in a unit This is usually 1 If you created a boot volume on this unit or if you have
150. canning the Controller 138 When you make a change by physically adding or removing drives or units you can have 3DM 2 rescan the controller to update the list of units and available drives shown on the Maintenance page This is useful in a variety of circumstances For example if you add new drives to the controller you can make them available by rescanning the controller Or if you turn on an enclosure after turning on your computer you can use rescan to make the controller see the drives Rescanning checks all ports on the controller It then updates the status of all attached disks so if error conditions have been fixed the status is updated to reflect that For more details about how the Rescan feature works see the information in the 3DM 2 Reference section under Maintenance page on page 219 To rescan the controller through 3DM 1 In3DM 2 choose Management gt Maintenance 2 On the Maintenance page click Rescan Controller 3DM 2 scans the controller for information about units and drives and updates the information shown on the Maintenance page To rescan the controller through 3BM 1 From the main 3BM screen press Alt r You are warned that any configuration changes you have made in 3BM will be lost 2 Type Y for Yes to rescan the controller 3ware SATA SAS RAID Controller Card Software User Guide Version 10 0 Maintaining Units 3ware RAID controllers include a number of features in the firmware that
151. ccessful there will be a red checkmark Figure 78 Final Installation Screen Device Driver Installation Wizard LSI 3ware 9750 Controller Device Driver Installer i The device driver has been successfully installed on this computer Driver Name Status V LSI 3ware 9750 SCSIAd Device Updated Back Finish Cancel 6 Click Finish to exit the installer To update the 3ware driver through the Windows Device Manager In addition to using the 3ware Device Driver Installation Wizard you can also install the drivers through the Windows Device Manager 1 Download and extract the driver files as described under Downloading the Driver and Firmware on page 178 Backup any critical data prior to updating the 3ware driver Log in to your system as system administrator From the Start menu open the Control Panel window In the Control Pane window double click on the System icon Click on the Hardware tab and then click on the Device Manager tab NY Dn un A U N Open the SCSI and RAID Controllers selection 8 Locate and double click on the applicable 3ware 9750 RAID Controller A dialog box for the Controller Properties appears 182 3ware SATA SAS RAID Controller Card Software User Guide Version 10 0 10 11 12 13 Updating the Firmware and Driver Click the Driver tab and then click the Update Driver button Step through the Hardware Update Wizard screens Select the options that allow yo
152. cified in the drop down list on the menu bar There are four main sections on this page Background Task Rate and Mode Unit Policies Unit Names Other Controller Settings Update Firmware www si com channel products 211 3DM 2 Reference 212 Background Task Rate and Mode Two Background Task settings allow you to control the balance of background tasks and I O reading and writing to disk performed by the controller Background Task Rate lets you set the ratio at which background tasks are performed in comparison to I O on a scale from 5 to 1 There are separate settings for Rebuild Migrate Rate and Verify Rate The Rebuild Migrate Rate also applies to initialization Although the same rate is used for rebuilding migrating and initializing migrating has the highest priority For additional information see Setting Background Task Rate on page 168 Background Task Mode works with Background Task Rate to address the issue of latency Two settings are available Adaptive the default and Low Latency Low Latency mode minimizes the latency delay in reading data from the RAID unit by slowing down the background task process In contrast Adaptive mode allows the firmware to adjust the interaction of background tasks with host I Os to maximize the speed of both host I O and background tasks For additional information see See Working with the Background Task Mode on page 165 Unit Policies On the 3
153. connected yet not be in full contact This can cause intermittent errors that are hard to identify Reseat the following items to make sure they are in full contact and are not loose e Cables e Power cords and power connectors e BBU connectors e RAID controller e Hard drives If you have insured that all connections are secure and the errors still occur one strategy to confirm or rule out hardware problems is to swap suspected bad drives cables or power cords with known good ones You can also e Move the drive to a different drive slot on the controller e In the case of a controller try a different computer www si com channel products 239 Troubleshooting Command Logging All changes that are made to RAID configurations using 3DM 2 or CLI are automatically stored in a special log file tw_mgmt log This log can be helpful for troubleshooting problems with your RAID controller and units Under Linux tw_mgmt log is in the var log directory For Windows Vista and Windows Server 2008 tw_mgmt log is in ProgramData 3ware For earlier versions of Windows tw_mgmt log is in Documents and Settings All Users Application Data 3ware You can enable or disable command logging through 3DM 2 under Server Configuration on the 3DM 2 Settings page For more information see Controlling Command Logging in 3DM 2 on page 75 For more information about command logging search the LSI Knowledge Base for keyword 15123 us
154. controller to a newer version see Updating the Firmware and Driver on page 177 3ware SATA SAS RAID Controller Card Software User Guide Version 10 0 Driver Installation Under Windows Driver Installation Under Windows Note Before installing the 3ware driver you may want to physically install your 3ware RAID controller in the system Consult the installation guide that came with your controller for how to do this If you do not have a hardcopy of the installation manual it is available in the doc folder on your 3ware CD or you can download it from the LSI website at http Awww si com channel ChannelDownloads The 3ware RAID controller can be used with Windows Server 2003 SP2 or higher Windows 2008 Windows 2008 R2 Vista and Windows 7 with both the 32 bit and 64 bit versions It is recommended that you upgrade to the latest service pack available A drive or unit managed by the 3ware RAID controller may be configured to be your system s boot device Or you can use units managed by the 3ware controller for secondary storage and boot from another device such as a disk attached to the motherboard or other bootable media This section contains instructions for how to e Create a driver disk for the 3ware RAID controller e Install the 3ware driver and Windows on a new drive or unit e Install the 3ware driver when Windows is already installed on a different device Note You must have administrator privile
155. covers some common problems and solutions It is organized into the following sections e Enclosure Related Problems e An LED is blinking red on an enclosure e Hardware Installation Problems e The 3ware BIOS screen never appears e Need to boot from a non 3ware device without changing the boot order e Software Installation Problems e The 3ware RAID controller was configured without problems but the system does not boot e A unit shows up as unusable because of missing drives e Problems in 3DM and 3BM A 3ware RAID controller does not show in the list of controllers e When booting a system a drive is not showing up in the startup screens in 3BM or in 3DM Enclosure Related Problems An LED is blinking red on an enclosure A blinking red LED on an enclosure may indicate that there is a predicted fault on the drive in that slot Actual LED behavior will depend on the enclosure manufacturer Refer to the user guide for your enclosure Such an error can result from a number of different factors including a SMART error read error or cable error The drive has not failed yet but may fail soon For additional information about the LED indicators on an enclosure see Enclosure Drive LED Status Indicators on page 142 Hardware Installation Problems Two common problems during hardware installation are listed below For details related to other issues check the LSI Knowledge Base at https selfservice lsi com ser
156. ctions Also check that your power supply is adequate for the type and number of devices attached to it See Also For troubleshooting information and a link to drive manufacturer diagnostic utilities search the LSI Knowledge Base for keyword 14927 use the Advanced Search at https selfservice lsi com service main jsp 003B Rebuild paused Event Type Information Cause The rebuild operation is paused Rebuilds are normally paused for two formerly ten minutes after a system first boots up and during non scheduled times when scheduling is enabled Disabling or modifying the schedule with 3DM 2 or CLI will allow the rebuild to resume www si com channel products 273 Troubleshooting See Also Scheduling Background Tasks on page 169 003C Initialize paused Event Type Information Cause The initialization is paused Initializations are normally paused for two formerly ten minutes after a system first boots up Initialization is also paused during non scheduled times when scheduling is enabled Initializations follow the rebuild schedule Action If you want the initialize to resume you can disable or modify the schedule through 3DM 2 or CLI See Also Viewing Current Task Schedules on page 171 About Initialization on page 152 003D Verify paused Event Type Information Cause The verify operation is paused Verifies are normally paused for 2 formerly 10 minutes after a system f
157. d CLI Auto Verify Preferred Start Friday 12 am 3BM 3DM 2 CLI Day and Time Basic Auto Verify Verify Schedule Seven days of the week 3DM 2 CLI Advanced starting at 12 am and running 24 hours Carve Size or Factor 2048 GB 3BM 3DM 2 CLI Drives Per Spinup 1 3BM CLI Delay Between Spinup 6 seconds 3BM CLI Export Unconfigured JBOD No 3BM CLI Disks Staggered Method ATA 6 3BM Staggered Spinup Enabled 3BM Unit Level Settings For details see Setting Unit Policies on page 107 Auto Verify Enabled 3BM 3DM 2 CLI ECC Overwrite Continue on Disabled 3BM 3DM 2 CLI Error When Rebuilding Boot Volume Size Unspecified 3BM CLI Initialization Method Foreground 3BM Queuing NCQ Enabled 3BM 3DM 2 CLI Rapid RAID Recovery All Fast Rebuild Shutdown 3BM 3DM 2 CLI StorSave Profile Balanced 3BM 3DM 2 CLI Write Cache Enabled 3BM 3DM 2 CLI Read Cache Intelligent 3BM 3DM 2 CLI 3ware SATA SAS RAID Controller Card Software User Guide Version 10 0 Table 5 Default Settings for Policies and Background Tasks Default Value Where to Change For details see Scheduling Background Tasks on page 169 and Setting Background Task Rate on page 168 Policy Background Task Settings Verify Task Schedules Basic Friday 12 00 am 3DM 2 3BM CLI Advanced Daily starting 3DM 2 CLI at 12 00 am and running for 24 hours Follow Verify Task Schedule Enabled Basic schedule 3DM 2 3BM CLI Rebuil
158. d Migrate Task Daily starting at 12 00 am 3DM 2 CLI Schedules and running for 24 hours Follow Rebuild Migrate Task Ignore 3DM 2 CLI Schedule Self test Task Schedules Daily starting at 12 00 am 3DM 2 CLI and running for 24 hours Follow Self test Task Yes 3DM 2 CLI Schedule a Although the default Self test Task Schedule is for 24 hours self test tasks are run only at the beginning of that time period and take just a few minutes For more information about task schedules see Scheduling Background Tasks on page 169 www si com channel products 31 4 Driver Installation 32 I This chapter provides details about how to install the driver for your 3ware RAID controller and make the units available to your operating system e Ifthe unit you have created will be your system s boot device you install the driver for the controller as you install the operating system e If the operating system is already installed on a unit connected to another controller or to the motherboard you start the operating system and then install the driver Details for both situations are described in this chapter Driver information is organized by operating system e Driver Installation Under Windows on page 33 e Driver Installation Under Linux on page 39 Note If you are working with a system that already has a 3ware RAID controller installed and want to update the driver or firmware for your 3ware RAID
159. d by entering the following sbin mkinitrd v f boot initrd lt kernel string gt img lt kernel string gt where lt kernel string gt is the lib modules directory from which to copy the 3w sas driver Example sbin mkinitrd v f boot initrd 2 6 18 14 img 2 6 18 14 7 Ifyou are using the GRUB boot loader skip to Step 8 If you are using the LILO boot loader run LILO to update the boot record on disk by typing the following sbin lilo The output should be similar to Added linux 8 Reboot The 3ware kernel driver module will be loaded from the ram disk automatically at boot time To install the 3ware kernel driver module and load the module manually instead of using a RAM disk 1 Log in as root and open a console window 2 Mount the CD which contains the 3ware kernel driver module To mount the CD type mount dev cdrom mnt and press Enter 3 Copy the kernel driver module For Redhat Linux on Intel x86 and AMD x86 type cp mnt packages drivers linux redhat lt version gt x86 3w sas lt ko or pae gt lib modules lt kernel string gt kernel drivers scsi 3w sas ko For Fedora Core on Intel x86 and AMD x86 type cp mnt packages drivers linux fedora lt version gt x86 3w sas lt ko 586 or pae gt lib modules lt kernel string gt kernel drivers scsi 3w sas ko If prompted to overwrite type y For Redhat Linux on AMD Opteron and Intel EM64T type www si com channel products 45 Drive
160. d data cable www si com channel products 245 Troubleshooting e Defective connector on the 3ware controller If a drive that previously showed up in 3DM or 3BM does not show up try the following 1 Power the system down then reseat the drive in the slot reseat the data cable and reseat the power cable 2 Power the system back up 3 If the drive still does not show up in 3DM or 3BM then swap that drive with a drive that is showing up 4 Ifthe drive now shows up and drive you swapped it with does not then the drive is OK The problem could be the controller connector the cable the power connector or the enclosure or drive slot 5 Change each of these things one at a time e Try a different connector on the controller e Try a different data cable e Power the drive with a different power connector from the power supply e Try connecting the drive directly to the motherboard bypassing the enclosure or drive slot If the drive shows up then you will know which hardware component was defective If the drive still does not show up contact 3ware Technical Support Error and Notification Messages Error and notification messages are issued by the 3ware RAID controller when an error is detected or when an action is completed These messages are sometimes referred to as AENs asynchronous event notifications AEN messages are displayed on the 3DM 2 Alarms page and CLI Show Alarms page On the 3DM 2 Alarms page you c
161. d disk arrays RAID 0 achieve highest transfer rates and performance at the expense of fault tolerance Distributed Parity Parity works in combination with striping on RAID 5 RAID 6 and RAID 50 Parity information is written to each of the striped drives in rotation Should a failure occur the data on the failed drive can be reconstructed from the data on the other drives Hot Swap The process of exchanging a drive without having to shut down the system This is useful when you need to exchange a defective drive in a redundant unit Array Roaming The process of removing a unit from a controller and putting it back later either on the same controller or a different one and having it recognized as a unit The disks may be attached to different ports than they were originally attached to without harm to the data www si com channel products 5 Introducing the LSI 3ware SATA SAS RAID Controller Card Available RAID Configurations RAID is a method of combining several hard drives into one unit It can offer fault tolerance and higher throughput levels than a single hard drive or group of independent hard drives LSI s 3ware controllers support RAID 0 1 5 6 10 50 and Single Disk The information below provides a more in depth explanation of the different RAID levels RAID 0 RAID 0 provides improved performance but no fault tolerance Since the data is striped across more than one disk RAID 0 disk arrays achieve high trans
162. d speed advantage over non RAID disks RAID 5 This type of unit provides performance fault tolerance and high storage efficiency RAID 5 units can tolerate one drive failing before losing data RAID 6 Provides very high fault tolerance with the ability to protect against two consecutive drive failures Performance and efficiency increase with higher numbers of drives RAID 10 A combination of striped and mirrored units for fault tolerance and high performance RAID 50 A combination of RAID 5 and RAID 0 It provides high fault tolerance and performance Single Disk Not a RAID type but supported as a configuration Provides for maximum disk capacity with no redundancy You can create one or more units depending on the number of drives you have installed Table 3 Possible Configurations Based on Number of Drives Drives 1 Possible RAID Configurations Single disk 2 RAID 0 or RAID 1 RAID 0 RAID 1 with hot spare RAID 5 RAID 5 with hot spare RAID 10 Combination of RAID 0 RAID 1 single disk www si com channel products Introducing the LSI 3ware SATA SAS RAID Controller Card Table 3 Possible Configurations Based on Number of Drives Drives Possible RAID Configurations 5 RAID 6 RAID 5 with hot spare RAID 10 with hot spare Combination of RAID 0 RAID 1 hot spare single disk 6 or more RAID 6 RAID 6 with hot spare RAID 50 Combinatio
163. d to the unit Select the drives s you wish to add to the unit by checking the Port ID box next to each one 3ware SATA SAS RAID Controller Card Software User Guide Version 10 0 Changing An Existing Configuration by Migrating 5 If desired or necessary select the appropriate RAID level 6 Click OK The Maintenance page updates to show the newly reconfigured unit The Status column title indicates that Migration is in progress 7 Ifyou booted from the unit that is being migrated when migration is complete reboot your system Then turn to Step 4 under Informing the Operating System of Changed Configuration on page 127 8 After the migration is complete inform the operating system of the change as described below You can check the status of the migration on the Maintenance page Informing the Operating System of Changed Configuration After you change the configuration of a unit you must inform the operating system of the change and you may need to re partition the unit In addition in order to use the new capacity you need to either resize the existing partition or add a new partition To inform the operating system that a unit has been changed 1 If the unit you reconfigured is the boot unit restart the system and skip to Step 3 If the unit you reconfigured is secondary storage unmount the file system from the unit Under Windows go to Start gt Administrative Tools gt Computer Management and select
164. d uninstalling the 3ware management software for your 3ware RAID controller You can install all software at once or you can use the installer to install some or all of the following specific components e 3DM 2 e CLI Command Line Interface There are two versions of the installer one for use in a graphical user interlace Windows or Linux and a console version for use at a Linux command line Installing Software This section tells you how to install 3ware RAID controller management software It is organized into these sections e Installing Software from a Graphical User Interface GUI e Installing Software on Linux from the Command Line Installing Software from a Graphical User Interface GUI The steps below describe how to install the 3ware RAID management software from a windowing graphical user interface such as Microsoft Windows or X Windows in Linux To install the 3ware management software 1 With your computer on insert the 3ware CD that came with your 3ware RAID controller The CD should automatically launch and display the LSI License window If it does not you can start it manually 310 3ware SATA SAS RAID Controller Card Software User Guide Ver Installing Software e Under Windows open My Computer select the CD right click and choose AutoPlay e Under Linux manually mount the CD by typing mount dev cdrom mnt Start autorun by typing mnt autorun 2 When the License screen appear
165. dant unit and the initialization failed because of a problem on a particular disk drive then the unit will be degraded Action If the unit was degraded then rebuild the unit This may necessitate replacing the drive Check physical cable and power connections You can also run the drive manufacturer s diagnostic and repair utilities on the drive See Also For links to drive manufacturer diagnostic utilities and troubleshooting advice search the LSI Knowledge Base for keyword 10894 use the Advanced Search at https selfservice lsi com service main jsp www si com channel products 257 Troubleshooting Basic Troubleshooting Check This First on page 239 000F SMART threshold exceeded Event Type Warning Cause SMART monitoring is predicting a potential drive failure The 3ware RAID controller supports SMART monitoring for SATA and SAS drives whereby the individual drives automatically monitor certain parametric information such as error rates and retry counts This type of monitoring may be able to predict a drive failure before it happens allowing you to schedule service of the unit before it becomes degraded The SMART status of each drive attached to the 3ware RAID controller is monitored daily Action LSI recommends that you replace any drive that has exceeded the SMART threshold If the drive is part of a redundant unit remove the drive through 3DM 2 or CLI Replace the drive and start a rebuild
166. definition 306 incomplete drives 128 incomplete drives deleting through 3BM 130 Incomplete unit detected 0006 253 initialization about 152 background initialization after power failure 155 background versus foreground 152 definition 306 RAID 0 units 153 RAID 1 units 154 RAID 10 units 154 RAID 5 units 153 RAID 50 units 153 selecting method foreground or background to use for new unit 3BM 93 Initialize completed 0007 254 Initialize failed 000E 257 Initialize paused 003C 274 Initialize started 000C 257 Initializing unit status 143 Inoperable unit status 144 inoperable units about 145 installation disk management tools 3DM2 and CLI 326 3ware SATA SAS RAID Controller Card Software User Guide Version 10 0 installation 310 driver utility for Windows 36 181 of controller 28 overview 18 troubleshooting hardware 243 software 244 installing formatting 38 making units available 38 partitioning 38 Intelligent Mode read cache 111 Intelligent Read Prefetch IRP a read cache mode setting 111 J JBOD 10 JBOD policy 80 L latency and how to minimize 165 LEDs colors and behavior 142 indicators 142 Link Control Phy 210 link speed changing for a phy 89 Linux driver compiling 50 installation 39 updating 183 185 listening port for 3DM 237 listening port number 3DM 74 Load Control 57 Local link down 0065 287 Local link up 0064 287 locating drives 145 enclosure components 195 logging
167. details see To see a list of enclosures in 3BM on page 191 www si com channel products 193 Enclosure Management Fan Status The following is a list of possible fan statuses e OK The fan is optimal and is functioning normally e Off The fan is off e Failure The fan is present but is malfunctioning e Not Installed There is no fan installed e Unknown The status of the fan is not reportable Temp Sensor Status Below is a list of possible temperature sensor statuses Note that the temp sensor status indicates the temperature of the enclosure or backplane Drive temperature if supported is available on the Drive Details page e OK The temperature sensor is functioning normally e Failure The temperature sensor is present but is malfunctioning e Not Installed There is no temperature sensor installed e Unknown The status of the temperature sensor is not reportable e Over Temp Warning Temperature is higher than normal operating temperature e Over Temp Fail Temperature is higher than safe operating temperature e Under Temp Warning Temperature is colder than normal operating temperature e Under Temp Fail Temperature is lower than safe operating temperature Power Supply Status The following is a list of possible power supply statuses e OK The power supply is functioning normally e Failure The power supply is present but is malfunctioning e Off The power supply is off e
168. device driver has sent a soft reset to the 3ware RAID controller The driver does this when the controller has not responded to a command within the allowed time limit 30 sec After the soft reset command has been sent the driver will resend the command Action If this message occurs more than three times a day collect the system logs and contact Technical Support See Also For how to collect the system logs search the LSI Knowledge Base for keyword 12278 use the Advanced Search at https selfservice lsi com service main jsp 0002 Degraded unit Event Type Error www si com channel products 251 Troubleshooting Cause An error was encountered and the unit is now operating in degraded non redundant mode This is usually due to a drive failure or the physical removal of a drive from a redundant unit Action Check hardware connections and reseat the drive or drives Rescan the controller from 3DM 2 or CLI to see if the unit has been restored If you are able to restore the unit before any data has been written to the unit a rebuild will not be necessary If the unit remains degraded replace the missing or dead drives and initiate a rebuild See Also About Degraded Units on page 144 Rebuilding Units on page 160 0003 Controller error occurred Event Type Error Cause The 3ware RAID controller has encountered an internal error Action Please collect log files and contact LSI Customer Suppo
169. dibility to Mute This silences the alarm without deactivating it Activated remains in the Status field To unmute the alarm change the Audibility to Unmute This causes the alarm to sound again if it is still active Turning Off an Enclosure Alarm in 3BM In 3BM you can turn off enclosure alarms that have activated To turn off enclosure alarms in 3BM 1 On the main 3BM screen Tab to Information and press Enter 2 On the pop up menu select Enclosures and press Enter The Enclosure Information page appears with information about enclosure components in the top section and details about the slots in the selected enclosure in the bottom section 198 3ware SATA SAS RAID Controller Card Software User Guide Version 10 0 Downloading an Enclosure Diagnostic Log Figure 88 Enclosure Information page 24 C 75 F gt No Drive To turn off any alarms that are activated to all enclosures attached to the controller press F5 Downloading an Enclosure Diagnostic Log The enclosure diagnostic log may be requested by 3ware Customer Support to help troubleshoot problems on your controller You can download this diagnostic log from the Enclosure Details page To download the diagnostic log 1 2 In 3DM 2 choose Monitor gt Enclosure Summary from the menu bar Make sure the correct controller is displayed in the Select Controller field in the menu bar On the Enclosure Summary page click the ID link of the desired
170. dundant unit can be made redundant again when a rebuild is required It can also increase the speed of verification or initialization that may occur in the event of an unclean shutdown Rapid RAID Recovery is possible because the firmware maps the unit and tracks the areas of the unit where write activity occurs Then if a rebuild initialization or verify is required the controller only has to address the active areas The fewer active areas the faster the rebuild initialize or verify Since the units are mapped out and tracked from the creation of the unit this feature can only be enabled during unit creation Also once disabled it cannot be re enabled The more space is available on a unit the more benefit you will see in the event of a rebuild if you enable Rapid RAID Recovery If all of a unit s capacity is being used you may not see reduction of rebuild speed when using Rapid RAID Recovery However Rapid RAID Recovery still provides benefits to unit verification and to initialization after an unclean shutdown regardless of the disk usage Possible settings are All labeled Fast Rebuild Shutdown in 3BM Rebuild or Disable All will apply the policy to both rebuilds and unclean shutdowns Rebuild will apply only to rebuilds Disable means that rebuilds initializations and verifies will take place on the entire unit not just the active sections The default setting is All There is some system overhead from setting rapid r
171. e The name of the module you will copy 3w sas varies depending on the kernel however you will always copy it to a file named 3w sas ko for 2 6 kernels For Red Hat or Fedora Core Uniprocessor www lsi com channel products 183 Maintaining Your Controller cp lt version gt 3w sas ko lib modules lt kernel string gt kernel drivers scsi 3w sas ko For Red Hat SMP cp lt version gt 3w sas smp lib modules lt kernel string gt kernel drivers scsi 3w sas ko For Red Hat Bigmem cp lt version gt 3w sas big lib modules lt kernel string gt kernel drivers scsi 3w sas ko For Red Hat Xen cp lt version gt 3w sas xen lib modules lt kernel string gt kernel drivers scsi 3w sas ko For 2 6 Kernels add the following line to etc modprobe conf alias scsi_hostadapter 3w sas Complete the upgrade by upgrading the initial ramdisk Change the directory to the boot directory cd boot Run mkinitrd by entering the following In the commands below replace lt kernel string gt with the applicable kernel for example 2 4 20 8 For Red Hat or Fedora Core Uniprocessor mkinitrd v f initrd lt kernel string gt img lt kernel string gt For Red Hat SMP mkinitrd v f initrd lt kernel string gt smp img lt kernel string gt smp For Red Hat Bigmem mkinitrd v f initrd lt kernel string gt bigmem img lt kernel string gt bigmem For Red Hat Xen mkinitrd v f initrd lt kernel string gt xen img lt kernel string gt
172. e process of writing zeroes to the drives is complete Once you have booted to the operating system background initialization of the unit will begin after a delay of up to ten minutes Trade offs to cancelling initialization Pros e Unit can be used immediately and is fully fault tolerant Cons e Performance of these units will be lower until initialization is complete e It will take longer to complete initialization since background initialization takes longer than foreground initialization For complete information about initialization of RAID units see About Initialization on page 152 6 If you are finished creating RAID units be sure to check the boot sequence for your system as described under Checking the Motherboard Boot Sequence on page 27 www si com channel products 25 First Time RAID Configuration Using 3BM Specifying a Hot Spare You can designate one of the Available Drives as a hot spare in 3BM If a hot spare is specified and a redundant unit degrades an event notification will be generated If the hot spare is of the same type SAS or SATA and of adequate size it will automatically replace the failed drive without user intervention To specify a hot spare 1 In the list of Available Drives highlight the drive to use 2 Types to specify that the selected drive will be the hot spare You ll see the words Hot Spare appear next to the drive in the Available Drives list Figure 17 H
173. e si com service main jsp i Note If the kernel driver module installation fails confirm that the 6 Type sbin depmod a 7 Type sbin mkinitrd 8 If you are using the GRUB boot loader you are finished If you are using the LILO boot loader run LILO to update the boot record on disk by typing the following sbin lilo The output should be similar to Added linux www si com channel products 49 Driver Installation Compiling a 3ware Driver for Linux 50 If you are using a Linux distribution for which there is not a compiled driver available from 3ware you can copy the source from the 3ware CD or download the source from the LSI website and compile a new driver For more information search the LSI Knowledge Base for keyword 14546 use the Advanced Search at https selfservice lsi com service main jsp 3ware SATA SAS RAID Controller Card Software User Guide Version 10 0 3ware BIOS Manager 3BM Introduction This section describes the basics of using 3ware BIOS Manager 3BM one of the tools you can use to configure and maintain the units connected to your 3ware RAID controller It is organized into the following topics Starting 3BM Exiting the 3BM Configuration Utility Working in the 3BM Screens Adjusting BIOS Option Settings Displaying Information About the Controller and Related Devices Getting Help While Using 3BM For information about doing particular tasks in 3BM refer to the later sections
174. e 116 Scheduling Background Tasks on page 169 0005 Rebuild completed Event Type Information Cause The 3ware RAID controller has successfully completed a rebuild The data is now redundant Action None required 0006 Incomplete unit detected Event Type Warning Cause The 3ware RAID controller has detected an incomplete unit www si com channel products 253 Troubleshooting An incomplete unit is a unit in which the 3ware RAID controller is unable to detect one or more drives The drives may be missing dead or improperly connected A unit that is incomplete is also degraded although a degraded unit can be complete if all drives are still detected including the failed drive Action Check hardware connections and reseat the drives Rescan the controller from 3DM 2 to see if the unit has been restored If you are able to restore the unit before any data has been written to the unit a rebuild will not be necessary If the unit remains incomplete replace the missing or dead drives and initiate a rebuild 0007 Initialize completed Event Type Information Cause The 3ware RAID controller completed the synching background initialization sequence of RAID levels 1 6 10 50 or 5 For RAID 5 RAID 6 and RAID 50 the data on the unit was read and the resultant new parity was written For RAID 1 and 10 one half of the mirror was copied to the other half mirrors are synchronized This message w
175. e 95 Creating a Unit through 3BM 1 ete 97 Ordering Units in 3BM 0 0 cette eee 101 Partitioning Formatting and Mounting Units 00 102 Creating a Hot Spare nanunua aeea 104 Specifying a Hot Spare through 3DM 2 2 c ee eee 105 Specifying a Hot Spare through 3BM 0000 cece eee eee eee 105 Naming a Units 34 2 det oae eres a a was A eo als Sue nale Senne ee ESA 106 Setting Unit PoliGies ssc ecg ek oR che See RN OS Uae eee h 107 Enabling and Disabling the Unit Write Cache 2 000 eee 109 Working with Read Cache Settings 0 0 cece eee 111 Enabling or Disabling Auto Verify fora Unit 0 20000 115 Setting Overwrite ECC Continue on Source Error When Rebuilding 116 Enabling and Disabling Queuing fora Unit 00 00 e eee 117 Setting the StorSave Profile for a Unit 02000 e cee eee 118 Rapid RAID Recovery 0 cece ett eee 121 Changing An Existing Configuration by Migrating ee eee eee 123 RAID Level Migration RLM Overview 0 0 0 e eee eee eee 123 Changing RAID Level 0 c cece teens 125 Expanding Unit Capacity 0 cece eee 126 Informing the Operating System of Changed Configuration 127 Deleting a Unit is cc2g3 bed ad ted 4 DE beds Sel eee whl Adhd eee 128 3ware SATA SAS RAID Controller Card Software User Guide Version 10 0 Deleting
176. e RAID controller communicates to the ATA disk drives through the Ultra DMA UDMA protocol This protocol ensures data integrity across the ATA cable by appending a Cyclical Redundancy Check CRC for all ATA data that is transferred If the data becomes corrupted between the drive and 3ware SATA SAS RAID Controller Card Software User Guide Version 10 0 Error and Notification Messages the 3ware RAID controller because of an intermittent or poor quality cable connection the 3ware RAID controller detects this as a UDMA CRC or cable error The 3ware RAID controller then retries the failed command three times at the current UDMA transfer rate If the error persists it lowers the UDMA transfer rate for example from UDMA 100 to UDMA 66 and retries another three times Action Check for possible causes of UDMA CRC errors such as defective or poor quality interface cables or cable routing problems through electrically noisy environments for instance cables are too close to the power supply Also check for cables which are not standard or exceed the ATA specification A list of cables for use with 3ware controllers is available at http www si com channel products raid_controllers accessories cables 0022 Upgrade UDMA mode Event Type Warning Cause During a self test the controller found that a drive was not in the optimal UDMA mode and upgraded its UDMA transfer rate Action None required The drive and cable are working in opt
177. e Turning On or Off Use of a Rebuild Migrate Task Schedule e Selecting Advanced or Basic Verify Schedules e Removing a Task Slot from a Schedule e Adding a New Task Schedule Slot e Selecting Self tests to be Performed Tip If you want to change a task schedule window you first remove the schedule item and then add it back with the desired day time and duration tasks It simply specifies when they can run For more information about the Note Setting up the scheduling window does not actually request background background tasks themselves see Background Tasks on page 151 You can also set the rate at which background tasks are performed compared to T O tasks For more information see Setting Background Task Rate on page 168 Scheduled Task Duration If a rebuild does not complete in a scheduled time block it will pause and continue where it left off at the next scheduled time block This is also true for verify if you use the Advanced Verify schedule If you use the Basic Verify Schedule verifies will run to completion and are not limited to a specific duration scheduled time a Verify will start when the system is powered on if it has been Note When using Basic Verify Schedule and Auto Verify if the system is off at the longer than a week since a verify last completed 170 3ware SATA SAS RAID Controller Card Software User Guide Version 10 0 Scheduling Background Tasks Viewing Current Task
178. e Unit Information page appears when you choose Information gt Unit Information from the menu bar or when you click an ID number on the Controller Summary page This page shows a list of the units on the current controller and provides summary information about each unit To see details about a particular unit click the link in the Unit column Unit The unit number assigned to the unit by the firmware Name If a name has been given to this unit it shows here If it is empty no name has been assigned You can name your unit in the Unit Names section of the Management gt Controller Settings page www lsi com channel products 203 3DM 2 Reference Type The type of unit specified during configuration RAID 0 RAID 1 RAID 5 RAID 6 RAID 10 RAID 50 or Single Disk For details about each of the RAID levels see Available RAID Configurations on page 6 Capacity The logical capacity size of the unit 1 KB defined as 1024 bytes Status The operational status of the unit OK Rebuilding Initializing Migrating Verifying Degraded or Inoperable missing drives When a unit is Rebuilding Initializing Migrating or Verifying the percentage complete is also shown For an explanation of the statuses see Unit Statuses on page 143 Note If an asterisk appears next to the status of a unit there is an error on one of the drives in the unit This feature provides a diagnostic capability for potential pro
179. e automatically on a schedule or can be started manually as described below You can manually start a verify through either 3DM or 3BM See Enabling or Disabling Auto Verify for a Unit on page 115 and Scheduling Background Tasks on page 169 Note If the unit has not previously been initialized and you manually select Verify Unit in either 3BM or 3DM the initialization process starts 3ware SATA SAS RAID Controller Card Software User Guide Version 10 0 Background Tasks To verify a unit through 3DM 2 1 In3DM 2 choose Management gt Maintenance 2 Inthe Unit Maintenance section of the Maintenance page select the unit you want to verify and click Verify Unit 3DM 2 puts the selected unit in verifying mode If Basic Verify is selected on the Scheduling page the verification process begins almost immediately If Advanced Verify is selected the unit will not start actively verifying until the next scheduled time A Stop Verify link appears next to the unit on the Maintenance page If you need to stop the verify process use this link If initialization starts because the unit had not previously been initialized it cannot be halted so no Stop Verify link appears To verify a unit through 3BM 1 At the main 3BM screen select the unit by highlighting it and pressing Enter An asterisk appears in the left most column to indicate that it is selected 2 Tab to the Maintain Unit button and press Enter 3 On the pop
180. e controller to recognize the newly plugged in drive Rescan will find it not recognize it as gone unless the drive was in use or until it is required by the Note If you unplug a drive without first removing it through 3DM 2 Rescan may B system Always use the Remove link to remove a drive before unplugging it Warning Physically removing or adding drives which are not in hot swap bays can AN result in a system hang or may even damage the system and the drive Rescan checks all ports It checks empty ports for newly plugged in drives If those drives were previously part of a 3ware RAID configuration and they still have valid DCB Disk Configuration Block information on them the controller tries to piece them back together into a working unit If a working unit can be formed it will appear in the Unit Maintenance list when the scan is complete and the operating system will be notified of the unit In Linux a device node will be associated with each unit created In Windows the device manager will reflect the changes under the disk drives icon This process is known as importing drives If new drives do not have any data indicating they were previously part of a 3ware RAID configuration they will appear in the Available Drives list In addition if there is a unit with the status Inoperable before a rescan for example a RAID 5 unit missing 2 or more drives and a rescan finds drives that complete the unit the inoperable unit will
181. e place automatically The rebuild process will take less time if Rapid RAID Recovery has been enabled during unit creation See Rapid RAID Recovery on page 121 To start the rebuild of a unit through 3BM 1 Reboot the system and start 3BM A red message box informs you that the unit is degraded and suggests some possible approaches Figure 69 shows an example of a degraded array message 3ware SATA SAS RAID Controller Card Software User Guide Version 10 0 Background Tasks Figure 69 Degraded Disk Array Warning Message Your 3ware controller curre a degraded disk array installed Fault tolerant ska s become degraded when they are missing a member drive While the array s data may be read and new data may be written to it it is no longer fault tolerant With a degraded array you have three cou of action lt i gt If the array has a drive that is lis as Not In Use try rebuilding the array first If it still does not work remove the Not in Use drive and rebuild the array using a new drive 2 gt If one of the member drives is not listed it may he unplugged or it may be broken beyond recognition lt a gt If the drive was simply unplugged reconnect it and reboot If data was written to the array while it was degraded you will be required to rebuild it lt b Rebuild the array using a new drive Any data on the _ new drive will be overwritten 3 Do nothing and run with the array as functional but not fault
182. e problem or failure This allows you to replace drives before they fail You can start a verify manually or regular verification can be done automatically by enabling Auto Verify See Starting a Verify Manually on page 158 and Using Auto Verification on page 157 During verification I O continues normally but with a slight performance loss depending on your verify rate setting You can adjust how much verification will slow performance by setting a rate at which it occurs See Setting Background Task Rate on page 168 You can also postpone verification until a scheduled time See Scheduling Background Tasks on page 169 www si com channel products 155 Maintaining Units 156 EI Note Not verifying the unit periodically can lead to an unstable unit and may cause data loss It is strongly recommended that you schedule a verify at least 1 time per week You can take advantage of the the Auto Verify and Basic Verify Schedule to accomplish this What Verification Does For a RAID 1 or RAID 10 unit a verify compares the data of one mirror with the other For RAID 5 RAID 6 and RAID 50 a verify calculates parity and compares it to what is written on the disk drive For non redundant units it performs a media scan Verification checks each sector on a drive This is important because day to day use of the media may leave many sectors on a drive unused or unchecked for long periods of time This c
183. e provisions of the Electromagnetic Com patibility Directive 89 23 EEC Low Voltage Directive ce 3ware SATA SAS RAID Controller Card Software User Guide Version 10 0 Warranty Technical Support and Service This section is organized into the following topics e Limited Warranty e Warranty Service and RMA Process e LSI Technical Support and Services e Sales and ordering information e Feedback on this manual Limited Warranty RAID Controller Hardware LSI warrants the 9750 product against defects in material and workmanship for a period of thirty six 36 months from the date of original purchase LSI at no charge and at its option will repair or replace any part of this product which proves defective by reason of improper workmanship or materials Repair parts or replacement products will be provided by LSI on an exchange basis and will be either new or refurbished to be functionally equivalent to new Products or parts replaced under this provision shall become the property of LSI Optional Battery Backup Unit BBU Hardware 1 Year Hardware Warranty LSI warrants this product against defects in material and workmanship for a period of twelve 12 months from the date of original purchase LSI at no charge and at its option will repair or replace any part of this product which proves defective by reason of improper workmanship or materials Repair parts or replacement products will be provided by LSI on an exchange basis and
184. e scheduling of rebuilds and verifies scheduling of self tests is always enabled To disable self tests you must either remove all schedule times or uncheck the tests listed in the Tasks column www si com channel products 175 10 Maintaining Your Controller This section contains instructions for how to perform tasks that help you maintain your controller including e Determining the Current Version of Your 3ware Driver e Updating the Firmware and Driver e Downloading the Driver and Firmware e Updating the Firmware Through 3DM 2 e Updating the 3ware Driver Under Windows e Updating the 3ware Driver Under Red Hat or Fedora Core e Updating the 3ware Driver Under SUSE e Viewing Battery Information e Testing Battery Capacity Determining the Current Version of Your 3ware Driver You can view controller and driver information in several different ways e Using 3DM 2 you can see both the driver and firmware versions see the Controller Summary page on page 201 e Using 3BM you can see the firmware version see Displaying Information About the Controller and Related Devices on page 59 e Using the CLI you can see both the driver and firmware versions see 3ware SATA SAS RAID Controller Card CLI Guide Version 10 0 e Under Linux you can type the following command if you have a 2 4 kernel or earlier cat proc modules scsi 3w sas where the asterisk represents controller number If you have
185. e serial data stream that flows between the controller and the drives 3ware 9750 controllers have 8 phys These phys are associated with virtual ports vports by 3ware software to establish up to 96 potential connections with the SAS or SATA hard drives e Phy Identifier The ID number 0 7 assigned to each of the 8 phys on the 9750 controller e Port 3ware controller models prior to the 9690SA series have one or many ports typically 4 8 12 16 or 24 Each port can be attached to a single disk drive On a controller with a Multi lane serial port connector one connector supports four ports eight if 24 port controller On 9750 and 9690SA series controllers connections are made with phys and vports virtual ports See phy and VPort e Port ID A unique identifier for a specific port in a system Also called a drive ID e Queuing SATA drives can use Native Command Queuing NCQ to improve performance in applications that require a lot of random access to data such as server type applications When NCQ is enabled the commands are reordered on the drive itself NCQ must be supported by the drive NCQ must be turned on in both the drive and the RAID controller By default the RAID unit s queue policy is disabled when creating a unit e RAID Redundant array of inexpensive disks combined into a unit array to increase your storage system s performance and provide fault tolerance protection against data loss
186. e the Advanced Search at https selfservice lsi com service main jsp To disable command logging for CLI set an environment variable TW_CLI_LOG to OFF 240 3ware SATA SAS RAID Controller Card Software User Guide Version 10 0 Drive Performance Monitoring Drive Performance Monitoring When one drive in a RAID unit is responding much slower than others it reduces the performance of the entire unit Drive Performance Monitoring DPM is now available to measure drive performance and to help identify when a specific drive is causing problems so that you can have the drive manufacturer repair or replace it DPM is an advanced trouble shooting tool Commands are available through the 3ware CLI to enable and disable DPM and to see a range of different statistics These statistics can be useful to LSI technical support to help you troubleshoot problems with your RAID controller and units Types of DPM Statistics The following drive statistical data can be stored and reported e Queue depth which indicates the number of read writes that are currently outstanding e IOP which indicates the number of read writes that have completed e Transfer rate which indicates the number of sectors that have been read written e Response time which indicates the execution time of all commands e Command read writes which indicates the drive and drive sectors accumulated read and write commands Available DPM Commands Drive Perform
187. e to follow the steps under Checking the Motherboard Boot Sequence on page 27 When you are finished configuring units press F8 to save the changes and exit 3BM A warning message asks you to confirm that all existing data on the drives will be deleted Figure 16 Confirmation Message when Saving and Exiting Creating or destroying arrays will destroy all existing data on their alsa drives Using a drive for a rebuild will overwrite data on rive Data on the following drives will be destroyed Controller SATA SAMSUNG HD160JJ SATA SAMSUNG HD16AJJ SATA SAMSUNG HD16AJJ SATA SAMSUNG HD16AJJ 8888 Save configuration and exit Y N 3ware SATA SAS RAID Controller Card Software User Guide Version 10 0 Basic Steps for Creating a Unit 4 Type Y to continue delete any existing data on the drives and create the unit If you chose foreground initialization then depending on the RAID configuration you are creating initialization of the unit may begin immediately and delay your ability to use your unit for several hours RAID 6 units and some RAID 5 and RAID 50 units begin immediate initialization 5 If you want to immediately use a RAID configuration which has started foreground initializing you can press Esc to cancel the progress box Before doing this be sure to read Trade offs to cancelling initialization below You can then exit 3BM and boot to the operating system before th
188. ecking Unit and Drive Status through 3DM Viewing a List of Drives You can see a list of drives connected to your 3ware RAID controller and see additional detail about each of those drives To view a list of drives in 3DM 2 Choose Information gt Drive Information from the main menu in 3DM 2 On the Drive Information page you can access details about any of the drives listed by clicking the link for that drive in the VPort column For more information about the Drive Information page see page 206 Figure 62 Drive Information Page 2 3ware 3DM 2 urban qbmuteoiv Windows Server 2003 Service Pack 1 v 1433 Administrator logged in _ Logout Summary Information Management Monitor 3DM 2 Settings Help Refresh Drive Information Sree ime Controller ID 0 9750 81 ive Information Controller ID 0 Port Model eapacty type By Sat Un eas ray MAXTOR 0 ATLAS15K2_36SAS 34 25 GB SAS Enclosure 0 Slot 10 OK O MAXTOR k ATLAS15K2_36SAS 34 25 GB SAS Enclosure 0 Slot 9 1 OK D 2 SAMSUNG HD160JJ 149 05 GB SATA 0 OK E MAXTOR 2 ATLAS152_36SAS 34 25 GB SAS Enclosure 0 Slot 8 1 OK m MAXTOR 4 ATLAS15K2_36SAS 34 25 GB SAS Enclosure 0 Slot 1 OK O MAXTOR ATLAS15K2_36SAS 34 25 GB SAS Enclosure 0 Slot 6 1 OK E MAXTOR ATLAS15K2_36SAS 34 25 GB SAS Enclosure 0 Slot 5 1 OK E 7 SAMSUNG HD160JJ 149 05GB SATA 1 OK a MAXTOR 8 ATLAS15K2_36SAS 34 25 GB SAS Enclosure 0 Slot 4 0 OK O MAXTOR Hi ATLAS15K2
189. ecovery to All If you have a BBU you can set rapid recovery to Rebuild as a BBU provides protection against data loss in the event of an unclean shutdown Some limitations of Rapid RAID Recovery www si com channel products 121 Configuring Units 122 Units with Rapid RAID Recovery enabled will not be readable if moved to controllers using pre 9 5 1 firmware If you wish to move the unit to a controller with pre 9 5 1 firmware you must first disable Rapid RAID Recovery Units created on controllers with pre 9 5 1 firmware will not be able to take advantage of Rapid RAID Recovery when the controller is updated to 9 5 1 or later These units will show Rapid RAID Recovery as disabled Since the Rapid RAID Recovery feature tracks areas of the unit where write activity occurs file systems such as FAT FAT32 NTFS and XFS are ideally suited to this implementation For details on other file systems search the LSI Knowledge Base for keyword 15462 use the Advanced Search at https selfservice lsi com service main jsp Protection against unclean shutdowns to provide a fast verification and initialization is the same regardless of the file system Changing or disabling Rapid RAID Recovery Rapid RAID Recovery can only be enabled that is set to All or Rebuild when the unit is created You can change between All and Rebuild at any time However if you disable Rapid RAID Recovery you cannot then enable it To change or disable R
190. ee 244 Problems in 3DM and 3BM 0 cece tee 245 Error and Notification Messages 0 eee teas 246 Error and Notification Message Details 0 0 0 e eee eee eee 251 Ye 01 lt 1 a 0 jeep aI aan i ei eS Se ANR 302 Glossaly feces te ecient eh eee tea ie tants Me de eaiae Geo 303 Software Installation 0 0 00 e eee 310 Installing Software 2 c eee ii eyed Beta d aA Ape be aad wd a yet 310 Installing Software from a Graphical User Interface GUI 310 Installing Software on Linux from the Command Line 314 Uninstalling 3ware Software 0 0 0 0 cette ae 316 Uninstalling 3ware Software under Microsoft Windows 316 Uninstalling 3ware Software under Linux 000 cee ee eee ee 316 3ware SATA SAS RAID Controller Card Software User Guide Version 10 0 Compliance and Conformity Statements 0 000 e eee eee 317 FCC Radio Frequency Interference Statement 00000 eee eee 317 Canadian Compliance Statement 0 000 cece eens 318 European Community Conformity Statement 0 002 e eee eee 318 Warranty Technical Support and Service 000 cece eee eee ee 319 Limited Warranty seii ecko Gee ie aie Ea Rie a ate See ade eae oe Blakes 319 Warranty Service and RMA Process 0000 cece eee eee eee eae 320 LSI Technical Support and Services 0 00 cee eee eee ene 321
191. eferences Table 7 List of 3DM 2 Pages 3DM 2 Page Description Enclosure Details Shows details about a particular enclosure including status page information You can also use this page to blink the LED for a particular drive To view this page click the ID number of the Enclosure on the Enclosure Summary page 3DM 2 Settings Lets you set preferences including email notification for page alarms passwords page refresh frequency whether remote access is permitted whether command logging is enabled and the incoming port which 3DM 2 will use for listening To view this page click 3DM 2 Settings on the menu bar Setting Up 3DM 2 Preferences The 3DM 2 Settings page lets you define preference settings that affect the overall operation of 3DM 2 On the 3DM 2 Settings page you can perform the following tasks e Setting and Changing 3DM 2 Passwords e Managing E mail Event Notification e Enabling and Disabling Remote Access e Setting the Listening Port e Setting the Frequency of Page Refreshes e Controlling Command Logging in 3DM 2 Setting and Changing 3DM 2 Passwords 3DM 2 provides different access levels for users and administrators The Administrator access level allows the user to fully configure 3DM 2 The User access level allows the user to view pages within 3DM 2 These passwords work independently of each other The default password for both the User and Administrator is 3ware Passwords a
192. ement tools 3DM and CLI will be installed you can change the path and directory When you are ready click Next Figure 109 Specify Directory Path Screen Click Next to install 3ware Disk Management Tools to this directory or click Browse to install to a different directory Directory Name C T caProgram Filestaware Browse a a ec 7 Select what components you want to install and click Next 3DM and CLI are applications that let you set up and manage RAID units 3ware SATA SAS RAID Controller Card Software User Guide Version 10 0 Installing Software Figure 110 Select Components to Install Screen Select the component s you would like to install 9 v 3ware Disk Manager 2 3DM2 Web Server Event Monitor 4 Enable Web Interface M WinAvAlarm v Command Line Interface tw_cli a a If you unselect Enable Web Interface the 3DM 2 web interface will not be enabled 8 On the summary screen review the installation that is about to occur If you want to make changes use Back to move back through the screens When you are ready click Install to continue Figure 111 Installation Summary Screen Please read the summary information below 3ware Disk Management Tools will be installed in the following location C Program Files 3ware with the following features Sware Disk Manager 2 3DM2 Web Server Event Monitor Enable Web Interface WinAVvAlarm Command Line Inter
193. emperature falls outside the normal range warning or error level AENs are generated based on the measured temperature In the case of a temperature error the BBU status will change to Fault and the battery will be disconnected electronically Estimated Backup Capacity Indicates the estimated backup capacity in hours This is the amount of time that the battery backup unit can protect the data in the 3ware RAID controller s cache memory This field is set to zero at the start of a new test and is updated after the test completes A capacity of zero will also show if the BBU is disconnected and then reconnected Under optimal conditions a battery can protect for up to 72 hours However with a fresh battery you may see a higher number in this field As the battery ages the backup capacity diminishes Last Capacity Test Indicates the date when the last battery test was completed To test the battery click the Test Battery Capacity link For details see Testing Battery Capacity on page 187 Battery Installation Date Indicates when the BBU last detected the battery pack was removed and replaced 3ware SATA SAS RAID Controller Card Software User Guide Version 10 0 Enclosure Summary page Enclosure Summary page Figure 104 Enclosure Summary Page w fe ware 3DM2 Enclosure Support a X my Page Tools Sd 3wares 3DM 2 vnn 6FS6RZ2MJGV windows Server 2008 Standard x64 Edition S Administrator logged
194. enabled immediately Using Auto Carving for Multi LUN Support Auto carving is useful for creating multiple volumes out of large arrays at the hardware level Then when you boot to the operating system each volume appears as a different disk drive simplifying the partitioning required at the operating system level A second use of auto carving is to gain use of the full capacity of units greater than 2 TB in older operating systems This is because Windows 2003 32 bit and 64 bit without SP1 and Windows XP 32 bit do not currently recognize unit capacity in excess of 2 TB For more information see search the LSI Knowledge Base for keyword 13431 use the Advanced Search at https selfservice lsi com service main jsp When the Auto Carving policy is on any new unit larger than a specified size known as the carve size will be created as multiple volumes that can be addressed by the operating system as separate volumes These chunks are sometimes known as multiple LUNs logical units However throughout the 3ware documentation they are referred to as volumes For example using the default carve size of 2 TB if the unit is 2 5 TB then it will contain two volumes with the first volume containing 2TB and the second volume containing 0 5 TB If the unit is 5 0 TB then it will contain 3 volumes with the first two volumes containing 2 TB each and the last volume containing 1 TB Note If a specific Boot Volume was also specified in 3BM
195. enclosure 8003 Enclosure fan added Event Type Information Cause Applies to 9750 and 9690SA controllers A fan has been added to the enclosure or an existing fan has been plugged in Action None required 8004 Enclosure fan unknown Event Type Warning Cause Applies to 9750 and 9690SA controllers The enclosure is unable to recognize the fan The fan may not be seated correctly or may be malfunctioning 290 3ware SATA SAS RAID Controller Card Software User Guide Version 10 0 Error and Notification Messages Action Reseat the fan If it is necessary to replace the fan see your enclosure documentation or contact your enclosure manufacturer 8005 Enclosure fan off Event Type Warning Cause Applies to 9750 and 9690SA controllers An enclosure fan has been turned off It is no longer cooling the enclosure Action The enclosure normally controls the on off function of the fan If there is no over heating problem no action is necessary 8020 Enclosure temp normal Event Type Information Cause Applies to 9750 and 9690SA controllers The enclosure temperature is now back within the acceptable range Action None required 8021 Enclosure temp low Event Type Information Cause Applies to 9750 and 9690SA controllers www si com channel products 291 Troubleshooting The enclosure temperature is lower than normal Action In general cooler operating temperatures are good for e
196. enclosure Stripe size The size of the data written to each disk drive in RAID unit levels that support striping The size of stripes can be set for a given unit 3ware SATA SAS RAID Controller Card Software User Guide Version 10 0 during configuration The stripe size is user configurable at 64 KB 128 KB or 256 KB This stripe size is sometimes referred as a minor stripe size A major stripe size is equal to the minor stripe size times the number of disks in the unit e Striping The process of breaking up files into smaller sizes and distributing the data amongst two or more drives Since smaller amounts of data are written to multiple disk drives simultaneously this results in an increase in performance Striping occurs in RAID 0 5 6 10 and 50 e Subunit A logical unit of storage that is part of another unit For example the mirrored pairs RAID 1 in a RAID 10 unit are subunits of the RAID 10 unit e Unit ID A unique identifier for a specific unit in a system e Unit Number The SCSI number or channel number of a particular unit e Unit A logical unit of storage which the operating system treats as a single drive A unit may consist of a single drive or several drives Also known as an array e Verify A process that confirms the validity of the redundant data in a redundant unit Fora RAID 1 and RAID 10 unit a verify will compare the data of one mirror with the other For RAID 5 RAID 6 and RAID 50 a verify
197. ent occurs through both a popup message and an audible alert You can configure the alert settings to specify types of events you want to be notified of Errors Warnings or Information WinAVAlarm is a stand alone utility and does not require 3DM to be running unlike e mail notification After it is installed an icon for it appears in your System tray 3ware SATA SAS RAID Controller Card Software User Guide Version 10 0 Alarms Errors and Other Events To change the alert utility settings 1 Double click on the WinAVAlarm icon in the system tray Figure 64 WinAVAlarm in the Windows System Tray Beequs Audible visual Alarm A O 11 21AM 2 In the Windows Audible Visual Alarm window select the types of alerts you want to be notified of If you want to turn off the sound alarm and only have a pop up message appear check the Audio Off button Figure 65 WinAVAlarm Popup Window B windows Audible Visual Alarm wd Pop Up On i J Information D Audio Off I Waring OK Open Browser M Eror If you wish you can open 3DM from this window by clicking Open Browser This can be useful when you receive a message because the 3DM Alarms page allows you to easily access online help associated with the events 3 Click OK to close the window and accept any changes you have made www lsi com channel products 149 Maintaining Units Downloading an Error Log You can download an error log containing informati
198. ent order than they initially occupied without harm to the data e Distributed parity Parity error correction code data is distributed across several drives in RAID 5 RAID 6 and RAID 50 configurations Distributing parity data across drives provides both protection of data and good performance 304 3ware SATA SAS RAID Controller Card Software User Guide Version 10 0 e Drive ID A unique identifier for a specific drive in a system Also called a port ID e Drive Number The SCSI number or channel number of a particular drive e ECC Error correction code ECC Errors are grown defects that have occurred on a drive since it was last read e ECC Error policy Determines whether an error detected during a rebuild stops the rebuild or whether the rebuild can continue in spite of the error Specified by the Ignore ECC Continue on Source Error When Rebuilding unit policy e Enclosure An enclosure houses drives and a backplane The backplane may have an expander e Expander Expanders are simple switches in enclosures that provide connectivity between the 3ware 9750 RAID controller and the other devices in the SAS domain Expanders allow one phy to connect to multiple drives e Export a unit To remove the association of a unit with a controller Does not affect the data on the drives Used for array roaming when you want to swap out a unit without powering down the system and move the unit to another controller Compare to Del
199. er Insert a USB drive into your computer Unzip the driver file to the USB drive Installing the 3ware Driver and Windows on a New RAID Unit If you want to install Windows on a new drive configuration managed by the 3ware RAID controller follow the instructions in this section 34 If Windows is already installed on another drive turn to Installing the 3ware Driver on a Windows System that Boots from a Different Device on page 36 3ware SATA SAS RAID Controller Card Software User Guide Version 10 0 Driver Installation Under Windows To install Windows 2003 and the 3ware driver 1 Boot from the Windows Server 2003 installation CD and press F6 when you see the message Press F6 if you need to install a 3rd party SCSI or RAID driver at the bottom of the display When you see the message Setup could not determine the type of one or more mass storage devices or you have chosen to manually specify an adapter Type S to specify that you have an additional 3ware RAID controller Insert the 3ware driver disk and press Enter When a box with LSI 3ware 9750 RAID Controller appears press Enter to select it Type S if you have additional devices to add Otherwise press Enter If the Digital Signature Not Found message appears click Yes to continue the installation If there are multiple controllers in the system you will see this message once for each controller Continue with the normal Windo
200. er was configured without problems but the system does not boot 244 The problem could be one or more of the following The BIOS may have changed the order of the boot devices Check your system BIOS boot sequence The 3ware BIOS will only boot from the first unit listed in 3BM You can change the unit from which the 3ware controller boots by moving it to the top of the list of units by highlighting the unit and pressing the Page Up Page Down keys The operating system is installed on a device that is not in your system s boot order Use your system s Setup utility to include the StorSwitch controller in the boot order If your operating system was installed before you configured your RAID units you may have overwritten your operating system Remember that creating or deleting a RAID unit overwrites any existing data on the member drives Reinstall your operating system There may be a compatibility problem between the motherboard system BIOS and the 3ware BIOS Check the LSI website to see if your motherboard is compatible with the 3ware BIOS and check with your motherboard manufacturer for potential BIOS updates Interoperability 3ware SATA SAS RAID Controller Card Software User Guide Version 10 0 Problems and Solutions information is available at http www si com channel support marketing_resources index html A unit shows up as unusable because of missing drives Unusable Arrays 3 drive 64K RAID 5 558 77 G
201. ete which erases all unit configuration information from the drive e Exportable unit or drive In 3BM BIOS exportable units and drives are those that will be available to the operating system when you boot your computer e Fault tolerant A RAID unit which provides the ability to recover from a failed drive either because the data is duplicated as when drives are mirrored or because of error checking as in a RAID 5 unit e Firmware Computer programming instructions that are stored in a read only memory on the controller rather than being implemented through software e Grown defect Defects that arise on a disk from daily use e Hot spare A drive that is available online and designated as a spare When a drive fails in a redundant unit causing the unit to become degraded a hot spare can replace the failed drive automatically and the unit will be rebuilt e Hot swapping The process of removing a disk drive from the system while the power is on Hot swapping can be used to remove units with data on them when they are installed in hot swap bays Hot swapping can also be used to remove and replaced failed drives when a hot swap bay is used www si com channel products 305 Glossary e importa unit Attach a set of disk drives with an existing configuration to a controller and make the controller aware of the unit Does not affect the data on the drives e initialize For 3ware SATA RAID controllers initialize mean
202. example using the default carve size if the unit is 2 5 TB then it will contain two volumes with the first volume containing 2 TB and the second volume 3ware SATA SAS RAID Controller Card Software User Guide Version 10 0 Controller Settings page containing 0 5 TB If the unit is 5 0 TB then it will contain 3 volumes with the first two volumes containing 2 TB each and the last volume containing 1 TB Carve Size Sets a size for dividing up units into volumes when Auto Carving is enabled This setting can be between 1024 and 2048 GB Number of Drives Per Spin up Number of drives that will spin up at the same time when the controller is powered up This setting only applies when the feature is supported by the disk drives Delay between Spin ups The delay time in seconds between drive groups that spin up at one time on this particular controller Export Unconfigured Disks This setting is not available for 9750 controllers Number of Controller Phys The number of phy connections possible on the controller The 3ware 9750 RAID controller has 8 phys Update Firmware The Update Firmware function allows you to update the firmware of your 3ware RAID controller to the latest version which allows you to take advantage of new features and fixes For additional information see Updating the Firmware Through 3DM 2 on page 179 www si com channel products 215 3DM 2 Reference Scheduling page Figure 97 Scheduling P
203. f FA it Alt Fi te Alt a Alt Enter If a hot spare is already enabled you can disable it by pressing s again If you are finished making changes in 3BM press F8 to save the changes and exit Note If the drive you designated as a spare is not large enough to replace a failed drive in a fault tolerant unit or if there is not a fault tolerant unit for the spare to support 3BM will notify you Naming a Unit Units can be given unique names to more easily identify them A unit can be assigned a name when it is created It can also be named or renamed at a later time To name or rename a unit through 3DM 2 1 Make sure the appropriate controller is selected in the drop down list at the right of the menu bar Choose Management gt Controller Settings from the menu bar in 3DM 2 In the Unit Names section of the Controller Settings page locate the unit for which you want to change the name In the text box enter or type over the name shown A name can be up to 21 characters and can include dashes and underscores Click the Save Names button Note If you want to cancel your change before saving it click the Reset Names button 106 3ware SATA SAS RAID Controller Card Software User Guide Version 10 0 Setting Unit Policies To name or rename a unit through 3BM 1 At the main 3BM screen select the unit by highlighting it and pressing Enter An asterisk appears in the left most column to indicate that it
204. f you have a degraded unit or problem drive see Maintaining Units on page 139 238 3ware SATA SAS RAID Controller Card Software User Guide Version 10 0 Before Contacting Customer Support Before Contacting Customer Support Four screens in 3DM 2 provide controller version and status information that can be helpful when contacting 3ware Customer Support with questions or for troubleshooting Controller Summary Controller Details Unit Information and Enclosure Summary The Controller Details and Unit Information screens are available from the Information tab Enclosure Summary is available from the Monitor tab You can copy and paste the information from these screens into an email using the system clipboard When each page is displayed on the screen highlight it using your mouse or press Ctrl A to select all text press Ctrl C to copy it to the clipboard and then Ctrl V to paste it into an e mail You may also want to take a screen capture of these pages so that you can respond to questions about your system configuration to the Customer Support representative Additional useful information can be gathered from the error logs For instructions for collecting error logs search the LSI Knowledge Base for keyword 12278 use the Advanced Search at https selfservice lsi com service main jsp Basic Troubleshooting Check This First Many error messages can be traced to improperly connected hardware Hardware can appear to be
205. face tw_cli for a total size 86 6 MB a E E www Isi com channel products 313 Software Installation 9 When the final installation screen lets you know that installation is complete click Finish Figure 112 Final Installation Screen Please read the summary information below The InstallShield Wizard has successfully installed 3ware Disk Management Tools Choose Finish to exit the wizard Installation debug file written to j C UserstrootAppDatalLocaliTemp 3wareDebugF ile Installing Software on Linux from the Command Line The following steps describe how to install software on Linux at a command line using a console application To install software on Linux from the command line 1 Navigate to the folder containing the installer for your operating system and processor type x86 or x64 It will be one of the following packages linux x86 packages linux x86_64 2 Type name of install file console and press Enter The install file name will be one of the following depending on your operating system and processor type setupLinux_x86 bin console setupLinux_x64 bin console 3 After you press Enter the application starts in text mode 4 Respond to each screen as it walks you through the installation process 314 3ware SATA SAS RAID Controller Card Software User Guide Version 10 0 Installing Software The Console installati
206. faces Combined with an advanced RAID management feature set that includes web based command based and API application programming interface software components LSI RAID controllers provide compelling RAID solutions This section introduces the features and concepts of 3ware RAID controllers It is organized into the following topics e Highlights of the 10 0 Release e System Requirements e Understanding RAID Concepts and Levels e 3ware Tools for Configuration and Management e Monitoring Maintenance and Troubleshooting Features Highlights of the 10 0 Release Version 10 0 of the 3ware RAID Software and Firmware provides the following features and benefits to the 3ware 9750 model RAID controllers e Support for 6 Gbps SATA SAS RAID On a Chip devices available on the 3ware 9750 RAID controllers with continued support for the 3ware RAID software feature set e Read cache settings let you enable either Basic Read Caching or Intelligent Read Caching to improve performance e Background task mode provides low latency settings to improve performance in video and audio applications e Enclosure alarm support allows you to turn off or mute audible alarms in supported enclosures that provide alarms www si com channel products 1 Introducing the LSI 3ware SATA SAS RAID Controller Card e Advanced Content Streaming a performance feature provides increased speeds for streamed data such as video playback and editing through
207. failed e RAID 1 and RAID 10 units each use mirroring to achieve fault tolerance Identical data is stored on two or more drives to protect against drive failure e RAID 5 RAID 6 and RAID 50 units achieve fault tolerance by using a simple exclusive OR function to generate the parity data that is distributed on all drives e RAID 6 adds an extra level of protection over RAID 5 by generating a second parity when data is written This allows two drives to fail without compromising data integrity especially on larger units When one of the drives in a fault tolerant unit fails or is removed or unplugged the unit is said to be degraded 3ware SATA SAS RAID Controller Card Software User Guide Version 10 0 About Inoperable Units You can still read and write data from a degraded unit but the unit will not be fault tolerant until it is rebuilt using the Rebuild feature When a RAID unit becomes degraded it is marked as such and the drive s that failed are marked as Not In Use in the 3BM screens and Degraded in the 3DM 2 pages If supported by your enclosure the LED for failed drives may turn red You should replace the failed drive and rebuild the unit as soon as it is convenient to do so The unit will not be fault tolerant until it has been rebuilt Rebuilding can occur automatically depending on your settings For more information see Rebuilding Units on page 160 About Inoperable Units Locating a Units become in
208. feature to try out the configuration setting If the configuration is not correct you will see an error message at the top of the page If you do receive an error disable the setting and try the test again 3 Click Save E mail Settings To send a test message You can send a test message to make sure you ve entered the e mail notification settings correctly e Click Send Test Message Enabling and Disabling Remote Access When remote access is enabled a user can connect to 3DM 2 over the internet or an intranet to check status or administer the controller and associated drives See Viewing 3DM 2 Remotely Using a Web Browser on page 65 If remote access is disabled and a user attempts to connect to 3DM 2 remotely they will see the following error message Remote Access to 3DM 2 has been disabled Please connect using the local machine by entering localhost in the URL bar Remote access can be enabled or disabled on the 3DM 2 Settings page To enable or disable remote access 1 Click 3DM 2 Settings on the menu bar 2 Inthe Remote Access section of the 3DM 2 Settings page select either Enabled or Disabled in the Allow Remote Connections field www si com channel products 73 3DM 2 3ware Disk Manager Introduction The page refreshes and a message at the top of the screen confirms that remote access has been enabled or disabled Setting the Listening Port You can set the port which 3DM 2 uses t
209. features are supported refer to the documentation for your enclosure This chapter describes how to view and locate enclosure specific hardware For information about identifying drives in an enclosure see Locating a Drive by Blinking Its LED on page 145 Details about enclosure management are organized into the following topics e Viewing a List of Enclosures e Checking Enclosure Component Status e Locating a Specific Enclosure Component e Working with Enclosure Alarms e Downloading an Enclosure Diagnostic Log 190 3ware SATA SAS RAID Controller Card Software User Guide Version 10 0 Viewing a List of Enclosures Viewing a List of Enclosures If you have multiple enclosures attached to your 3ware RAID controller you can see a list of them To see a list of enclosures in 3DM 2 e Choose Monitor gt Enclosure Support from the menu The Enclosure Summary screen appears Figure 82 Enclosure Summary page ar A dh is Page G Tools z Administrator logged in Logout A ee 3ware 3DM2 Enclosure Support 3wares 3DM 2 vnn 6FS6RZ2MJGV Windows Server 2008 Standard x64 Edition S Summary Information Management Monitor 3DM 2 Settings Help Refresh Enclosure Support ATi evn a elilice i iam Controller ID 0 9750 8i Enclosure Summary Temp Power Sensor Supply OK LSILOGIC SASX36 A 0 24 24 3 25 0 Vendor Product ID Slots Drives Fans jo To see details about a
210. fer rates because they can read and write data on more than one drive simultaneously The stripe size is configurable during unit creation RAID 0 requires a minimum of two drives When drives are configured in a striped disk array see Figure 2 large files are distributed across the multiple disks using RAID 0 techniques Striped disk arrays give exceptional performance particularly for data intensive applications such as video editing computer aided design and geographical information systems RAID 0 arrays are not fault tolerant The loss of any drive results in the loss of all the data in that array and can even cause a system hang depending on your operating system RAID 0 arrays are not recommended for high availability systems unless additional precautions are taken to prevent system hangs and data loss Figure 2 RAID 0 Configuration Example RAID 0 480 GB 64K Stripe olola 120GB 120GB 120GB 120GB RAID 1 RAID 1 provides fault tolerance and a speed advantage over non RAID disks RAID 1 is also known as a mirrored array Mirroring is done on pairs of drives Mirrored disk arrays write the same data to two different drives using RAID 1 algorithms see Figure 3 This gives your system fault tolerance by preserving the data on one drive if the other drive fails Fault tolerance is a basic requirement for critical systems like web and database servers 3ware uses a patented technology TwinStor on RAID 1 a
211. few settings that let you customize the behavior of the BIOS for the selected controller You can access these settings by selecting Settings gt BIOS Settings from the 3BM BIOS Manager screen 56 3ware SATA SAS RAID Controller Card Software User Guide Version 10 0 Adjusting BIOS Option Settings Figure 25 3BM BIOS Option Settings ia the options below you can set various parameters that customize BIOS behavior lt These settings apply to the currently selected board only and will persist through power cycles Display Control Full Array View Expanded Pause Time 6 seconds Full Screen Control No Key Load Control Enabled OK Hot Key alt 3 Require Pas rd Disabled I 1 Change Pas rd Select full details units only or a summary display te Enter Alt Fi Esc Power On Self Test POST Display Options Display Control Specifies what level of detail to display on the start up screen e Full displays all available information about the items attached to the controller including available drives hot spares and configured units e Unit Only displays only configured units e Summary displays a one sentence description of the items attached to the controller Array View Specifies what level of information to show about configured units on the start up screen e Expanded lists each unit and shows the specific drives that make up the unit e Collapsed lists only the configured units Pause Time Sets the n
212. fl LSI 3ware SATA SAS Controller Card Software User Guide Supports the 9750 41 and 9750 81 Models ovember 2009 User Guide Document Description Document 45414 00 Rev A November 2009 This document will remain the official reference source for all revisions and releases of this product until rescinded by an update Disclaimer It is the policy of LSI Corporation to improve products as new technology components software and firmware become available LSI reserves the right to make changes to any products herein at any time without notice All features functions and operations described herein may not be marketed by LSI in all parts of the world In some instances photographs and figures are of equipment prototypes Therefore before using this document consult your LSI representative for information that is applicable and current LSI DOES NOT ASSUME ANY RESPONSIBILITY OR LIABILITY FOR THE USE OF ANY PRODUCTS DESCRIBED HEREIN EXCEPT AS EXPRESSLY AGREED TO IN WRITING BY LSI LSI products are not intended for use in life support appliances devices or systems Use of any LSI product in such applications without written consent of the appropriate LSI officer is prohibited License Restriction The purchase or use of an LSI Corporation product does not convey a license under any patent copyright trademark or other intellectual property right of LSI or third parties Copyright Notice 2009 LSI Corporation All ri
213. formation page Capacity The physical capacity of the drive Note that the capacity as shown on 3DM 2 screen is calculated as 1 KB 1024 This amount may differ from the capacity that is printed on the disk drive where it typically has been calculated as 1 KB 1000 Consequently the capacity of the drive may appear smaller in the 3DM 2 screens No storage capacity is actually lost the size has simply been calculated differently for consistency Type The type of drive SATA or SAS Phy The number of the controller phy to which the drive is connected Click the link to go to the Controller Phy Summary page For details see Controller Phy Summary page on page 210 Slot The number of the enclosure slot in which the drive is located Click the link to go to the Enclosure Details page Unit The unit the drive belongs to if applicable Status The status of the drive OK Not Supported Not Present and so forth If you need help regarding a status displayed here please contact Technical Support For more information see Drive Statuses on page 144 unit shown on the Unit Information page Different status information is provided for Note In most cases the status of the drive will not correspond to the status of the drives and for units Identify Check this box to cause the LED for this drive to blink in the enclosure If the box is grayed identify is not supported www lsi com channel products 207 3DM
214. fourth drives are mirrored as a second fault tolerant array using RAID 1 The two mirrored arrays are then grouped as a striped RAID 0 array using a two tier structure Higher data transfer rates are achieved by leveraging TwinStor and striping the arrays 8 3ware SATA SAS RAID Controller Card Software User Guide Version 10 0 Understanding RAID Concepts and Levels In addition RAID 10 arrays offer a higher degree of fault tolerance than RAID 1 and RAID 5 since the array can sustain multiple drive failures without data loss For example in a twelve drive RAID 10 array up to six drives can fail half of each mirrored pair and the array will continue to function Please note that if both halves of a mirrored pair in the RAID 10 array fail then all of the data will be lost Figure 6 RAID 10 Configuration Example RAID 10 240 GB 120 GB 120 GB striped together RAID 1 RAID 1 120 GB 120 GB 240 GB 120 GB for mirror 240 GB 120 GB for mirror a aaa Ee a lt a 120GB 120GB 120GB 120 GB RAID 50 is a combination of RAID 5 with RAID 0 This array type provides fault tolerance and high performance RAID 50 requires a minimum of six drives Several combinations are available with RAID 50 For example on a 12 port controller you can have a grouping of 3 4 or 6 drives A grouping of 3 means that the RAID 5 arrays used have 3 disks each four of these 3 drive RAID 5 arrays are striped together to form the 12 drive RAID 50 array On
215. ge 123 www si com channel products 143 Maintaining Units e Migrate Paused The unit is in the process of migrating however scheduling is enabled and the present time is not during a scheduled timeslot Migrating will start at the next scheduled time slot Migration is also paused for up to ten minutes after a reboot even during a scheduled timeslot e Degraded One or more drives in the redundant unit is no longer being used by the controller For more information see About Degraded Units on page 144 e Inoperable This is a condition where one or more drives are missing from a unit causing the unit to no longer be available to the operating system Data on an inoperable unit cannot be accessed For more information see About Inoperable Units on page 145 Drive Statuses The following is a list of drive statuses you may see in 3DM 2 e OK The drive is fine and is functioning normally e Not Present No drive is present in this slot e Drive Removed The drive has been removed e Other A number of other drive statuses may appear in the event of a problem If you have a question about a status shown contact LSI customer support knowing the exact drive status can help trouble shoot the problem About Degraded Units 144 Fault tolerant RAID units provide data redundancy by duplicating information on multiple drives These RAID units make it possible to continue use even if one of the drives in the unit has
216. gement gt Maintenance On the Maintenance page Remove Drive links appear next to all drives that can be removed from units and next to drives in the Available Drives list 2 Locate the drive you want to remove and click the Remove Drive link Figure 3 When 3DM 2 asks you to confirm that you want to remove the drive click OK You can now remove the drive from your system If you removed a drive that was part of a unit the unit will become degraded as shown in Figure 60 Figure 60 Result of Removing Drive from Unit in 3DM 2 A eos n Z 3waree 3DM 2 amec windows Server 2003 Service Pack 1 v 1433 Administrator logean Logout Summary Information Management Monitor 3DM 2 Settings Help Refresh Maintenance Syria etic tame Controller ID O 9750 41 E Successfully removed drive from Port 0 You may now unplug it from the controller Rescan Controller This will scan all ports for newly inserted drives units Unit Maintenance Controller ID 0 AID 5 3 drives es 298 00 GB Zygote3 VPort 3 SAMSUNG HD160JJ 149 05 GB OK NOT PRESENT VPort 1 SAMSUNG HD160JJ 149 05 GB OK Verify Unit Rebuild Unit Migrate Unit Remove Unit Delete Unit Before removing or deleting a unit make sure there is no I O on the unit and unmount it Available Drives Controller ID 0 vPort Model Capacity Type Phy Sit Status _ NO DRIVES www si com channel products 137 Configuring Units Res
217. ges for your system to install the Windows operating system and the 3ware driver Materials Required e LSI 3ware CD e Microsoft Windows installation media Not required if Windows is already installed on another drive e Floppy diskette or USB drive to create a driver disk if required www si com channel products 33 Driver Installation Creating a 3ware Driver Disk If you are installing Windows on a new unit or drive managed by the 3ware RAID controller you can create a driver disk or install the driver from the 3ware CD To create a driver floppy diskette 1 Insert the 3ware CD into your Windows system Autorun should start the 3ware menu program If it does not open My Computer from within the Windows Explorer select the CD right click and choose AutoPlay When the License screen appears review and agree to the license in order to continue When the 3ware Menu appears click Driver Disk Images In the 3ware Driver Disk Images menu click the appropriate button to create the driver diskette that you need Note that there are both 32 bit and 64 bit drivers available for Windows Be sure to select the correct one When the confirm message appears insert a blank diskette into a floppy drive and click the Yes button to begin the process To copy the driver to a USB drive 1 2 3 4 Insert the 3ware CD into your Windows system On the CD navigate to packages images and locate the appropriate driv
218. gged in Logout Summary Information Management Monitor 3DM 2 Settings Help Refresh Enclosure Details AELE Controller ID 0 9750 8i X Enclosure ID 0 Status OK Vendor LSILOGIC Product ID SASX36 A 0 Revision Diagnostic Diagnostic Text Controller ID 0 Audio Alarm Status Audibility Audio Alarm information is not available 0 OK ON Lowest 6360 O 1 OK ON Lowest 6480 O 2 OK ON Lowest 6540 Ci Temp Sensor Status Temperature Identify 0 OK 31 C 87 F E 1 OK 33 C 91 F E 0 OK ON NORMAL NORMAL m 1 OK ON NORMAL NORMAL O 0 OK 8 0 1 OK 9 oO 2 OK 10 G 3 OK 411 m 4 OK 44 mj The Enclosure Details page appears when you click the ID of an enclosure on the Enclosure Summary page Use this page to view information about the enclosure fans temp sensors power supplies and drive slots Information about the Enclosure Details page is organized under these headings Enclosure ID Fan Summary Temp Sensor Summary Power Supply Summary Slot Summary 3ware SATA SAS RAID Controller Card Software User Guide Version 10 0 Enclosure Details page Enclosure ID Status The status of the enclosure Vendor The manufacturer of the enclosure Product ID The product ID of the enclosure Revision The manufacturer s revision number for the enclosure Diagnostic Click the Diagnostic Text link to download a log of enclosure diagnostic information to your computer If you contact LSI for support with your contro
219. gh your web browser e In the address line of your browser enter the URL or IP address of the system containing the 3ware RAID controller If you do not know the URL or IP address for the system you can contact your network administrator or from a Windows command prompt type ipconfig From a Linux command prompt type ifconfig Note When using 3DM 2 to access a remote system and auto logout is enabled the time on the local system must match the time on the file server If the time varies by more than 30 minutes it will not be possible to remotely monitor the system you will not be able to log in If you are in a different time zone you must first change the time of the local system to match the time of the remote system Working with the 3DM 2 Screens 3DM 2 s features are organized on a series of pages you view in your browser After you log in to 3DM 2 the Summary page shows a list of controllers installed in the computer at the URL you specified Note If you expect to see a controller that is not listed it may not be compatible with the driver that is loaded a firmware flash upgrade may be required www si com channel products 65 3DM 2 3ware Disk Manager Introduction Figure 28 3DM 2 Main Screen System name and operating system Online Help Address of the system to which jaaEMl Sos one you are d 2 3ware 3DM 2 amcc Windows Server 2003 Service Pack 1 v 1433 Administrator loggedin Logout
220. ghts reserved Trademark Acknowledgments LSI the LSI logo design 3ware 3DM StorSwitch and TwinStor are all registered trademarks of LSI Corporation StorSave and StreamFusion are trademarks of LSI Linux is a registered trademark of Linus Torvalds in the United States other countries or both SUSE is a registered trademark of Novell Inc Windows is a registered trademark of Microsoft Corporation in the United States and other countries Firefox is a registered trademark of the Mozilla Foundation Safari is a registered trademark of Apple Inc registered in the U S and other countries PCI Express is a registered trademark of PCI SIG All other brand and product names may be trademarks of their respective companies Table of Contents Chapter 1 Chapier 2 Chapter 3 Chapier 4 Chapter 5 Chapier 6 About this User Guide 0 00 eee viii How this User Guide is Organized 1 0 0 0 cect eae ix GONVENTIONS oie cult ee ha ean eter OS rhs Soe telat gi be tes ee x eTel CAAA AEN EE E AE A EEE E E ae bein s x Using the 3ware HTML Bookshelf 00 cece eee xi Introducing the LSI 3ware SATA SAS RAID Controller Card 1 Highlights of the 10 0 Release 0 2 cece 1 System Requirements 0 00 cece eee tee eeee ees 2 Understanding RAID Concepts and Levels 0 00 cece eee eee eee 5 RAID Concepts Ao ai had aaa a i hit edad hee bh be Sch ane EAE 5 A
221. guring Units N Nn A Note The unit to be migrated must be in a normal state not degraded initializing or rebuilding before starting the migration Click the Migrate Unit button The Migrate dialog box appears Select any drives to be added to the unit Select the new RAID level Optionally select a new Stripe size Click OK The Maintenance page updates to show the new unit and the Migration progress Inform the operating system of the change as described below under Informing the Operating System of Changed Configuration Expanding Unit Capacity 126 You can expand a unit s capacity by adding one or more drives to it without changing the RAID level except for singles and RAID 1 units Since a single can only have one drive and a RAID 1 can only have two drives if you add a drive to either the RAID level must be changed For example for a RAID 5 with 3 drives you can change the capacity by adding a forth drive Expanding unit capacity can be accomplished while the unit is online without experiencing any data loss This process is also referred to as Online Capacity Expansion OCE To expand a unit s capacity 1 2 In 3DM 2 choose Management gt Maintenance In the Unit Maintenance table on the Maintenance Page select the unit you wish to expand by checking the box next to the Unit ID Click the Migrate Unit button The Migrate dialog box appears listing the drives which can be adde
222. have been recorded through SMART Self Monitoring Analysis and Reporting Technology If any of the disk drives have detected a threshold exceeded condition then an AEN is logged to the 3DM 2 Alarms page Moreover if anything unusual is found during any self test it will be logged as an Alarm 3ware SATA SAS RAID Controller Card Software User Guide Version 10 0 Maintenance page Figure 98 Maintenance Page Maintenance page A bi k 3wares 3 DM 2 urban qbmuteoiv Windows Server 2003 Service Pack 1 v 1433 Administrator logged in Logout Summary Information Management Monitor 3DM 2 Settings Help Refresh Maintenance RY CTH eeu lam Controller ID O 9750 41 x Rescan Controller This will scan all ports for newly inserted drives units Unit Maintenance Controller ID 0 SG drives RAID G 100 55 GB Zygote 1 VPort 7 MAXTOR ATLAS15K2_365AS VPort 8 MAXTOR ATLAS15K2_365AS VPort 9 MAXTOR ATLAS15K2_365A5 VPort 10 MAXTOR ATLAS15K2_365AS VPort 11 MAXTOR ATLAS15K2_365AS 34 25 GB 34 25 GB 34 25 GB 34 25 GB 34 25 GB Remove Drive me Remove Drive a Remove Drive Remove Drive Remove Drive E RAIDG 100 55 GB Zygote_2 VPort 1 MAXTOR ATLAS15K2_365AS VPort 2 MAXTOR ATLAS15K2_365AS VPort 3 MAXTOR ATLAS15K2_365AS VPort 4 MAXTOR ATLAS15K2_365AS VPort 5 MAXTOR ATLAS15K2_365A5 34 25 GB 34 25 GB 34 25 GB 34 25 GB 34 25 GB Remove Drive Remove Drive x Remove Drive OK Remove Drive OK Remo
223. he Continue on Source Error option in 3BM and the IgnoreECC option in the CLI Queuing Not applicable for SAS drives This policy enables or disables Native Command Queuing NCQ for SATA drives in the unit By default queuing is disabled You can enable it if desired NCQ only operates when the feature is enabled at both the drive and the controller If a drive does not support NCQ the policy setting for the controller is ignored Enabling NCQ can improve performance in many applications it causes command reordering to be done on the drive itself StorSave Profile The StorSave feature includes an option that lets you change the StorSave Profile used for a unit Three profiles are available Protection Balanced and Performance These profiles automatically adjust several different factors that affect protection and performance including whether FUA Forced Unit Access is honored whether Write Journaling is www si com channel products 213 3DM 2 Reference 214 enabled and whether Disable Cache on Degrade is enabled For additional information see Setting the StorSave Profile for a Unit on page 118 Note If the write cache setting is disabled for a unit the StorSave Profile capability does not apply and is automatically disabled Rapid RAID Recovery Determines which Rapid RAID Recovery option to use All Rebuild or Disable All will apply the policy to both rebuilds and unclean shutdowns Rebuild
224. he 3ware RAID controller performs a checksum of the DCB area to ensure consistency Action If this error occurs please contact 3ware technical support at http www si com channel ContactUs for assistance 0028 DCB version unsupported Event Type Error Cause The unit that is connected to your 3ware RAID controller was created on a legacy 3ware product that is incompatible with your new controller During the evolution of the 3ware product line the format of the Drive Configuration Block DCB has been changed to accommodate new features The DCB format expected by the 3ware RAID controller and the DCB that is written on the drive must be compatible If they are not this message is sent Action Return the drives back to their original controller and contact 3ware technical support at http www lsi com channel ContactUs for further assistance 264 3ware SATA SAS RAID Controller Card Software User Guide Version 10 0 Error and Notification Messages 0029 Verify started Event Type Information Cause The 3ware RAID controller has started verifying the data integrity of a unit The verification functions for different RAID levels are as follows e Single Verify Media scan e RAID 0 Verify Media scan e RAID 1 and 10 Verify Comparison of mirror sides e RAID 5 6 and 50 Verify Comparison of parity data with user data Action Allow verify to complete to identify any possible data integrity issues See A
225. he command logging control in 3DM 2 only determines whether or not commands are logged from the 3DM 2 interface Command logging is also available for configuration changes made through the CLI However control of whether CLI command logging is enabled or disabled is handled separately Changing the setting within 3 DM 2 does not affect command logging from CLI For more information see the 3ware SATA SAS RAID Controller Card CLI Guide Version 10 0 Where to find the command logging file tw_mgmt log Under Linux tw_mgmt logisinthe var log directory For Windows Vista and Windows Server 2008 tw_mgmt log is in ProgramData 3ware Note that ProgramData is a hidden folder by default For earlier versions of Windows tw_mgmt log is in Documents and Settings All Users Application Data 3ware 76 3ware SATA SAS RAID Controller Card Software User Guide Version 10 0 Configuring Your Controller This section describes how to view details about the controller check its status and change configuration settings that affect the controller and all of the drives connected to it It is organized into the following sections e Viewing Information About a Controller e About Controller Policies e Viewing Controller Policies e Setting the Auto Rebuild Policy e Using Auto Carving for Multi LUN Support e Setting the Size of Volumes Created with Auto Carving e Enabling and Setting Up Staggered Spin up e Viewing Informati
226. he menu bar 2 Ifyou have a direct attached drive you can access the Controller Phy Summary page from the Information gt Drive Information page by clicking the phy ID for the drive Otherwise navigate to the Management gt Controller Settings page www si com channel products 87 Configuring Your Controller 3 Under Other Controller Settings click the link for Number of Controller Phys Figure 37 Phy Summary Page Administrator logged in _Logout Summary Information Management Monitor 3DM 2 Settings Help 2 3war 3DM 2 urban qbmuteoiv Windows Server 2003 Service Pack 1 v 1433 Refresh Drive Information Byte TETE Controller ID 0 9750 41 Controller Phy Summary Controller ID 0 Phy SAS Address Link Enabled Link Control Type D O 500050E000000122 1 5 Gbps Ato E SATA VPort 6 1 500050E000000122 3 0 Gbps Ato E sATA VPort 12 2 s00050E000000122 3 0 Gbps Auto SATA VPort 13 3 500050E000000122 3 0 Gbps ato SATA VPort 14 4 00060E000000126 3 0 Gbps Auto Enclosure 5 S00050E000000126 3 0 Gbps Auto Enclosure 6 S00050E000000126 3 0 Gbps Auto Enclosure 7 800050E000000126 3 0 Gbps Auto gt Enclosure For details about the columns on this page see Controller Phy Summary page on page 210 To see information for a phy in 3BM 1 On the main 3BM screen Tab to Information and press Enter 2 On the pop up menu select Phys and press Enter 3 On the Controller P
227. he motherboard or other bootable media The steps you follow to install the driver and make your RAID unit available depend on which version of Linux you are using and whether it will be your boot device This chapter provides step by step instructions for the following e Red Hat Fedora Core Linux Installation e Installing the 3ware Kernel Driver Module while Installing Red Hat Linux on a New Unit on page 42 e Installing the 3ware Kernel Driver Module on a Red Hat or Fedora Core Linux System that Boots From a Different Device on page 43 e SUSE Linux Installation e Installing the 3ware Kernel Driver Module while Installing SUSE Linux on a New Unit on page 47 e Installing the 3ware Kernel Driver Module on a SUSE Linux System that Boots from a Different Device on page 48 The LSI website provides drivers for the latest Linux releases at http www lsi com channel ChannelDownloads Refer to the release notes for more details If you are using an unsupported Linux distribution or kernel for which there is not a driver available from the LSI download page search the LSI Knowledge Base for keyword 14546 use the Advanced Search at https selfservice lsi com service main jsp You can also contact LSI Technical Support or email your driver request to support si com For information about how to compile a driver from the 3ware driver source see the links appended to the Knowledge Base article mentioned above
228. hy Information page use the arrow keys to select the Phy you want to see details about The information displays on the right Figure 38 Controller Phy Information page 1 5 Gbps 3 0 Gbps 6 0 Gbps 6 0 Gbps DOOOSOEGOOHAOOOHA None Auto 88 3ware SATA SAS RAID Controller Card Software User Guide Version 10 0 Changing the Phy Link Speed Changing the Phy Link Speed You can change the link speed between the controller and an expander or between the controller and a drive that is directly connected to the controller Typically the phy link speed is set to Auto If desired for compatibility troubleshooting or performance analysis you can specify a specific link speed 1 5 3 0 or 6 0 Gbps To change the phy link speed in 3DM 2 1 On the Controller Phy Summary page identify the phy device for which you wish to change the link speed Direct attached drives are identified by their VPort ID In the Link Control drop down menu select the desired speed 6 Gbps 3 Gbps 1 5 Gbps or Auto The link speed is now reset For details about the information displayed on this screen see Controller Phy Summary page on page 210 Figure 39 Controller Phy Summary page 2 3ware 3DM 2 urban qbmuteoiv Windows Server 2003 Service Pack 1 v 1433 Administrator logged in Logout Summary Information Management Monitor 3DM 2 Settings Help Refresh Drive Information BY CTn eerie me Controller ID O 9690SA 414E C
229. i com channel products 93 Configuring Units 94 A foreground initialization will take place before the system is booted It can take up to several hours depending on the size of the unit A background initialization allows you to have immediate use of the unit but will take longer and slows down performance of the unit until it completes If your unit starts a foreground initialization and you want to use it immediately you can press Esc and the unit will switch to using background initialization Unit policies Several unit policies are set when you create a new unit e Write Cache enabled by default e Read Cache Intelligent by default e Drive Queuing enabled by default e Ignore ECC Continue on Source Error When Rebuilding disabled by default e StorSave Profile Balanced by default e Auto Verify enabled by default e Rapid RAID Recovery enabled by default The particular policies that you can adjust when you create the unit vary depending on which program you are using 3DM 3BM or the CLI You can change all of these policies after the unit has been created with one exception If Rapid RAID Recovery is disabled it cannot be enabled later For a summary of what these policies do see the discussion under Setting Unit Policies on page 107 For how to adjust each one see the procedures later in this chapter 3ware SATA SAS RAID Controller Card Software User Guide Version 10 0 Configuring
230. ied on a regular basis This is important as it can provide early warning of unstable units and possible data loss due to a failing drive Auto Verify is set on a per unit basis and works in conjunction with the Verify Schedule which is set on a controller wide basis By default the Verify Schedule is set to Basic which specifies a weekly day and time for verification to occur when Auto Verify is enabled The steps below describe how to enable or disable Auto Verify for an existing unit For more detailed information see Using Auto Verification on page 157 For how to view or change the Verify Schedule see Selecting Advanced or Basic Verify Schedules on page 172 Note If Auto Verify is disabled for a unit then verification will only run if you start it manually or in the event of an unclean shutdown You can start a verify manually at any time See Starting a Verify Manually on page 158 www lsi com channel products 115 Configuring Units To enable or disable the Auto Verify policy for an existing unit through 3DM 2 1 Choose Management gt Controller Settings from the menu bar 2 In the Unit Policies section of the Controller Settings page check the Auto Verify box for the appropriate unit To disable this policy uncheck the box The page refreshes and a message at the top confirms the change you have made To enable or disable the Auto Verify policy for an existing unit through 3BM 1
231. ight click on your drive icon and choose Properties gt Tools gt Check Now Under Linux use fsck dev sdal If you have more than one SATA device substitute the correct drive letter and partition number such as sdb2 for sda1 002D Source drive error occurred Event Type Error Cause An error on the source drive was detected during a rebuild operation The rebuild has stopped as a result Action The controller will report an error even if the area of the source drive that had the error did not contain data Scheduling regular verifies will lessen the chance of getting this error You can force the rebuild to continue by setting the Overwrite ECC Error policy through 3DM 2 3BM or CLI and then rebuilding the unit again This will cause uncorrectable blocks to be rewritten but the data may be incorrect It is recommended that you execute a file system check when the rebuild completes Under Windows right click on your drive icon and choose Properties gt Tools gt Check Now www si com channel products 267 Troubleshooting Under Linux use fsck dev sdal If you have more than one SATA device substitute the correct drive letter and partition number such as sdb2 for sda1 See Also Starting a Verify Manually on page 158 Enabling or Disabling Auto Verify for a Unit on page 115 Setting Overwrite ECC Continue on Source Error When Rebuilding on page 116 002E Replacement drive capacity too smal
232. ile for a Unit on page 118 Rapid RAID Recovery Determines which Rapid RAID Recovery option to use All Rebuild or Disable All will apply the policy to both rebuilds and unclean shutdowns Rebuild will apply only to rebuilds You can switch between All and Rebuild settings but once Rapid RAID Recovery is disabled for the unit it cannot be re enabled For details see Rapid RAID Recovery on page 121 3ware SATA SAS RAID Controller Card Software User Guide Version 10 0 Setting Unit Policies Figure 52 Unit Policies on Controller Settings Page in 3DM 2 Z 3ware 3DM 2 gu Windows XP Professional Service Pack 2 Administrator logged in Summary Information UE TE cai Monitor 3DM 2 Settings Help Refresh Controller Settings SCRC Controller ID 0 9750 8 Background Task Controller ID 0 Task Rate Mode OE 8 E Rebuild Migrate Fastest Rebuild O O Fastest I O Adaptive Low Latency Verify Fastest Verify O O Fastest I O O Adaptive Low Latency Unit Policies Controller ID 0 Write Auto Overwrite Rapid RAID Cache Read Cache Verify ECC Queuing StorSave Recovery Unit 0 RAID 5 v Intelligent E v Balance Al v Unit 1 SINGLE DISK v Inteligent F Protection Unit Names Controller ID 0 Unit 0 RAID 5 Unit 1 SINGLE DISK Single Save Names il Reset Names Other Controller Settings Controller ID
233. ill not appear for a foreground initialization See Also Foreground Versus Background Initialization on page 152 0008 Unclean shutdown detected 254 Event Type Warning Cause The 3ware RAID controller detected an unclean shutdown of the operating system either from a power failure or improper shutdown procedure The controller will force the unit to begin verifying due to the possibility that data on a redundant unit could be out of synchronization 3ware SATA SAS RAID Controller Card Software User Guide Version 10 0 Error and Notification Messages Action Allow the verification to complete Verifications have little overhead in terms of system performance and keep your units in optimum condition To prevent unclean shutdowns always go through the normal shutdown procedure It is also recommended to use an uninterruptible power supply UPS to prevent unclean shutdowns due to sudden power loss See Also About Verification on page 155 0009 Drive timeout detected Event Type Error Cause A drive has failed to respond to a command from a 3ware RAID controller within the allowed time limit 20 secs After sending this error message the controller will attempt to recover the drive by sending a reset to that drive and retrying the failed command Possible causes of drive time outs also known as ATA Port time outs include a bad or intermittent disk drive power cable or interface cable Action
234. imal mode 0023 Sector repair completed Event Type Warning Cause The 3ware RAID controller moved data from a bad sector on the drive to a new location Background Information The 3ware RAID controller supports a feature called dynamic sector repair that allows the unit to recover from certain drive errors that would normally result in a degraded unit situation For redundant units such as RAID 1 5 6 10 and 50 the 3ware RAID controller essentially has two copies of your data www si com channel products 261 Troubleshooting available If a read command to a sector on a disk drive results in an error it reverts to the redundant copy in order to satisfy the host s request At this point the 3ware RAID controller has a good copy of the requested data in its cache memory It will then use this data to force the failing drive to reallocate the bad sector which essentially repairs the sector Action Sector repairs are an indication of the presence of grown defects on a particular drive While typical modern disk drives are designed to allow several hundred grown defects special attention should be paid to any drive in a unit that begins to indicate sector repair messages This may be an indication of a drive that is beginning to fail You may wish to replace the drive especially if the number of sector repair errors exceeds 3 per month 0024 Buffer integrity test failed Event Type Error Cause The 3ware RAID cont
235. improved algorithms e Rapid RAID Recovery increases the speed with which a degraded unit can be rebuilt It can also increase the speed of verification or initialization that may occur in the event of an unclean shutdown e Improved and simplified auto verification and scheduling to help insure your RAID units are verified on a regular basis e Drive performance monitoring provides statistics to help trouble shoot performance issues e Simultaneous RAID 6 parity generation to maximize RAID 6 performance e StreamFusion optimizes RAID 5 and RAID 6 disk accesses to maximize application performance under heavy loads e StorSave BBU with write journaling optimizes data protection and performance e RAID levels 0 1 5 6 10 50 and Single Disk e With the 9750 models e PCI Express x8 Gen 2 0 e Ability to have SAS and or SATA drives on the same controller see Drive Requirements on page 3 e Connectivity with up to 96 single ported drives or 48 dual ported drives e Up to 32 drives in a unit e Up to 32 active units System Requirements 3ware 9750 model RAID controllers have the following requirements Motherboard and Slot Requirements A workstation class or server class motherboard with an available PCI Express x8 or x16 slot that complies with PCIe Gen 2 0 recommended for best performance or PCIe 1 1 A list of motherboards that have been tested is available at http www si com channel support market
236. in Logout Summary Information Management Monitor 3DM 2 Settings Help Refresh Enclosure Support C cram Controller ID 0 9750 di Enclosure Summary Temp Power Sensor Supply 0 OK LSILOGIC SASX36 A 0 24 24 3 25 0 Vendor Product ID Slots Drives Fans The Enclosure Summary page appears when you choose Monitor gt Enclosure Support from the menu bar The Enclosure Summary page provides basic information about any enclosures attached to your system The specific details that display depend upon your enclosure You can find a list of supported enclosures from the Data amp Interoperability tab on http www lsi com channel support marketing_resources ID The ID that the 3ware firmware assigns to the enclosure This ID is also a link to a page with more detailed information about the enclosure Status The status of the enclosure Vendor The name of the manufacturer of the enclosure Product ID The product ID of the enclosure Slots The number of slots in the enclosure Drives The number of drives in the enclosure Fans The number of fans in the enclosure Temp Sensor The number of temperature sensors in the enclosure Power Supply The number of power supplies in the enclosure www si com channel products 231 3DM 2 Reference Enclosure Details page 232 Figure 105 Enclosure Details Page A 3waree SDM wisariimiteoty iinndoves soreer 03 Service eck ia iih Administrator lo
237. in to 3DM 63 logical unit definition 306 M main screen 3BM 54 main screen 3DM 66 maintaining units 139 Maintenance page 3DM 219 media scans 16 verification of non redundant units 156 menus 3DM 66 messages error 246 Migrate Paused unit status 144 Migrating unit status 143 migrating a unit 123 223 www si com channel products definition 306 Migration completed 0035 271 Migration failed 0034 270 Migration paused 003E 275 Migration started 0033 270 mirrored disk array definition 5 306 RAID 1 6 motherboard boot sequence 27 motherboard requirements 2 Multi LUN support auto carving 79 83 multiple volumes in one unit 83 N name of unit 93 203 assigning 106 214 navigation 3BM 55 NCQ native command queuing definition 306 NCQ policy 213 non redundant units definition 306 O Online Capacity Expansion OCE definition 306 operating systems informing of changed configuration 127 operating systems supported 3 Other Controller Settings 3DM 214 P page refresh 3DM 237 frequency 3DM 75 parity definition 306 distributed 5 partitioning and formatting units 102 passwords 3DM 71 236 PCB definition 307 P Chip definition 307 phy changing the link speed 89 Controller Phy Information page 3BM 88 Controller Phy Policies page 3BM 90 Controller Phy Summary page 3DM 87 89 210 link speed changing 89 phy definition 307 phy identifier definition 307 seeing a list of 87 viewing infor
238. in your initial setup or you can make changes to them later at your convenience These features include e Controller and unit policies such as Auto Rebuild Auto Verify use of write cache use of queuing mode and selection of a StorSave profile e Email notification of alarms and other events e Schedules for when background tasks will be performed to minimize the impact on day to day performance during peak usage times Background tasks include rebuild verify initialize migrate and self test Details about these features are described in this documentation When you first set up your controller you may want to review these sections in particular e Configuring Your Controller on page 77 e Setting Unit Policies on page 107 e Setting Background Task Rate on page 168 www si com channel products 29 Getting Started with Your 3ware RAID Controller 30 Initial Settings for Policies and Background Tasks The table below lists the default settings for policies and background tasks These settings are used if you do not explicitly change the policy settings Table 5 Default Settings for Policies and Background Tasks Policy Controller Level Settings Default Value Where to Change For details see Configuring Your Controller on page 77 Auto Rebuild Enabled 3BM 3DM 2 CLI Auto Carving Enabled 3BM 3DM 2 CLI Auto Detect Enable
239. information about each unit To see this page choose Information gt Unit Information from the menu bar or click an ID number on the Controller Summary Unit Details page Drive Information page Shows details about a particular unit To see this page click an ID number on the Unit Information page Shows a list of drives on the current controller and provides summary information about each drive To see this page choose Information gt Drive Information from the menu bar Drive Details window Shows the SMART data for a specific drive and shows additional detail information for the drive To see this page click the Port for a drive on the Drive Information page www si com channel products 69 3DM 2 3ware Disk Manager Introduction Table 7 List of 3DM 2 Pages 3DM 2 Page Description Controller Phy Shows the properties of controller phys for 9750 RAID Summary page controllers There are two ways to access this page If you have a direct attached drive you can access this page from the Information gt Drive Information page by clicking the phy ID for the drive If all drives are connected via expanders navigate to the Management gt Coniroller Settings page Under Other Controller Settings click the link for Number of Controller Phys Controller Lets you view settings that affect the units on the current Settings page controller and change some of those settings Controller leve
240. ing in 3DM 215 number of drives 215 stagger time definition 308 staggered method 80 staggered spin up 15 80 86 starting 3BM 51 starting 3DM 62 under Linux 64 status controller viewing 3DM 201 definitions controller 201 drive 144 unit 143 drive viewing 3DM 139 status LEDs 142 unit viewing 3DM 139 StorSave profile 16 setting 118 213 stripe size changing 123 definition 308 striping 5 definition 309 subunit definition 309 system requirements 2 drive requirements 3 enclosure requirements 3 motherboard and slot 2 operating systems 3 other requirements 4 T task schedules about 3DM 217 adding a time slot 173 rebuild migrate 173 removing a time slot 173 self test 173 task duration 170 turning on and off 171 www si com channel products verify 173 viewing 171 technical support 319 contacting 239 321 temperature sensor checking status 192 possible statuses 194 troubleshooting 238 3DM 245 hardware installation 243 software installation 244 TwinStor 8 U ultra DMA protocol 260 Unclean shutdown detected 0008 254 unconfigured drives making visible to operating system 27 uninstalling 3DM on Linux 316 Windows 316 unit checking status in 3DM 139 configuring 91 creating a unit in 3DM 95 introduction 91 creating a unit for the first time in BIOS 18 creating in 3BM 97 definition 5 309 deleting a unit 128 in 3BM 130 in 3DM 129 expanding capacity 126 maintaining 139 moving from one controller to
241. ing the specific temperature sensor If the box is grayed identify is not supported www si com channel products 233 3DM 2 Reference 234 Power Supply Summary Power Supply The ID number associated with the specified power supply Status Can be OK Failure Not Installed Off or Unknown For status definitions see Power Supply Status on page 194 State Indicates if the power supply is ON or OFF Voltage The status of the dc voltage output of the power supply Can be Normal Over Voltage Under Voltage or Unknown Current The status of the dc amperage output of the power supply Can be Normal Over Current or Unknown Identify If supported by the enclosure manufacturer checking this box will cause an LED to blink on the enclosure containing the specific power supply If the box is grayed identify is not supported Slot Summary Slot Summary Lists the enclosure slots and indicates which ones contain drives and the status of each drive Slot The ID of the slot for a drive in the enclosure Status The status of the drive in the slot Can be Inserted Ready To Insert Ready To Remove or Activated VPort The VPort assigned to the drive in the slot Clicking the link takes you to the Drive Information page The drive you selected will be highlighted Identify Check the box to cause the LED associated with that slot to blink 3ware SATA SAS RAID Controller Card Software User Guide Version 10 0 3D
242. ing_resources through the Data amp Interoperability tab 2 3ware SATA SAS RAID Controller Card Software User Guide Version 10 0 System Requirements Drive Requirements The 3ware 9750 RAID controller may be connected to up to 48 SAS and or SATA dual ported drives or 96 SAS and or SATA single ported drives when using one or more enclosures A maximum of 32 drives are allowed per RAID unit and up to 32 active RAID units per controller You cannot mix SAS and SATA drives in the same unit Drives and drive enclosures must meet SAS 3 0 Gbps and 6 0 Gbps and SATA 3 0 Gbps standards A list of drives that have been tested is available at http www lsi com channel support marketing_resources through the Data amp Interoperability tab Drives may be of any capacity or physical form factor The length of internal unshielded interface cables may not exceed 1 meter 39 inches Enclosure Management Requirements For 9750 controllers and release 10 0 enclosure management features in 3ware software are available for supported chassis that provide SCSI Enclosure Services 2 SES 2 through an internal sideband connection or via an expander When chassis enclosures are cascaded expanders of the same type are recommended A limit of 4 cascaded expanders is supported A list of supported enclosures is available at http www si com channel support marketing_resources through the Data amp Interoperability tab Operating Sys
243. inux use fsck dev sdal If you have more than one SATA device substitute the correct drive letter and partition number such as sdb2 for sda1 The resynchronization of data that takes place during a background initialization can slow down access to the unit Once initialization has begun it cannot be canceled You can pause it however by scheduling it to take place during off hours For more information see Scheduling Background Tasks on page 169 You can also set the initialization process to go slower and use fewer system resources For more information see Setting Background Task Rate on page 168 Initialization occurs at the Rebuild rate See Also About Initialization on page 152 002B Verify completed 266 Event Type Information Cause Verification of the data integrity of a unit was completed successfully See Also About Verification on page 155 3ware SATA SAS RAID Controller Card Software User Guide Version 10 0 Error and Notification Messages 002C Source drive ECC error overwritten Event Type Error Cause A read error was encountered during a rebuild and the controller is configured to ignore ECC or to Force continue on source errors The sector in error was reallocated This will cause uncorrectable blocks to be rewritten but the data may be incorrect Action It is recommended that you execute a file system check when the rebuild completes Under Windows r
244. ion Replace the incompatible SO DIMM with a compatible one See Also For a list of SODIMMs compatible with the 9500S search the LSI Knowledge Base for keyword 11748 use the Advanced Search at https selfservice lsi com service main jsp 0038 SO DIMM not detected Event Type Error Cause The 3ware 9500S RAID controller is inoperable due to missing SO DIMM memory Note This message only applies to the 3ware 9500S controller which has removable memory Other 3ware controller models do not have memory that can be removed Action Install a compatible SO DIMM on the controller See Also For a list of SODIMMs compatible with the 9500S search the LSI Knowledge Base for keyword 11748 use the Advanced Search at https selfservice lsi com service main jsp 0039 Buffer ECC error corrected 272 Event Type Warning 3ware SATA SAS RAID Controller Card Software User Guide Version 10 0 Error and Notification Messages Cause The controller has detected and corrected a memory ECC error Action None required If errors persist contact technical support at http www lsi com channel ContactUs 003A Drive power on reset detected Event Type Error Cause The controller has detected that a drive has lost power and then restarted The controller may degrade the unit if it is a redundant unit non redundant units cannot be degraded Action If this drive was the only one to lose power check the cable conne
245. ion page 6 0 cette eee 203 Unit Details page c sna coos oe Say Oo ee Rie cee tee Plage a e t 204 Drive Information page 0 eect teens 206 Drive Details window 0 00 eee eee eens 208 Controller Phy Summary page 0 00 cece eee tenes 210 Controller Settings page 6 tenets 211 Scheduling page ssa bes Pt ee Sen E E ited ee E AE A 216 Maintenance page pedesan tra hes SR Ses eke dee Slee eats 219 Alarms Page seco Sect Ste bl aE ly ut hd bated Oba aed eed Berta 228 Battery Backup page 0 cee eee eens 229 Enclosure Summary page 6 0 c eect teeta 231 Enclosure Details page 20 e eee eee ees 232 3DM 2 Settings page cette nets 235 Chapter 13 Troubleshooting 00 cece eee es 238 Web Resources ii rreri nte hie ed ee ed eed ba ed eee Cees 238 Before Contacting Customer Support 00 0 eee 239 Basic Troubleshooting Check This First 00 0c cece eee neee 239 Command Logging r sirska eh leeks se ae 2 a Me Se a ead 240 Drive Performance Monitoring 00 e eee et teens 241 Types of DPM Statistics 0 0 0 tee 241 Available DPM Commands 000 0c eect eee ae 241 Problems and Solutions 0 0 0 c cece teens 243 Enclosure Related Problems 0 00 c eee eee eens 243 Hardware Installation Problems 0 0 00 e eee eee ee 243 Software Installation Problems 0 0 c eee eee eee e
246. irect attached drive you can access this page from the Information gt Drive Information page by clicking the phy ID for the drive If all drives are connected via expanders navigate to the Management gt Controller Settings page Under Other Controller Settings click the link for Number of Controller Phys Phy The ID number assigned to the phy connection SAS Address The SAS address of the phy Phys within each wide port have the same SAS address when they are connected to an enclosure For directly connected drives each phy has a unique SAS address Link Enabled The existing link speed between the controller and the hard drive or enclosure to which it is connected Link Control Selectable field for setting the link speed between the device and the controller The options are 1 5 Gbps 3 0 Gbps 6 0 Gbps and Auto The default is Auto See Changing the Phy Link Speed on page 89 Type Shows the type of device connected by the phy either SATA SAS or enclosure A type of SATA or SAS means that the connection is a direct connection to the drive Enclosure connections are made through an expander ID The VPort address of directly attached devices Enclosures do not have VPort numbers although the drives attached to them do To find the VPort for a drive in an enclosure click the ID link to go to the Drive Information page The drive you selected will be highlighted 3ware SATA SAS RAID Controller Card Software User Guide
247. irst boots up Verifies are also paused during non scheduled times when scheduling is enabled Action If you want the verification to resume you can disable or modify the schedule through 3DM 2 or CLI 274 3ware SATA SAS RAID Controller Card Software User Guide Version 10 0 Error and Notification Messages See Also About Verification on page 155 Scheduling Background Tasks on page 169 003E Migration paused Event Type Information Cause Migration is paused Migration follows the rebuild schedule Action If you want the migration to resume you can disable or modify the schedule through 3DM 2 or CLI See Also RAID Level Migration RLM Overview on page 123 Scheduling Background Tasks on page 169 003F Flash file system error detected Event Type Warning Cause A corrupted flash file system was found on the 3ware RAID controller during boot up The 3ware RAID controller stores configuration parameters as files in its flash memory These files can be corrupted when a flash operation is interrupted by events such as a power failure The controller will attempt to restore the flash files from a backup copy Action Update to the latest firmware as earlier firmware resets corrupted files to default settings We recommend using 3DM 2 3BM or CLI to check your settings in case they were not able to be restored www si com channel products 275 Troubleshooting 0040 Flash file system
248. is information is available through the 3DM 2 web application and the CLI On Windows systems the WinAVAlarm alert utility can also be used to notify you of events The next few pages describe these capabilities e Viewing Alarms Errors and Other Events on page 147 e Using the Alert Utility Under Windows on page 148 e Downloading an Error Log on page 150 e Viewing SMART Data About a Drive on page 150 CLI capabilities are described in the 3ware SATA SAS RAID Controller Card CLI Guide Version 10 0 Tip If you have a supported enclosure the LEDs on your enclosure may also provide you with status information about drives For more information see Enclosure Drive LED Status Indicators on page 142 Viewing Alarms Errors and Other Events The Alarms page in 3DM 2 shows a log of all events also called Asynchronous Event Notifications or AENs that have occurred on units These events include alarms that occur when the 3ware RAID controller requires attention such as when a disk unit becomes degraded and is no longer fault tolerant They also include SMART notifications and informational notification such as when sectors have been repaired during verification Event messages are categorized into the following levels of severity e Errors high severity events shown next to a red box e Warnings shown next to a yellow box e Information shown next to a blue box Examples of event messages e Error
249. is not Ready write cache is disabled and cannot be enabled The unit s StorSave profile can also determine whether the write cache can be enabled or disabled A warning message will be given if the change is not permitted due to the StorSave setting and the state of the unit Note If the Write Cache checkbox is disabled not selectable check to see if the unit has degraded or if the BBU is not ready If a unit has a StorSave policy of Protect and the unit degrades the policy prevents write cache from being re enabled until the unit has been rebuilt or until the BBU is ready to use To enable or disable unit write cache through 3DM 2 1 Choose Management gt Controller Settings from the menu bar in 3DM 2 2 Inthe Unit Policies section of the Controller Settings page check the Write Cache box to enable it for the designated unit Figure 53 Write Cache Policy in 3DM 2 Unit Policies Controller ID 0 Write Cache Unit O RAID 0 Vv Unit 1 RAID 1 Vv The page refreshes and a message at the top confirms the change you have made If your system has no BBU a message will caution you about enabling write cache To enable or disable unit write cache through 3BM 1 At the main 3BM screen select the unit by highlighting it and pressing Enter An asterisk appears in the left most column to indicate that it is selected 2 Tab to the Maintain Unit button and press Enter 3 On the pop up menu select Configure and
250. is selected 2 Tab to the Maintain Unit button and press Enter 3 On the pop up menu select Configure and press Enter On the Configure Disk Array screen the Array Name field is already selected 4 Press Enter to open a text box 5 Type a name for the unit and press Enter 6 Tab to the OK button and press Enter to select it You return to the main 3BM screen 7 When you are finished making changes press F8 to save them and exit 3BM Setting Unit Policies The following polices are set when you create a unit and can be adjusted later through settings on the Management gt Controller Settings pages of 3DM 2 and the Policy Control screen in 3BM Details about adjusting each policy are described on the following pages e Write Cache Determines whether write cache is enabled for the unit When the write cache is enabled data is stored locally on the controller before it is written to disk allowing the computer to continue with its next task This provides the most efficient access times for your computer system When disabled the computer will wait for the controller to write all the data to disk before going on to its next task For details see Enabling and Disabling the Unit Write Cache on page 109 This feature interacts with functionality of the BBU if you have one and with the unit s StorSave profile For details see Enabling and Disabling the Unit Write Cache on page 109 e Read Cache Determines whether
251. it using the steps described under Rebuilding Units through 3BM on page 162 setting or changing the rebuild schedule on the Scheduling page If you set a schedule for rebuilds that does not include the current time the rebuild process will pause Note If you want to pause the rebuild process through 3DM 2 you can do so by Working with the Background Task Mode Background Task Mode is specifically designed to address the issue of latency which can cause problems for some applications by helping you balance the rate of host I O and efficient completion of background tasks About Latency and the Background Task Mode Latency is the real or perceived delay in response time seen by the host system when accessing some data For some applications such as streaming video and audio application it is important to minimize the latency of read commands so that users do not perceive a lag when viewing video or listening to audio When background tasks are active for example rebuild verify and initialization there can be increased latency and under some circumstances this can result in a degraded user experience or in an application failure You can set the Background Task Mode to minimize latency This mode monitors and paces the relationship between host I Os and background tasks You can set the Background Task Mode to either Adaptive the default or Low Latency Low Latency mode minimizes the latency delay in readi
252. ition 303 active content in the 3ware HTML Bookshelf security message about xii Advanced Content Streaming 2 AEN All RAID keys failed validation 0080 288 Backup DCB read error detected 0043 277 Battery capacity is below error level 0059 284 Battery capacity is below warning level 0058 284 Battery capacity test completed 0050 282 Battery capacity test is overdue 0053 283 Battery capacity test started 004E 281 Battery charging completed 0056 283 Battery charging fault 0057 284 Battery charging started 0055 283 Battery is not present 005B 285 Battery is present 005A 285 Battery is weak 005C 285 Battery temperature is high 004B 280 Battery temperature is low 004A 280 Battery temperature is normal 0049 279 Battery temperature is too high 004D 281 Battery temperature is too low 004C 281 Battery voltage is high 0046 278 Battery voltage is low 0045 278 Battery voltage is normal 0044 277 Battery voltage is too high 0048 279 Battery voltage is too low 0047 278 Buffer ECC error corrected 0039 272 Buffer integrity test failed 0024 262 Cache flush failed some data lost 0025 262 Cache synchronization completed 005E 286 Cache synchronization failed 286 Cache synchronization skipped 004F 282 Controller error occurred 0003 252 Controller reset occurred 1001 251 DCB checksum error detected 0027 264 DCB version unsupported 0028 264 Degraded unit 0002 251 Downgrade UDMA 0021 260 Drive
253. iver Under Windows The easiest way to update the driver for Windows is to use the 3ware Device Driver Install Wizard You can run it from the 3ware CD or you can download the installer from the website as described under Downloading the Driver and Firmware on page 178 To update the 3ware driver with the 3ware Device Driver Install Wizard 1 2 Backup any critical data prior to updating the 3ware driver Log in to your system as system administrator If you have the 3ware CD insert the 3ware CD into your CD ROM drive Click Agree at the LSI license agreement When the 3ware menu appears click Install Windows Drivers The installer will select the correct driver for your Windows operating system and open the 3ware Device Driver Installation Wizard If you downloaded the Device Driver Install Wizard from the LSI website unzip the file to a directory and then double click that file to open the 3ware Device Driver Installation Wizard When the 3ware Device Driver Installation Wizard opens click Next Figure 77 3ware Device Driver Installation Wizard Device Driver Installation Wizard LSI 3ware 9750 Controller Device wu Driver Installer This wizard will install the driver for this device To continue click Next www si com channel products 181 Maintaining Your Controller After you click Next the following screen appears The green checkmarks indicate successful installation of the driver If unsu
254. k its status and change configuration settings that affect the controller and all associated drives 8 Configuring Units Describes how to configure new units and hot spares change existing configurations move units from one controller to another and set unit policies 9 Maintaining Units Describes how to check unit and drive status review alarms and errors schedule background maintenance tasks and manually start them when necessary or desirable Includes explanations of initialization verify rebuild and self tests 10 Maintaining Your Controller Describes how to update the driver and firmware Also includes information about checking battery status on a BBU Battery Backup Unit 11 Enclosure Management Describes how to view details about an enclosure check the status of enclosure components and locate specific enclosure components by blinking an associated LED 12 3DM 2 Reference 13 Troubleshooting Describes the features and functions on each of the pages in 3DM Provides common problems and solutions and explains error messages www si com channel products Table 1 Chapters and Appendices in this Guide Continued Chapter Appendix Description A Glossary Includes definitions for terms used throughout this guide B Software Installation Provides instructions for installing software management tools 3DM 2 and CLI and documentation C Compliance and P
255. ks aer nensi cep dinaan ee gk isk eae SRE a Elecite eee aes 151 About Initialization 0 0 teens 152 About Verification 5 E E eee ees 155 Using Auto Verification 2 0 00 sssaaa aaaea 157 Starting a Verify Manually 0 0 0 cece tees 158 Rebuilding UniS teose enee pace ok aly nie eee bala aA bd ldo eae tes 160 Cancelling a Rebuild and Restarting It with a Different Drive 165 Working with the Background Task Mode eee eee ees 165 Setting the Background Task Mode 0 00 cece eee eee eee 168 Setting Background Task Rate 2 cece tee eee 168 Background Task Prioritization 0 eet eee 169 Scheduling Background Tasks 00 c cece eee teens 169 Viewing Current Task Schedules 0 00000 e eee eee eee 171 Turning On or Off Use of a Rebuild Migrate Task Schedule 171 Selecting Advanced or Basic Verify Schedules 0 000 00s 172 Removing a Task Slot from a Schedule 2 000 0c e ec eeeee 173 Adding a New Task Schedule Slot 00 0c cece eee eee eee 173 Selecting Self tests to be Performed 0 ccc eee eee eens 174 Chapter 10 Maintaining Your Controller 00 cee e eee ee ees 176 Determining the Current Version of Your 3ware Driver 20000 176 Updating the Firmware and Driver 0 0 0 0 cece ees 177 Downloading the Driver and Firmware 00 e cee eee eee eee 178 Upda
256. l Event Type Error Cause The storage capacity of the drive you are using as a replacement drive is too small and cannot be used Action Use a replacement drive equal to or larger than the drives already in use 002F Verify not started unit never initialized 268 Event Type Warning Cause A verify operation has been attempted by the 3ware RAID controller but the unit has never been initialized before The unit will automatically transition to initializing mode and then start a verify Action None required This is considered a normal part of operation Not all types of RAID units need to be initialized in order to have full performance The initialize will not erase user data but will calculate and write parity data or mirror data to the drives in the unit 3ware SATA SAS RAID Controller Card Software User Guide Version 10 0 Error and Notification Messages See Also About Initialization on page 152 0030 Drive not supported Event Type Error Cause 3ware 8000 and 9500S Serial ATA controllers only support UltraDMA 100 133 drives when using the parallel to serial ATA converter This message indicates that an unsupported drive was detected during rollcall or a hot swap This message could also indicate that the parallel to serial converter was jumpered incorrectly Action Use a parallel ATA drive which supports UDMA 100 or 133 and check that the parallel to serial converter was correctly jumpered t
257. l settings that can be changed include background task rate Auto Rebuild Auto Carving and Carve Size Some additional policies are shown that can only be changed in the BIOS or CLI Unit level settings include specifying the StorSave Profile and enabling or disabling the Write Cache Read Cache Auto Verify Overwrite ECC Queuing and Rapid RAID Recovery To see this page choose Management gt Controller Settings from the menu bar Scheduling page Lets you view and change the schedule for tasks that affect all units on the current controller To see this page choose Management gt Scheduling from the menu bar Maintenance Lets you configure new units and make changes to existing page units To view this page choose Management gt Maintenance from the menu bar Alarms page Shows a list of alarms including the specific alarm message and the exact date and time it occurred To view this page choose Monitor gt Alarms on the menu bar Battery Backup Shows the status of a Battery Backup Unit BBU if one is page installed and allows you to test the battery To view this page choose Monitor gt Battery Backup on the menu bar Enclosure Lists the installed and supported enclosures attached to your Summary page 3ware controller To view this page choose Monitor gt Enclosure Support on the menu bar 70 3ware SATA SAS RAID Controller Card Software User Guide Version 10 0 Setting Up 3DM 2 Pr
258. ling Command Logging in 3DM 2 Command logging provides the ability to log each command that makes a change to the controller configuration in a log file tw_mgmt log This can be useful for trouble shooting You can enable and disable command logging from the 3DM 2 Settings page To enable or disable 3DM 2 command logging 1 Click 3DM 2 Settings on the 3DM 2 menu bar 2 Inthe Server Configuration section of the 3DM 2 Settings page select either Enabled or Disabled in the Command Logging field www si com channel products 75 3DM 2 3ware Disk Manager Introduction Figure 31 Command Logging setting on 3DM 2 Settings page 3ware 3DM 2 opensolaris ww SunOS 5 11 Summary Information Refresh 3DM 2 Settings Administrator logged in Management Monitor 3DM 2 Settings E mail notification Send E mail Notify on Sender Recipient s Mail Server name or IP Enabled Disabled gt Tal INFO admin_name email com admin_name email com mailhost email com Mail Server Login admin Mail Server Password eoeccece Mail Server Port uses SSL OYes No Minutes Between Refresh Listening Port Allow Remote ommand Logging Change Password For User x Current Password ia a New Password Confirm New Password ig Page Refresh 5 M HTTP Settings 888 Change Port Server Configuration DEn OD isabled O Enabled Disabled Note T
259. ll be asked to confirm that you want to proceed When you confirm the removal the unit number and information will be removed from 3DM 2 Units created in the future can reclaim this unit number The operating system is notified that the unit was removed In Linux the device node associated with this unit is removed In Windows the Device Manager will reflect the changes under the disk drives icon Information about the unit remains intact on the drives This allows the drive or drives to be reassembled into a unit again on this controller or if moved to another controller Warning Physically removing drives which are not in hot swap bays can result in a system hang data loss or may even damage the system and the drive Delete Unit Deletes the selected unit and allows you to use the drives to create another unit The drives appear in the list of Available Drives Caution Before you click Delete Unit make sure the unit you are removing is unmounted from the operating system and that the system is not accessing it Devices can be unmounted through the operating system For details see the discussion under Remove Unit above Warning When a unit is deleted the data will be permanently deleted the drives cannot be reassembled into the same unit If you want to reassemble the drives on another controller and access the existing data use Remove Unit instead of Delete Unit 3ware SATA SAS RAID Controller Card Software User Guide
260. ller they may ask you to use this feature It may help identify the problem you encountered Controller ID The ID of the controller connected to the enclosure Fan Summary Fan Lists the ID number associated with the fan Status Will be one of OK Failure Not Installed Unknown or Off For status definitions see Fan Status on page 194 State Will be ON or OFF Speed Fan speed is automatically controlled by the enclosure monitoring software to maintain correct enclosure temperature Possible settings are Stopped Lowest Second Lowest Third Lowest Intermediate Third Highest Second Highest Highest and Unknown RPM The fan speed in revolutions per minute Identify If supported by the enclosure manufacturer checking this box will cause an LED to blink on the enclosure containing the specified fan If the box is grayed identify is not supported Temp Sensor Summary Temp Sensor The ID number of the specified temperature sensor Status The status of the temperature sensor Can be OK Failure Not Installed Off or Unknown In addition there are threshold warnings of Over Temp Failure Over Temp Warning Under Temp Warning and Under Temp Failure For status definitions see Temp Sensor Status on page 194 Temperature The temperature of the enclosure in Centigrade and Fahrenheit Identify If supported by the enclosure manufacturer checking this box will cause an LED to blink on the enclosure contain
261. locks B Blocks C Blocks D Blocks www si com channel products 7 Introducing the LSI 3ware SATA SAS RAID Controller Card RAID 6 RAID 6 provides greater redundancy and fault tolerance than RAID 5 It is similar to RAID 5 but has two blocks of parity information P Q distributed across all the drives of a unit instead of the single block of RAID 5 Due to the two parities a RAID 6 unit can tolerate two hard drives failing simultaneously This also means that a RAID 6 unit may be in two different states at the same time For example one sub unit can be degraded while another may be rebuilding or one sub unit may be initializing while another is verifying The 3ware implementation of RAID 6 requires a minimum of five drives Performance and storage efficiency also increase as the number of drives increase Figure 5 RAID 6 Configuration Example RAID 6 360 GB 600GB 240GB for 2 parity drives 120 GB 120 GB U20 GB 120 GB 120 GB A Blocks B Blocks C Blocks D Blocks E Blocks RAID 10 RAID 10 is a combination of striped and mirrored arrays for fault tolerance and high performance When drives are configured as a striped mirrored array the disks are configured using both RAID 0 and RAID 1 techniques thus the name RAID 10 see Figure 6 A minimum of four drives are required to use this technique The first two drives are mirrored as a fault tolerant array using RAID 1 The third and
262. ls of 3ware RAID controllers If you have multiple controllers of different models you may notice some differences when switching between them in 3DM For example when displaying information about the 9750 or 9690SA controllers 3DM displays VPorts for virtual port on some screens while for earlier controllers the label is port x 3ware SATA SAS RAID Controller Card Software User Guide Version 10 0 Using the 3ware HTML Bookshelf Using the 3ware HTML Bookshelf The 3ware HTML Bookshelf is an HTML version of this user guide and the CLI Guide combined as one resource It is available on your 3ware CD in the doc 3wareHTMLBookshelf folder To make use of the 3ware HTML Bookshelf To launch the bookshelf at the opening page e Navigate to the folder doc 3wareHTMLBookshelf on the 3ware CD and double click the file index html When you use either of these methods a navigation panel at the left automatically opens It includes a Table of Contents Index and Search You can also open the bookshelf by double clicking any other html file in the 3wareHTMLBookshelf folder When you open an individual file the navigation pane does not automatically open In this case you can display the navigation pane by clicking the Show Navigation button at the left Figure 1 Navigation Button in the 3ware HTML Bookshelf Window 2 Introducing the LSI 3ware SAS SATA RAID Controlle File Edit View History Bookmarks Tools Help
263. lso For information on scheduling a verify process see Scheduling Background Tasks on page 169 For information on verification of a unit see About Verification on page 155 002A Verify failed Event Type Error Cause Verification of a unit has terminated with an error For each RAID level being verified this may mean e Single A single drive returned an error possibly because of a media defect e RAID 0 A single drive returned an error possibly because of a media defect e RAID 1 and 10 One side of the mirror does not equal the other side e RAID 5 6 and 50 The parity data does not equal the user data For any RAID type the most likely cause of the error is a grown defect in the drive For out of synchronization mirrors or parity the error could be caused by improper shutdown of the unit This possibility applies to RAID 1 5 6 10 and 50 www si com channel products 265 Troubleshooting Action When a verify fails redundant units will automatically resynchronize user data through a background initialization The initialize will not erase user data but will recalculate and rewrite user parity data If the unit was non redundant any data in the error location is lost However the error could be in a part of the drive that did not contain data A unit file system check is recommended Under Windows right click on your drive icon and choose Properties gt Tools gt Check Now Under L
264. lt a Enter Esc F PGUP PGDOWN The Rebuild Disk Array screen displays Figure 71 Rebuild Disk Array Screen SATA SAMSUNG HD1i66JJ 149 04 GB Hot Spare 3 drive 64K RAID 5 298 00 GB lt Zygote3 gt DEGRADED SATA SAMSUNG HD16AJJ 149 04 GB SATA SAMSUNG HD1i6 JJ 149 04 GB 5 Press Enter to select the OK button to continue You are returned to the main screen Rebuilding appears next to the unit you selected 6 Press F8 to save your changes and exit 3BM The unit will begin rebuilding about ten minutes after the operating system finishes loading and the 3ware driver has loaded 164 3ware SATA SAS RAID Controller Card Software User Guide Version 10 0 Background Tasks Cancelling a Rebuild and Restarting It with a Different Drive When you start a rebuild from 3BM you cannot cancel it in 3BM interface However if you have drives in hot swap bays you can remove and replace the drive rescan the controller Alt R and then select a new drive to be used in the rebuild You can also boot the operating system launch 3DM and cancel a rebuild by using the Remove Drive link on the Maintenance page If your drives are not in hot swap bays and you do not want to boot the operating system and launch 3DM you can also cancel a rebuild by powering down the system physically removing a drive and installing another one that you want to use Then when you start 3BM the unit will appear as degraded and you can rebuild
265. m and exit 3BM Enabling and Disabling Queuing for a Unit Some drives support command queuing a feature that can result in increased performance for applications that require a lot of random access of data usually server type applications This is accomplished by causing command reordering to be done on the drive In order to make use of command queuing the feature must be enabled at both the drive and the controller You can enable support for command queuing on a per unit basis as described below You can see whether command queuing is supported and enabled for a particular drive in the Drive Details window For details see Drive Details window on page 208 www lsi com channel products 117 Configuring Units I Note Not all drives support command queuing If a drive does not support command queuing the policy setting for the controller is ignored Queuing information for SAS is not available To enable or disable queuing for a unit through 3DM 2 1 Choose Management gt Controller Settings from the menu bar in 3DM 2 2 In the Unit Policies section of the Controller Settings page enable queuing by checking the box under Queuing for the designated unit disable it by unchecking the box The page refreshes and a message at the top confirms the change that you have made To enable or disable queuing for a unit through 3BM 1 At the main 3BM screen select the unit by highlighting it and pressing Enter A
266. maining from a unit you can power down and add the missing drives to complete the unit To use drives that are listed here in other units you must first delete them For more information see Deleting a Unit on page 128 54 3ware SATA SAS RAID Controller Card Software User Guide Version 10 0 Working in the 3BM Screens If any of the sections are not shown it means that there are no items of that type connected to the controller Table 6 lists how to move around and select information in the 3BM screens When these commands are available in 3BM they appear at the bottom of the 3BM screen Table 6 Working in 3BM To do this Use these keys Move between units or drives in a list Up and Down Arrow Keys between fields and between buttons OR Left and Right Arrow Keys OR Tab and Shift Tab Select or unselect what is currently Enter or the Spacebar highlighted A selection may be a drive in a list of drives a button at the bottom of the screen or a field in the middle of the screen In lists an asterisk appears to the left of selected drives or units Display a drop down list of available Enter choices in a field Move between choices in a field list Up and Down Arrow Keys Select all available drives Alt A In the list of units expand a selected unit to see any subunits and drives in the unit or contract it to see only the heading Shifti again In the list of available drives the
267. mation about 87 policies controller 79 initial settings 30 unit 107 327 units 212 port definition 307 port ID definition 307 power supply checking status 192 possible statuses 194 preferences 3DM 71 Primary DCB read error occurred 0042 276 Q queuing enabling and disabling for a unit 117 Queuing policy setting in 3DM 213 queuing definition 307 R RAID concepts and levels 5 configurations 6 determining level to use 11 RAID 0 6 RAID 1 6 RAID 10 8 RAID 5 7 RAID 50 9 RAID 6 8 RAID key not found 0081 289 RAID Level Migration RLM changing level 125 definition 308 overview 123 Rapid RAID Recovery 121 enabling or disabling 122 enabling or disabling 3BM 122 enabling or disabling 3DM 122 read cache policy 212 Basic Mode versus Intelligent Mode 111 changing 113 setting in3DM 111 Rebuild completed 0005 253 Rebuild failed 0004 252 Rebuild paused 003B 273 Rebuild started OOOB 256 rebuild task schedule adding a time slot 3DM 173 removing a time slot 3DM 173 viewing 3DM 171 rebuild task schedule definition 308 Rebuilding unit status 143 rebuilding a unit 3BM 162 3DM 161 222 about 160 cancelling and restarting 165 definition 308 introduction 160 Rebuild Paused unit status 143 222 redundancy definition 308 redundant units about 156 remote access 3DM 237 enabling in 3DM 73 remote viewing of controllers through 3DM 65 removing a drive 136 3DM 221 definition 308 removing
268. n console and press Enter 4 Follow the prompts to remove the installed components 316 3ware SATA SAS RAID Controller Card Software User Guide Version 10 0 Compliance and Conformity Statements This section is organized into the following topics e FCC Radio Frequency Interference Statement e Canadian Compliance Statement e European Community Conformity Statement FCC Radio Frequency Interference Statement This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class B digital device pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC Federal Communications Commission Rules These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference in a residential installation This equipment generates uses and can radiate radio frequency energy and if not installed and used in accordance with the instructions may cause harmful interference to radio communications However there is no guarantee that interference will not occur in a particular installation If this equipment does cause harmful interference to radio or television reception which can be determined by turning the equipment off and on the user is encouraged to try to correct the interference by one or more of the following measures e Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna e Increase the separation between the equipment and receiver e Connect the equipment into an outlet on a circuit different from that to which the receiver is connected e Con
269. n asterisk appears in the left most column to indicate that it is selected 2 Tab to the Maintain Unit button and press Enter 3 On the pop up menu select Configure and press Enter 4 Inthe Configure Disk Array screen Tab to the field Drive Queuing Mode 5 Press Enter to display the choices use the arrow keys to select the setting you want Enabled or Disabled and press Enter again to choose it 6 Tab to the OK button and press Enter to select it You return to the main 3BM screen 7 When you are finished making changes press F8 to save them and exit 3BM Setting the StorSave Profile for a Unit 118 You can set the desired level of data protection versus performance for a unit by selecting the StorSave Profile Three profiles are provided Protection maximum data protection Performance maximum performance less data protection and Balanced a middle ground The default is Balanced 3ware SATA SAS RAID Controller Card Software User Guide Version 10 0 About StorSave Profile Levels Setting Unit Policies The three profiles automatically adjust several different factors that affect protection and performance on a per unit basis These are summarized in the table below and further explained after the table Table 9 StorSave Profile Definitions Protection Balanced Default Performance Definition Maximum data protection but slower performance More data protection than Performance but less da
270. n of RAID 0 1 5 6 10 hot spare single disk Using Drive Capacity Efficiently To make the most efficient use of drive capacity it is advisable to use drives of the same capacity in a unit This is because the capacity of each drive is limited to the capacity of the smallest drive in the unit The total unit capacity is defined as follows Table 4 Drive Capacity RAID Level Capacity Single Disk Capacity of the drive RAID 0 number of drives X capacity of the smallest drive RAID 1 Capacity of the smallest drive RAID 5 number of drives 1 X capacity of the smallest drive Storage efficiency increases with the number of disks storage efficiency number of drives 1 number of drives RAID 6 number of drives 2 x capacity of the smallest drive RAID 10 number of drives 2 X capacity of smallest drive RAID 50 number of drives number of groups of drives X capacity of the smallest drive Through drive coercion the capacity used for each drive is rounded down so that drives from differing manufacturers are more likely to be able to be used as spares for each other The capacity used for each drive is rounded down to the nearest GB for drives under 45 GB 45 000 000 000 bytes and rounded down to the nearest 5 GB for drives over 45 GB For example a 44 3 GB drive will be rounded down to 44 GB and a 123 GB drive will be rounded down to 120 GB 3ware SATA SAS RAID Controller C
271. n window opens 4 Insert a blank diskette into a drive and click the Yes button to begin creating the driver floppy diskette what is available on the menu search the LSI Knowledge Base for keyword 14546 Note If you need to create a Linux driver diskette for a Linux distribution other that use the Advanced Search at https selfservice lsi com service main jsp www si com channel products 41 Driver Installation To copy the driver to a USB drive 1 Insert the 3ware CD into your system To manually mount the CD type mount t iso9660 dev cdrom mnt 2 Onthe CD navigate to packages images and locate the appropriate driver 3 Insert a USB drive into your computer 4 Unzip if zip or untar if tgz the driver file to the USB drive Installing the 3ware Kernel Driver Module while Installing Red Hat Linux on a New Unit Installing the 3ware Kernel Driver Module on a Red Hat or Fedora Core Linux Note If Red Hat Linux is already installed and bootable on another drive turn to System that Boots From a Different Device on page 43 motherboard interfered with using a drive or unit managed by the 3ware RAID controller as a boot device Disconnecting the drive while installing Linux will eliminate this problem After Linux is installed the drive can be reconnected 5 Note We have tested some older systems where a drive connected to the To install the 3ware kernel driver module while installing Red Hat or Fed
272. nclosure components However if the temperature is very cold condensation can occur and cause media errors and damage Take steps to bring the operating environment back within the enclosure manufacturer s specifications Allow cold equipment to warm up gradually before powering on 8022 Enclosure temp high Event Type Warning Cause Applies to 9750 and 9690SA controllers The enclosure temperature is higher than normal Action Take steps to lower the enclosure temperature such as adding fans clearing enclosure openings of blockages and increased ventilation Make sure that the enclosure environment does not get any hotter See your enclosure documentation or contact your enclosure manufacturer to ensure that you are adhering to proper operating conditions and environments 8023 Enclosure temp below operating 292 Event Type Information Cause Applies to 9750 and 9690SA controllers The enclosure temperature is below the enclosure manufacturer s specified operating temperature Action In general cooler operating temperatures are good for enclosure components 3ware SATA SAS RAID Controller Card Software User Guide Version 10 0 Error and Notification Messages However if the temperature is very cold condensation can occur and cause media errors and damage Take steps to bring the operating environment back within the enclosure manufacturer s specifications Allow cold equipment to warm up gradu
273. nfirm that you want to enable write cache The unit is not actually created and no data is overwritten until you have finished making all your changes and press F8 4 Ifthe volume summary screen appears review the information and press any key to continue Multiple volumes will be created if you entered a Boot Volume Size of greater than zero 0 or if auto carving is enabled and the combined size of the drives in your unit is large enough to divide it into multiple volumes For more information about auto carving see Using Auto Carving for Multi LUN Support on page 83 www si com channel products 23 First Time RAID Configuration Using 3BM Figure 15 Summary of Volumes to be Created The following summary shows how volumes have been assigned for the array that you have jus Press any key to continue To finish up and save your changes 1 24 If you have additional drives you can go ahead and configure an additional RAID unit or designate a hot spare Then continue on with these steps For details about hot spares see page 26 If you configured more than one unit and you plan to install the operating system on one of them make that unit be the first unit Unit 0 in the list of Exportable Units To move a unit up in the list highlight it and press the Page Up key You will also want to make sure that the controller is the boot device for your computer After finalizing the configuration below be sur
274. ng Advanced or Basic Verify Schedules 172 You cannot ignore a verify schedule You can only select either Basic or Advanced as the verify schedule The Basic verify schedule is selected by default and is scheduled to run once a week at Friday 12 am You can change the time at which it runs on the Schedule page in 3DM 2 or on the Policy screen in 3BM The Advanced verify schedule is similar to the Rebuild Migrate schedule and has seven scheduling slots For details about the functioning of Basic and Advanced verify schedules see Using Auto Verification on page 157 To select Basic or Advanced verify schedule 1 Choose Management gt Schedule from the menu bar The Scheduling page appears showing the schedule for Rebuild Migrate Tasks 3ware SATA SAS RAID Controller Card Software User Guide Version 10 0 Scheduling Background Tasks 2 From the drop down menu select Verify Tasks The Schedule Verify Tasks page appears 3 Select either Basic or Advanced as the verify schedule Removing a Task Slot from a Schedule By default seven daily task schedule slots are defined each starting at 12 00 am and running for 24 hours A maximum of seven schedule slots can be defined When seven schedule slots are shown for any of the tasks you must remove a schedule slot before you can add another To remove a task slot from a schedule 1 Choose Management gt Schedule from the menu bar The Scheduling page appears showing
275. ng configuration or as a replacement drive in the event that another drive degrades If you want to use this drive as a spare see Creating a Hot Spare on page 104 Removing a Drive 136 If you have hot swappable drives in a carrier or an enclosure and you want to physically remove a drive from your system without powering it down you should first remove it through the 3ware software Follow this procedure if you know that a drive is developing a problem and you want to replace it or to replace a drive which has already failed Warnings Physically removing a drive that is not in a hot swap bay or that is part of a non redundant unit can result in a system hang or may even damage the system and the drive The steps below will destroy any information that identifies this drive as part of a RAID unit Existing data on this drive will no longer be available Notes If you want to remove a unit from your system and reassemble it in another system do not follow these steps Instead turn to Removing a Unit on page 131 If you physically remove a drive on a controller without first removing it in 3DM 2 it will be listed as removed however it will not be completely removed unless you Rescan the controller Drives that are part of a non redundant or degraded unit cannot be removed 3ware SATA SAS RAID Controller Card Software User Guide Version 10 0 Removing a Drive To remove a drive 1 In3DM 2 choose Mana
276. ng data from the RAID unit by slowing down the background task process In contrast Adaptive mode allows the firmware to adjust the interaction of background www si com channel products 165 Maintaining Units 166 tasks with host I Os to maximize the speed of both host I O and background tasks If latency is not an issue in the applications you use then using the Adaptive Background Task Mode will probably meet your needs and will result in background tasks that complete faster Relationship of Task Mode and Task Rate The Background Task Mode works in conjunction with the Background Task Rate The settings are shown in Figure 72 Figure 72 Background Task Settings on Controller Settings page Background Task Controller ID 0 Task Rate Mode 43 2 1 Rebuild Migrate Fastest Rebuild O O O Fastest I O Adaptive Low Latency Verify Fastest Verify O O O O Fastest O O Adaptive Low Latency Background Task Rate lets you set the relative performance of background tasks in relation to host I O activity on a scale of 1 to 5 with 5 being the fastest background task and slowest I O while 1 is the fastest I O and the slowest background task as shown in Figure 72 Separate settings are available for Rebuild Migrate and for Verify Initialization occurs at the Rebuild Migrate rate 5 fastest background task slowest host I O 4 faster background task slower host I O 3 balanced between background tasks
277. nge can be to expand the capacity of the unit OCE change the stripe size of the unit change the unit from redundant to non redundant change the unit from non redundant to redundant and to change the unit from one type of redundant unit to another type of redundant unit for example RAID 1 to RAID 5 e Mirrored disk array unit A pair of drives on which the same data is written so that each provides a backup for the other If one drive fails the data is preserved on the paired drive Mirrored disk units include RAID 1 and RAID 10 e NCQ Native Command Queuing See Queuing e Non redundant units A disk array unit without fault tolerance RAID 0 or single disk e OCE Online Capacity Expansion The process of increasing the size of an existing RAID unit without having to create a new unit See also migration e Parity Information that the controller calculates using an exclusive OR XOR algorithm and writes to the disk drives in RAID 5 RAID 6 and 306 3ware SATA SAS RAID Controller Card Software User Guide Version 10 0 RAID 50 units This data can be used with the remaining user data to recover the lost data if a disk drive fails e PCB Printed circuit board e P Chip PCI interface chip that connects the PCI bus to the high speed internal bus and routes all data between the two using a packet switched fabric There is one P chip per controller card e Phy Phys are transceivers that transmit and receive th
278. nge this port make sure the port you specify is not being used Failure to do so will cause 3DM 2 to stop responding and you will have to restart it by hand Change Port button Saves a new port number Server Configuration Allow Remote Access This field enables or disables the ability for users and administrators to access 3DM 2 from a remote computer Command Logging This field lets you enable or disable command logging For more information See Controlling Command Logging in 3DM 2 on page 75 www si com channel products 237 13 Troubleshooting This troubleshooting section includes the following sections e Web Resources e Before Contacting Customer Support e Basic Troubleshooting Check This First e Command Logging e Drive Performance Monitoring e Problems and Solutions e Error and Notification Messages Web Resources For support troubleshooting tips frequently asked questions software releases and interoperability information related to 3ware RAID controllers refer to e LSI 3ware support page http www si com channel support e LSI eSupport Knowledge Base https selfservice lsi com service main jsp e LSI 3ware software downloads http www si com channel ChannelDownloads e LSI 3ware documentation http www lsi com channel ChannelDownloads e LSI 3ware interoperability lists http www si com channel support marketing_resources through the Data amp Interoperability tab I
279. nit you want to be bootable at the top of the list of exportable units When you are finished working in 3BM press F8 to save your changes and exit Partitioning Formatting and Mounting Units After you create a unit whether through 3BM or 3DM it needs to be formatted partitioned and mounted by the operating system before it can be used The steps vary depending on whether your operating system is Windows or Linux To partition format and mount under Windows 1 2 Boot the system and log in as a system administrator Partition and format the new arrays or disks using the Administrative Tools from the Start menu a Choose Computer Management from the Administrative Tools menu b Select Storage c Select Disk Management Follow the steps that appear on screen to write a signature to the drive Right click on the drive and select Create Volume RAID type in the future remember to select the dynamic disk option Only dynamic disks can be resized into larger partitions Older Windows systems cannot convert basic disks into dynamic disks after the file system has been created f Note If you plan on migrating your unit to a larger array or another Follow the steps that appear on screen to create a volume and to assign a drive letter The volume is automatically mounted after formatting completes 102 3ware SATA SAS RAID Controller Card Software User Guide Version 10 0 Configuring a New Unit To partition form
280. notifications will be sent by selecting the severity e Information will send e mails for all events e Warning will send e mail for events with severity of Warning and Error e Error will send e mail for events with severity of Error only Events are listed on the 3DM 2 Alarms page Event notification can be set up during 3DM 2 installation and can be changed on the 3DM 2 Settings page To set up event notification 1 Click 3DM 2 Settings on the menu bar 2 Inthe E mail Notification section of the 3DM 2 Settings page enter or change the settings you want 3ware SATA SAS RAID Controller Card Software User Guide Version 10 0 Setting Up 3DM 2 Preferences e Enable or Disable all notifications e Set the severity level of events for which e mail notifications are sent e Specify the email address of the sender This will appear in the From field of the e mail e Enter the e mail address es to which notifications are sent Separate multiple addresses with a comma a semicolon or a space e Enter the SMTP server name or IP of the mail server for the computer where the 3ware controller is installed e If your email server requires authentication enter the Mail Server Login and Password e If your email server requires or supports encrypted email select Yes in the field Mail Server Port Uses SSL Tip If you are not sure whether or not this applies to you try enabling it and then use the Send Test Message
281. nstallation in Chapter 2 First Time RAID Configuration Using 3BM Additional information about configuration is also included in the later chapters of this user guide If the operating system is already installed on another drive in your system you can configure units through 3BM through 3ware Disk Manager 3DM 2 or through the Command Line Interface CLI If you want to use 3DM 2 or the CLI for configuration go ahead and boot to the operating system install the driver and the 3DM 2 software and then configure your units You may want to refer to the following information e Chapter 6 3DM 2 3ware Disk Manager Introduction e Chapter 8 Configuring Units e Sware SATA SAS RAID Controller Card CLI Guide Version 10 0 available from the 3ware CD and from the website http www lsi com channel ChannelDownloads Install the Driver and Make the Operating System Aware of the New Drives Instructions for installing drivers are available in Driver Installation on page 32 You will also find instructions for updating the driver under Downloading the Driver and Firmware on page 178 Set Up Management and Maintenance Features 3ware RAID controllers include a number of features to help you manage and maintain the controller and your configured units The default settings for these features allow you to begin using your newly configured units right away You can review and change these features as a final step
282. nt Event Type Error Cause The battery pack has been removed from the 3ware RAID controller Action Reinstall the battery pack 005C Battery is weak Event Type Warning Cause The Battery Backup Unit periodically evaluates the health of the battery and its ability to backup the 3ware RAID controller in case of a power failure www si com channel products 285 Troubleshooting This message is posted when the result of the health test is below the warning threshold Action Replace the battery pack if warnings persist 005E Cache synchronization completed Event Type Information Cause The 3ware RAID controller performs cache synchronization when system power is restored following a power failure This message is posted for each unit when the cache synchronization completes successfully You will also see this message if drive insertion causes a unit to become operational and retained write cache data was flushed 005F Cache synchronization failed some data lost Event Type Error Cause The 3ware RAID controller performs cache synchronization when system power is restored following a power failure The cache synchronization was not successful for some reason 0062 Enclosure removed 286 Event Type Warning Cause Applies to 9750 and 9690SA controllers An enclosure is no longer accessible to the RAID controller The likely cause is that the enclosure has been powered down or that a cable has
283. nt to have a designated volume for the OS The remainder of the unit will be created as a separate volume or volumes if auto carving is also used 3ware SATA SAS RAID Controller Card Software User Guide Version 10 0 Basic Steps for Creating a Unit volume you do not have to install your operating system onto it For more information about creating a boot volume see Boot volume size on page 93 If the size of your array is 2TB or greater you may also want to review the information about carving the unit into multiple volumes For details see Using Auto Carving for Multi LUN Support on page 83 3 Note Setting a Boot Volume Size is optional In addition if you specify a boot 1 Open the Advanced Options screen From the Create Disk Array screen press Tab to the Advanced button and press Enter 2 Inthe Boot Volume Size field press Enter to display a text box 3 Enter the size in Gigabytes that should be assigned to the boot volume 4 Press Enter again to accept the size To confirm unit configuration 1 If you re on the Advanced Options screen press Tab to select the OK button and press Enter to return to the Create Disk Array screen 2 Press Tab to select the OK button and press Enter to confirm creation of the unit Or if you want to cancel the creation of the unit tab to Cancel and press Enter 3 If you leave the Unit Write Cache field enabled and do not have a BBU installed 3BM will ask you to co
284. ntation and the LSI Knowledge Base for more information Deleting a Unit 128 A You delete a unit either an array of disks or a Single Disk when you want to reconfigure the unit or use the drives for other purposes After you delete a unit the drives appear in the list of Available Drives Warning When a unit is deleted all of the data on that unit will be lost The drives cannot be reassembled into the same unit because the data on it is erased If you want to reassemble the drives into the same unit on another controller use the Remove Unit button in 3DM instead of the Delete Unit button Or if you re at the BIOS level already you can shut down the computer and physically move the drives to another 3ware 9750 RAID controller When you restart your system the controller will recognize the unit For more information see Moving a Unit from One Controller to Another on page 133 If you have incomplete drives or drives that appear with a message such as Unsupported DCB indicating that they were previously part of a unit on a 3ware 7000 8000 series controller they must be deleted before you use them If you want to move a unit from a 7 8000 controller to a 9750 controller you must convert the drives first For more information see Moving a Unit from One Controller to Another on page 133 3ware SATA SAS RAID Controller Card Software User Guide Version 10 0 Deleting a Unit Deleting a Unit through 3
285. ntelligent v v v Protection x UnitO RAID 5 Unit 1 SINGLE DISK Single Save Names J Reset Names Other Controller Settings Controller ID 0 Auto Rebuild Enabled O Disabled Auto Carving O Enabled Disabled Carve Size GB 2048 Number of Drives per Spin up 1 Delay between Spin up 1 second s Export Unconfigured Disk N A Number of Controller Phys 8 www si com channel products 81 Configuring Your Controller To view controller polices in 3BM You can also view and change these controller polices in 3BM as shown in Figure 35 1 On the main 3BM screen Tab to Settings and press Enter 2 On the pop up menu select Controller Policies and press Enter The Policy Control screen displays Figure 35 3BM Policy Control Screen ions below you can set various policiss that the controller use when processing arrays d disks lt These settings opel to the current 1y selected board A Gna will persist through po lt Changing JBOD policy will cause a ecent configuration change Export JBOD Di No Enabled 2 o Enabled futo Verify Preferred y Saturday futo Verify Preferred Start Tine 12 68am Change whether JBODs are exported Setting the Auto Rebuild Policy 82 The Auto Rebuild policy determines how the controller firmware will attempt to rebuild degraded units When Auto Rebuild is disabled only spares will be automatically used to rebuild degraded units When A
286. ntly been written to media and is likely to be frequently accessed This improves read access times for applications such as a database that can take advantage of storage caching The read cache may be disabled without reducing performance for applications that are write intensive or that rarely read back data recently written Intelligent Mode enables the Intelligent Read Prefetch IRP feature The Intelligent Read Prefetch feature includes a typical read ahead caching method which is used to proactively retrieve data from media and store it www si com channel products 111 Configuring Units 112 locally on the controller with the anticipation that it may be requested by the host For example the host may read blocks 1 2 and 3 With the read ahead caching included in IRP the controller will also retrieve and hold in its cache blocks 4 5 and 6 in anticipation of getting those command requests from the host By loading a larger set of data into the cache chances are improved that another request can be filled by data that is already in the cache This can be helpful with applications that are sequential in nature such as video on demand video surveillance playback and restoring from a disk to disk backup Performance benefits of read ahead are especially pronounced when the host queue depth is low In addition this read ahead caching also improves sequential read performance when the unit is degraded The Intelligent Read Prefe
287. ntroller 1 If you are working with a Linux system skip to step 2 If you are working with a Windows system a Power down the computer b Install the 9750 controller in the computer leaving the original controller installed and its drives attached c Boot to the operating system 2 Install the driver for the 9750 RAID controller If you are using Linux you may also need to update the initial RAM disk For more information see Updating the 3ware Driver Under Red Hat or Fedora Core on page 183 or Updating the 3ware Driver Under SUSE on page 185 3 Power down the computer 3ware SATA SAS RAID Controller Card Software User Guide Version 10 0 Adding a Drive Remove the original controller If you are working with a Linux system install the 9750 controller Attach the drives that were on the original controller to the 9750 controller Power up the computer and verify that the upgrade is complete The existing units should be available for use Remove old 3DM and CLI files and install new versions To move a secondary storage unit from an earlier 9000 series controller to a 9750 controller 1 2 nan A U Power down the computer Remove the 9690SA 9650SE or 9550SX controller Install the 9750 controller in the computer Attach the drives that were on the original controller to the 9750 Boot to the operating system Install the driver for the 9750 If you are using Linux you may also need to upda
288. ntrollers 2000005 68 Refreshing the Screen 0 cece teen eee 68 3DM 2 Screens and What They re Used For 0 000 eee eee ee 69 Setting Up 3DM 2 Preferences 0 00 cc cece eee eee eee 71 Setting and Changing 3DM 2 Passwords 20000eeeeeeeeaee 71 Managing E mail Event Notification 0 0 eee ee eee 72 Enabling and Disabling Remote Access 0000 cece eee eee 73 Setting the Listening Port 0 0 0 cece ects 74 Setting the Frequency of Page Refreshes 00 cece ee eeuee 75 Controlling Command Logging in 3DM2 6 eee eee 75 Configuring Your Controller 00 cece eee eee 77 Viewing Information About a Controller 0 0 0 0 e eee eee 77 About Controller Policies 0 cc eect teens 79 Viewing Controller Policies 2 0 0 0c cette 81 Setting the Auto Rebuild Policy 0 00 c eects 82 Using Auto Carving for Multi LUN Support 0 00000 83 Setting the Size of Volumes Created with Auto Carving 00e0 eeu 86 Enabling and Setting Up Staggered Spin up 0000 eee eee eee 86 Viewing Information About a Phy 0 cece eee eee 87 Changing the Phy Link Speed 1 1 eee ee 89 Configuring Units iritarea na 2 deeb le eee Rhee 91 Configuring a New Unito asii as e eet 91 Configuration Options When Creating a Unit 0 0000 0s 92 Creating a Unit through 3DM 2 2 ee
289. nventions are used for variable text for kernel strings and module names in the instructions on the following pages Kernel String Conventions lt kernel string gt refers to the kernel version The kernel string will have different endings depending on the kernel you are using e For a default kernel the kernel string will end in default For example 2 6 16 default e Foran SMP kernel multi processor the kernel string will end in smp For example 2 6 16 smp e Fora Bigmem kernel the kernel string will end in big For example 2 6 16 big e For ai586 kernel the kernel string will end in 586 For example 2 6 16 586 e Fora PAE kernel Physical Address Extension the kernel string will end in pae For example 2 6 16 pae e Fora Xen kernel the kernel string will end in xen For example 2 6 16 xen www si com channel products 43 Driver Installation Module Naming Conventions 3w sas refers to the specific kernel driver module you will copy in the examples shown in steps 3 and 4 The name of the kernel driver module you will copy 3w sas varies depending on the kernel however you will always copy it to a file named 3w sas ko for 2 6 kernels Depending on the supported release not all modules may be required or available The available kernel driver module files are For default kernels 3w sas ko For SMP kernels 3w sas smp For Bigmem kernels 3w sas big For 1586 kernels 3w sas 586 For PAE kernels 3w s
290. o correspond to UDMA 100 or 133 drives See Also For a list of compatible drives see the Interoperability list on http www si com channel support marketing_resources through the Data amp Interoperability tab 0032 Spare capacity too small Event Type Warning Cause There is a valid hot spare but the capacity is not sufficient to use it for a drive replacement in existing units Action Replace the spare with a drive of equal or larger capacity than the existing drives www si com channel products 269 Troubleshooting 0033 Migration started Event Type Information Cause The 3ware RAID controller has started the migration of a unit Migration changes can include e Expanding capacity of a unit by adding drives e Changing RAID levels for example from RAID 1 to RAID 5 See Also RAID Level Migration RLM Overview on page 123 0034 Migration failed 270 Event Type Error Cause The migration of a unit has failed Migration changes can include e Expanding capacity of a unit by adding drives e Changing RAID levels for example from RAID 1 to RAID 5 Action Review the list of events on the Alarms page for other entries that may give you an idea of why the migration failed for example a drive error on a specific port You may also wish to get the logs and contact technical support at http www si com channel ContactUs For information on collecting logs search the LSI Knowledge Base
291. o could result in a system crash or hang and may even corrupt the data and the unit configuration from being reassembled later Power down your system before physically removing any drive that is not in a hot swap bay unit or if you want to remove a drive from the Available Drives list so that you can then remove it from the system For more information see Removing a Drive on page 136 B Note You can also remove a drive if you want to force a degrade on a redundant www Isi com channel products 131 Configuring Units Removing a Unit Through 3DM 132 In 3DM the command for deleting a unit is on the Maintenance page Be sure to follow steps 1 and 2 in the instructions before using the Remove command To remove a unit through 3DM 2 remove a unit via 3DM Simply power down the system and remove the applicable drives Refer to your system s user guide for details on removing fixed disks If your drives are in hot swap bays follow the steps below Note If your drives are not in hot swap bays you do not need to Make sure the operating system is not accessing the unit you want to remove For example make sure you are not copying files to the unit and make sure that there are no applications with open files on that unit Unmount the unit This step is very important If a unit is not unmounted and you remove it itis the equivalent of physically yanking a hard drive out from under the operating system
292. o listen for incoming messages If you are not sure which port would be the best to use leave this set to the default port of 888 To set the listening port 1 Click 3DM 2 Settings on the menu bar 2 Inthe Listening Port section of the 3DM 2 Settings page enter the port number in the Listening Port field 3 Click Change Port The page refreshes and a message at the top of the screen confirms that the listening port has been changed 74 3ware SATA SAS RAID Controller Card Software User Guide Version 10 0 Setting Up 3DM 2 Preferences Setting the Frequency of Page Refreshes Since the status of the drives attached to your 3ware RAID controller can change while you are viewing information about them in 3DM 2 it is important to refresh the page information regularly That way you can be assured that the information you see in 3DM 2 is current You can manually refresh the information on a page by clicking Refresh Page in the menu bar But you can also have 3DM 2 refresh the information on a regular basis To set the frequency of page refreshes 1 Click 3DM 2 Settings on the menu bar 2 Inthe Page Refresh section of the 3DM 2 Settings page select how often you want the page to be refreshed in the Minutes Between Refresh field select Never in the Minutes Between Refresh field You can B Note If you do not want 3DM 2 to refresh the screen automatically then refresh manually by clicking Refresh on your web browser Control
293. o you first see information about the page you now have in view A Table of Contents and Index are available to help you find other information www si com channel products 67 3DM 2 3ware Disk Manager Introduction Viewing Information About Different Controllers If you have more than one 3ware RAID controller in the system you select the one you want to see details about from the drop down list at the right of the menu bar This drop down is available on all pages that provide controller specific features Figure 30 3DM 2 Controller Selection Drop down 3ware 3DM 2 amcc Windows Server 2003 Service Pack 4 v 1433 Administrator logged in _Logout Summary Information Management Help Refresh Controller Details OLC Controller ID 0 9750 41 zl EE Note Throughout these instructions the term current controller is used to refer to the controller which is currently selected in this drop down list Note The fields and columns in 3DM 2 vary for different models of 3ware RAID controllers If you have multiple controllers of different models you may notice some differences when switching between them in 3DM 2 For example when displaying information about the 9750 or 9690SA controllers 3DM 2 displays VPort for virtual port on some pages while for earlier controllers the label is port Refreshing the Screen I 68 You can refresh the data on the screen at any time by clicking Refresh Page in the
294. olicy before creating the unit Units created with this policy turned off will not be affected by a change to the policy If the policy is turned off later units that have been carved into volumes will retain their individual volumes existing data is not affected To use auto carving 1 Enable the auto carving feature You can do so using 3DM or 3BM In 3DM 2 enable Auto Carving at the bottom of the Management gt Controller Settings page In 3BM you enable Auto Carving on the Settings gt Controller Policies page 84 3ware SATA SAS RAID Controller Card Software User Guide Version 10 0 Using Auto Carving for Multi LUN Support Figure 36 Show Auto Carve policy in 3BM ia the options below you can set various licies that the controller board will use when processing arrays and disks lt These settings apply o tre currently selected board only and will persist through power cles lt Changing JBOD policy will cause all recent configuration change Export JBOD Di No Staggered S Enabled Delay Bef 2 1 1 second N A Disabled Enable Disable fAuto Carving te Enter 2 Create a new unit or migrate an existing unit to include the drives you want to use If the combined capacity of the drives exceeds the carve size a number of volumes will be created 3 Verify the creation of the volumes In 3DM 2 the number of volumes is shown on the Unit Details page 4 Verify that the volumes appear in the operating system
295. oller contains firmware that provides RAID functionality 3ware makes a number of different models of SATA RAID controllers e Controller ID number Unique number assigned to every 3ware controller in a system starting with zero e Create an array The process of selecting individual disk drives and selecting a RAID level The array will appear to the operating system as a single unit Overwrites any existing unit configuration data on the drives Note that in 3ware software tools arrays are referred to as units e DCB Disk configuration block This is 3ware proprietary RAID table information that is written to disk drives that are in a RAID unit or single disk The DCB includes information on the unit type unit members RAID level and other important RAID information e Delete an array Deleting an array or unit is the process of returning the drives in a unit to individual drives This erases the DCB information from the drives and deletes any data that was on them When a unit is deleted from a controller it is sometimes referred to as being destroyed If you want to remove a unit without deleting the data on it do not delete it instead use the Remove feature in 3DM 2 and then physically remove the drives e Destroying Same as deleting a unit e Degraded unit A redundant unit that contains a drive that has failed e Disk roaming When moving a unit from one controller to another refers to putting disks back in a differ
296. oller Card Software User Guide Version 10 0 Background Tasks Background Tasks Background tasks are maintenance tasks that help maintain the integrity of your drives and data These tasks include e Initialization of units e Verification of units e Rebuilds when units have become degraded e Migration of units from one configuration to another e Self tests 3ware RAID management software includes some controls to help you balance completion of these tasks with host I O responsiveness so as to minimize any conflict between the two For example you can schedule when backgrounds tasks should be run to avoid peak work hours and you can specify the rate at which they run in relationship to foreground I O tasks You can also set the background task mode to address the issue of latency This section includes the following topics related to background tasks e About Initialization e About Verification e Starting a Verify Manually e Rebuilding Units e Cancelling a Rebuild and Restarting It with a Different Drive e Working with the Background Task Mode e Setting the Background Task Mode e Setting Background Task Rate e Background Task Prioritization e Scheduling Background Tasks e Viewing Current Task Schedules e Turning On or Off Use of a Rebuild Migrate Task Schedule e Removing a Task Slot from a Schedule e Adding a New Task Schedule Slot e Selecting Self tests to be Performed Although the migration of a unit is handled
297. on e Verify tasks also applies to media scans e Self tests 3DM 2 then updates the page to show you schedule details for that type of task 216 3ware SATA SAS RAID Controller Card Software User Guide Version 10 0 Scheduling page Select a type of task you would like to schedula ATIT Verify Tasks Self test Tasks Schedule Rebuild Migrate Tasks Cont Scheduled Rebuilds Migrates Follow Schedule Ignore Schedule Scheduled Rebuild Migrates You can enable or disable the schedule for the Rebuild Migrate tasks by selecting either Follow Schedule or Ignore Schedule When schedules are set to be ignored these tasks can be performed at any time and are not restricted to the scheduled times Scheduled Verify Mode You can select either Basic or Advanced verify mode Basic verify creates a once a week schedule Advanced verify has seven scheduling slots per week similar to the Rebuild Migrate schedule For more information see Selecting Advanced or Basic Verify Schedules on page 172 Administrator logged in Logout Summary Information Management Monitor 3DM 2 Settings Help Refresh Scheduling LOE Controller ID 0 969054A 414E Successfully added Verify Schedule slot Z 3waree 3DM 2 urban windows Server 2003 Enterprise Edition Service Pack 4 v Select a type of task you would like to schedule Verify Tasks g Schedule Verify Tasks Controller ID 0 Scheduled Verify Mode Basic Auto Ve
298. on 309 Verifying unit status 143 verifying a unit 158 159 222 Auto Verify policy 115 manually 158 stopping 3DM 159 Verify Paused unit status 143 222 viewing 3DM remotely 65 volume specifying a boot volume size 93 volumes in a unit 205 multiple from one unit 83 330 3ware SATA SAS RAID Controller Card Software User Guide Version 10 0 resulting from auto carvings 205 vport definition 309 WwW Warranty 319 wide port definition 309 WinAVAlarm 148 Windows alert utility WinAVAlarm 148 working in 3BM 55 write cache 16 212 disable on degrade part of Storsave profile 120 enabling in 3BM 110 enabling in 3DM 109 write journaling part of StorSave profile 119 WWN World Wide Number definition 309
299. on About a Phy e Changing the Phy Link Speed Note Background task rate is also set for all units on a controller For information about setting the task rate see Setting Background Task Rate on page 168 Viewing Information About a Controller You can check the controller model serial number firmware and driver versions and the status of the 3ware RAID controller in your computer If you have more than one controller in your system you can easily view information about each one using 3DM If you are working at the BIOS level in 3BM you access each controller separately To see details about a controller in 3DM 2 1 Start 3DM 2 and log in as an administrator The 3DM 2 Unit Information page appears listing all the 3ware controllers installed in your system The right most column of the list shows the status of each controller www si com channel products 77 Configuring Your Controller 78 I I Figure 32 Controller Summary Page 3ware 3DM 2 urban qbmuteoiv Windows Server 2003 Service Pack 1 v 1433 Administrator logged in _ Logout Summary Information Management Monitor 3DM 2 Settings Help Refresh Summary Controller Summary Serial Firmware Driver status 0 9750 81 G34060047250001 FHOX 4 x xx xx xxx 3 00 03 058 OK for the machine with the IP or URL you entered in the browser Tip If you are managing controllers remotely the list of controllers is I address bar
300. on from the firmware log This can be useful when troubleshooting certain types of problems For example you might want to send the saved file to 3ware Customer Support for assistance when troubleshooting To download the error log 1 In3DM 2 choose Information gt Controller Details from the menu bar 2 Make sure the correct controller is displayed in the Select Controller field in the menu bar 3 On the Controller Details page click the Download Error Log link 4 When the Save or Open dialog box appears navigate to where you want to save the log and click OK Viewing SMART Data About a Drive You can view SMART Self Monitoring Analysis and Reporting Technology data about a SATA drive to help troubleshoot problems that occur SMART data is available on all SATA disk drives unit members Single Disks and Hot Spares Although SAS drives are monitored the data for them is not displayed You can also set self tests that will check the SMART attributes and post messages to the Alarms page when they are exceeded For more information see Selecting Self tests to be Performed on page 174 To view SMART data 1 Choose Information gt Drive Information from the menu bar 2 On the Drive Information page click the port number for the drive you are interested in A window showing details of the SMART data opens The data is shown as hex values Only SMART data for SATA drives is displayed 150 3ware SATA SAS RAID Contr
301. on screens mirror those that display using the GUI installer For specific information about the screens see the previous section in this chapter To navigate in text mode type 1 for Next 2 for Previous 3 to Cancel 5 to Redisplay 0 to Continue Installing www si com channel products 315 Software Installation Uninstalling 3ware Software This section tells you how to uninstall 3ware RAID controller management software for these operating systems e Uninstalling 3ware Software under Microsoft Windows e Uninstalling 3ware Software under Linux Note If 3DM is reinstalled or restarted close any open web browsers before starting 3DM again to close the server socket Uninstalling 3ware Software under Microsoft Windows Use the Add or Remove Programs control panel to uninstall 3DM e From the Startup menu choose Control Panels gt Add or Remove Programs e In the Add or Remove Programs control panel select 3ware Disk Management Tools and click Change Remove Uninstalling 3ware Software under Linux The following steps describe how to uninstall software on Linux from the command line If you do not use the console option the installer will assume you want GUI mode You must be root or superuser To uninstall 3DM for Linux 1 Navigate to the directory where you installed the software The default directory is opt 3ware 2 Change to the subdirectory _uninst 3 For Linux type auninstaller bi
302. onfiguring Units Figure 58 Unit Successfully Deleted through 3DM 2 2 3ware 3DM 2 amce windows Server 2003 Service Pack 1 v 1433 Administrator logged in _ Logout Summary Information Management Monitor 3DM 2 Settings Help Refresh Maintenance ELTE Controller ID 0 9750 41 x Successfully deleted unit s 0 Rescan Controller This will scan all ports for newly inserted drives units Unit Maintenance Controller ID 0 NO UNITS Verify Unit Rebuild Unit Migrate Unit Remove Unit Delete Unit Before removing or deleting a unit make sure there is no I O on the unit and unmount it Available Drives Controller ID 0 _ vPort Model Capacity _ Phy Slot Sc Gi io ak SAMSUNG HD160JJ 149 05 GB SATA 0 m 1 SAMSUNG HD160JJ 149 05 GB SATA al OK O F SAMSUNG HD160JJ 149 05 GB SATA OK r g SAMSUNG HD160JJ 149 05 GB SATA 2 OK De Select All Drives Create Unit Remove Drive Set Spare s Clear Configuration Deleting a Unit through 3BM In 3BM the command for deleting a unit is on the main 3BM screen To delete a unit through 3BM 1 Atthe main 3BM screen select the unit in the list of Exportable Units by highlighting it and pressing Enter or Space An asterisk appears in the left most column to indicate that it is selected 2 Tab to the Delete Unit button and press Enter Note If you want to delete an incomplete drive or unusable unit or a drive that appears with a message such as
303. ontroller Phy Summary Controller ID 0 Phy SAS Address Link Enabled Link Control Type D 0 500050E000000122 1 5 Gbps Ato SATA VPort6 1 500050E000000122 3 0 Gbps Ato E sATA VPort 12 2 500050E000000122 3 0 Gbps Ato E SATA VPort 13 3 500050E000000122 3 0 Gbps Ato SATA VPort 14 4 500050E000000126 3 0 Gbps Auto Enclosure 5 500050E000000126 3 0 Gbps Auto Enclosure 6 500050E000000126 3 0 Gbps Auto Enclosure 7 500050 000000126 3 0 Gbps Auto Enclosure www si com channel products 89 Configuring Your Controller To change the phy link speed in 3BM 1 On the main 3BM screen Tab to Settings and press Enter 2 On the pop up menu select Phy Policies and press Enter 3 On the Controller Phy Policies page use the arrow keys to select the Phy for which you want to set the link speed 4 Press Enter to display a popup of the possible settings select the one you want and press Enter again Figure 40 Controller Phy Policies page 90 3ware SATA SAS RAID Controller Card Software User Guide Version 10 0 Configuring Units This section includes information and procedures on configuring units attached to your 3ware RAID controller It is organized into the following topics e Configuring a New Unit e Creating a Hot Spare e Naming a Unit e Setting Unit Policies e Changing An Existing Configuration by Migrating RAID Level Migration or Online Capacity Expansion e Deleting a Unit e
304. ontroller Phys The number of phys on the controller regardless of whether each currently has a device connected The 9750 controller has 8 phys Connections The number of connections that are presently being used out of the total number possible on the controller Drives The number of drives that are connected to the controller out of the total number of devices possible on the controller Active Drives The number of drives connected to the controller that are in an active unit out of the total number possible on the controller Active Units The number of units on the controller that are active out of the total number possible on the controller Max Drives per Unit The maximum number of drives that can be in a unit with the present firmware Error Log Provides access to the firmware error log Click on the Download Error Log link to download the firmware error log to your computer This feature is important when contacting LSI for support with your controller It will help LSI identify the problem you encountered Unit Information page Figure 91 Unit Information Page 3ware 3 DM 2 urban qbmuteoiv Windows Server 2003 Service Pack 1 v 1433 Administrator logged in Logout Summary Information Management Monitor 3DM 2 Settings Help Refresh Unit Information EE a ert tae Controller ID O 9750 41 SS Unit Information Controller ID 0 a e a e E 0 RAID 6 100 55 GB OK O 1 RAID 6 100 55 GB OK mj Th
305. operable when there are no longer enough drives in the unit for it to function For example a RAID 5 unit created from four drives becomes degraded if one drive fails or is removed but becomes inoperable if two drives fail or are removed A RAID 6 unit created from five drives becomes degraded if one or two drives is removed but becomes inoperable if three drives fail or are removed Data on an inoperable unit cannot be accessed unless the missing drives are reconnected If you have data on a unit that is currently inoperable contact technical support A form is available on the web at http www si com channel ContactUs Drive by Blinking Its LED If you use a supported enclosure with enclosure services you may be able to easily identify the drives in a unit or locate an individual drive by causing the LEDs associated with the drives to blink You can issue the command to blink the LED through 3DM or 3BM For details about what the different LED patterns on the enclosure may mean see Enclosure Drive LED Status Indicators on page 142 To blink the LED for a drive through 3DM 2 1 Do one of the following e Choose Information gt Drive Information from the main menu in 3DM 2 On the Drive Information page identify the drive you want to physically locate www si com channel products 145 Maintaining Units e Choose Monitor gt Enclosure from the main menu in 3DM 2 On the list of enclosures click the ID num
306. ora Core Linux on a new unit 1 Boot with the Red Hat or Fedora Core install disk a Insert the Linux installation disk into your computer b Make sure the boot order in your motherboard s BIOS is correct then start or reboot your computer c When the Welcome to Red Hat or Fedora Core display appears type linux dd A number of files will load and then a message will prompt you to insert your driver install disk 2 Install the 3ware kernel driver module using the driver install diskette Insert the driver install diskette containing the 3ware driver and press Enter The system automatically reports Loading 3w sas 42 3ware SATA SAS RAID Controller Card Software User Guide Version 10 0 Driver Installation Under Linux 3 When prompted select the proper language and keyboard types for your locality 4 After installation completes remove media CD and floppy disks 5 Click reboot button to finish installation Installing the 3ware Kernel Driver Module on a Red Hat or Fedora Core Linux System that Boots From a Different Device The steps for installing the 3ware kernel driver module vary slightly depending on your specific installation requirements Select the appropriate set of steps below based on whether e You want to update the RAM disk e You prefer to load the driver manually or from a script instead of updating the RAM disk About Variables In the Kernel Driver Module Installation Instructions These co
307. ord for both User and Administrator is 3ware Note If you forget the passwords uninstalling and reinstalling 3DM 2 resets the passwords to 3ware Note If you close your browser 3DM continues to run in the background on the system Managing the 3DM 2 Daemon under Linux 64 3DM should start automatically after installation and upon bootup If it does not use the steps below to manage it To manage the 3DM daemon manually 1 Login as root on the machine on which 3DM is installed 2 For Linux etc re d init d tdm2 start stop restart Or some Linux versions use this directory instead etc rce d tdm2 start stop restart 3ware SATA SAS RAID Controller Card Software User Guide Version 10 0 Working with the 3DM 2 Screens Starting the 3DM 2 Process under Microsoft Windows 3DM should start automatically after installation and upon bootup If it does not use the steps below to start it To start the 3DM process manually 1 On the system on which 3DM is installed login as Administrator 2 Open Control Panel gt Administrative Tools gt Services gt 3DM2 and select the Start Play icon Viewing 3DM 2 Remotely Using a Web Browser When remote administration is enabled on the 3DM 2 Settings page you can use 3DM 2 to check status and administer your 3ware RAID controller from a browser on any computer over an internet connection You do not need to install the 3DM 2 software on the remote computer To connect to 3DM 2 throu
308. orming a task such as initializing verifying or rebuilding or has a problem error degraded warning www si com channel products 139 Maintaining Units The next figure illustrates how you can drill down to get additional detail about units and drives in your system Figure 61 Drilling Down to Check Status Information F wares IDM 2 wonsovee Server 2003 Service Peck 1 Summary o ion Management Monitor IDM 2 Settings Help Refresh Controller Summary 9750 41 M32262046180003 vWformation Management Ketresn Unit Information Controller ID 0 iName YP Status OK aiSk Type OISK WPort 0 NPort 1 For some RAID levels RAID 6 RAID 10 and RAID 50 a single RAID unit may have more than one status For example part of the unit could be rebuilding while another part is degraded or initializing When this is the case you will see both statuses listed at the top unit level When you drill in to see details you will be able to see which the specific subunits or drives to which the status applies For an explanation of unit and drive status see e Unit Statuses on page 143 e Drive Statuses on page 144 If you use a supported enclosure with enclosure services the LEDs on your enclosure may also provide some status information For details see Enclosure Drive LED Status Indicators on page 142 140 3ware SATA SAS RAID Controller Card Software User Guide Version 10 0 Ch
309. ot Spare Indicated SATA SAMSUNG HD16 JJ 149 84 GB SATA SAMSUNG HD166JJ 149 64 GB SSE 5 drive 64K RAID 6 100 55 GB lt Zygote_1 gt UERIFYING 5 drive 64K RAID 6 100 55 GB lt Zygote_2 gt VERIFYING D 4 drive 64K RAID 5 447 00 GB lt raid gt y g A A g A A A f f A A A H Create Unit Delete Unit Maintain Unit Settings Alt Fi te Alt a Enter If a hot spare is already enabled you can disable it by following the same process Note In order to replace a failed drive in a degraded unit a hot spare drive must have the same or larger storage capacity than the failed drive 26 3ware SATA SAS RAID Controller Card Software User Guide Version 10 0 Making Drives Visible to the Operating System Making Drives Visible to the Operating System By default if you leave individual drives unconfigured they will not be available to the operating system If you want to be able to use individual drives configure them as single disk units Checking the Motherboard Boot Sequence Using your computer s BIOS setup utility ensure that it shows the appropriate boot devices After installing the 3ware controller in your system go into the BIOS for your computer system to check and change the boot order The new controller is usually added as a boot device after previously existing boot devices You can move it up in the list if appropriate Refer to the documentation for your system for information about
310. ou entered a Boot Volume Size of greater than zero 0 or if auto carving is enabled and the combined size of the drives in your unit is large enough to divide it into multiple volumes If you are not satisfied with how the volumes will be split up in the unit delete the unit from the main 3BM screen and recreate it using a different Boot Volume Size If desired you can change the auto carving policy or the carve size on the Policies page For more information see Using Auto Carving for Multi LUN Support on page 83 You are returned to the main 3BM screen Note The unit is not actually created and no data is overwritten until you have finished making all your changes and press F8 3ware SATA SAS RAID Controller Card Software User Guide Version 10 0 Configuring a New Unit 13 When you are finished making configuration changes press F8 to save the changes and exit 3BM A warning message tells you that all existing data on the drives will be deleted and asks you to confirm that you want to proceed Figure 50 Confirmation Message when Saving and Exiting Creating or destroying arrays will destroy all existing data on their acnes ciak drives Using a drive for a rebuild will overwrite data on that drive Data on the following drives will be destroyed Controller SAS MAXTOR ATLAS15K2 36SAS SAS MAXTOR ATLAS15K2_36SAS SAS MAXTOR ATLAS15K2_36SAS SAS MAXTOR ATLAS15K2_36SAS SAS SEAGATE ST336754SS Save configu
311. ound Tasks Although you can use the unit while it is being initialized in the background initialization does slow I O performance until completed You can adjust how much initialization will slow performance by setting the rate at which it occurs See Setting Background Task Rate on page 168 You can also postpone initialization until a scheduled time See Scheduling Background Tasks on page 169 be automatically initialized using background initialization when they are verified for the first time Verification requires that the units have been previously initialized This will not affect the data on the drives and the units will perform normally although performance will be slowed until the initialization and verification are completed Sj Note Units that do not need to be immediately initialized for full performance will Initialization of Different RAID Types Information about initialization for each of the different RAID types is described below and summarized in Table 12 on page 154 Initialization of RAID 0 Units RAID 0 units do not need to be initialized and cannot be initialized RAID 0 units are immediately available for use with full performance when created Initialization of RAID 5 RAID 6 and RAID 50 Units RAID 5 units with three or four drives will be automatically initialized the first time they are verified Regardless of the size all 9000 series RAID 5 RAID 6 and RAID 50 units are fully fault
312. ox enter a name for the unit up to 21 characters including dashes and underscores If you have 12 drives attached to the controller and selected RAID 50 as the configuration in step 3 select whether you want 3 4 or 6 Drives Per Subunit as shown here Figure 43 Configuring a RAID 50 with 12 Drives Selected drives to create VPort 0 WDC WD1600BB 00DAA0 149 05 GB OK VPort 1 WDC WD1600BB 00DAA0 149 05 GB OK VPort2 WDC WD1600BB 00DAA0 149 05 GB OK VPort3 WDC WD1600BB 00DAA0 149 05 GB OK VPort4 WDC WD1600BB 00DAA0 149 05 GB OK VPort5 WDC WD1600BB 00DAA0 149 05 GB OK VPort6 WDC WD1600BB 00DAA0 149 05 GB OK VPort WDC WD1600BB 00DAA0 149 05 GB OK VPort8 WDC WD1600BB 00DAA0 149 05 GB OK VPort9 WDC WD1600BB 00DA40 149 05 GB OK VPort 10 WDC WD1600BB 00DA40 149 05 GB OK VPort11 WDC WD1600BB 00DAA40 149 05 GB OK Type RAID50 x Name Stripe 256KB z Drives per subunit 3 x M Write Cache M Auto Verify M Queuing Overwrite ECC i Read Cache Intelligent x StorSave Balanced Rapid RAID Recovery All mije Ok Cancel 8 Make changes to the unit policies as desired You can enable or disable the Write Cache Auto Verify and Overwrite ECC You can also set the StorSave policy the Rapid RAID Recovery policy and the Read Cache policy For details about these settings see Setting Unit Policies on page 107 3ware SATA SAS RAID Controller Card Software User Guide Version 10 0 Configuring a New Unit 9 Click OK
313. pack temperature being monitored by the Battery Backup Unit has fallen below the acceptable range The most likely cause is ambient temperature Action The Battery backup Unit is presently still able to backup the 3ware RAID controller but you should replace the battery pack if the temperature warning persists and is not due to environmental reasons 004B Battery temperature is high 280 Event Type Error Cause The battery pack temperature being monitored by the Battery Backup Unit has risen above the acceptable range However the BBU is still able to backup the 3ware RAID controller Action Check for sufficient airflow around the card To increase airflow you can e Leave the PCI slots next to the controller empty e Add fans to your computer case e Move and bundle wiring that is blocking air circulation The Battery Backup Unit is presently still able to backup the 3ware RAID controller but you should replace the battery pack if the temperature warning persists Contact 3ware technical support at http www lsi com channel ContactUs if this problem is not due to environmental reasons or improper case cooling 3ware SATA SAS RAID Controller Card Software User Guide Version 10 0 Error and Notification Messages 004C Battery temperature is too low Event Type Error Cause The battery pack temperature being monitored by the Battery Backup Unit is too low The BBU is unable to backup the 3ware RAID controller
314. pinup in order for the SATA OOB option to be used For more information search the LSI Knowledge Base for keyword 14889 use the Advanced Search at https selfservice lsi com service main jsp B Note Some hard drives require that the power management jumper PM2 be set To enable or disable spinup and set the delay between spinups 1 At the main 3BM screen Tab to Policy and press Enter 2 On the Policy Control screen Tab through these fields making the choices you want to use e Staggered Spinup Choose enabled or disabled e Number of Drives Per Spinup Select the number of drives depending on the number of ports on the controller e Delay between spinup Select the number of seconds from 1 to 6 3 Tab to the OK button and press Enter You will notice a short delay as 3BM makes the policy changes Viewing Information About a Phy The 3ware 9750 RAID controller has 8 phy transceivers phys that receive and transmit the serial data stream between the controller and drives and other devices in the SAS domain Phys are associated with the SAS ports on the controller Multiple phys can be associated with one SAS port which is then called a wide port In the 9750 there are two wide ports and each wide port has 4 phys You can check the phy properties on the Controller Phy Summary page To see information for a phy in 3DM 2 1 Select the controller for which you wish to view phy information from the drop down list on t
315. power is off for more than two weeks the battery status changes to Charging the next time the system is powered on This indicates the BBU is not able to backup the 3ware RAID controller When the BBU is in the charging state write caching is disabled automatically on all units attached to the controller www si com channel products 229 3DM 2 Reference 230 e Fault The BBU detected a fault This occurs if the voltage or temperature is outside the acceptable range e Error Other BBU error Please contact LSI Technical Support e Weak Battery The battery should be replaced soon The results of a battery health test or capacity test indicate that the battery is below the warning threshold 48 hours e Failed Battery The battery failed a test and must be replaced A Failed Battery status is displayed if the battery failed the health test or the battery capacity is below the error threshold 24 hours The battery must be replaced Battery Voltage Indicates the voltage status of the battery The BBU measures and evaluates the battery voltage continuously If the voltage falls outside the normal range warning or error level AENs are generated In the case of a voltage error the BBU status will change to Fault and the battery will be disconnected electronically Battery Temperature Indicates the temperature status of the battery The BBU measures and evaluates the battery pack temperature continuously If the t
316. ppendix C Compliance and Conformity Statements on page 317 e Appendix D Warranty Technical Support and Service on page 319 302 3ware SATA SAS RAID Controller Card Software User Guide Ver Glossary e 3BM 3ware BIOS Manager used on PC machines The 3ware BIOS Basic Input Output System manager is a basic interface used to view maintain and manage 3ware controllers disks and units without having to boot the operating system 3BM is included with the controller and is updated when the controller firmware is upgraded The latest firmware and code set is available for download from the 3ware web site http www si com channel ChannelDownloads e 3DM 2 3ware Disk Manager The 3ware disk manager is a web based graphical user interface that can be used to view maintain and manage 3ware controllers disks and units It is available on the 3ware CD that came with your controller and can be downloaded from http www si com channel ChannelDownloads e 3ware Named after the 3 computer wares hardware software and firmware A leading brand of high performance high capacity Serial ATA SATA and SAS Serial Attached SCSI RAID storage solutions e A Chip AccelerATA chip Automated data ports to handle asynchronous SATA or SAS disk drive interface e Array One or more disk drives that appear to the operating system as a single unit Within 3ware software 3BM and 3DM arrays are typically referred to as units e A
317. press Enter 2 On the pop up menu select Controller Policies and press Enter 3 On the Policy Settings page Tab to the Carving Factor field press Enter to display the text entry box enter the size you want between 1024 GB and 32768 GB and press Enter again to accept it 4 Tab to OK and press Enter to select it The policy is enabled immediately Enabling and Setting Up Staggered Spin up 86 You can set the number of SAS and SATA drives that will spin up at the same time and the delay time between drive group spinups This does not apply to SAS or SATA drives that are attached to an expander Three policy settings let you set the number of drives that will spin up at the same time and set the delay between drive groups that spin up at one time Not all SATA drives support staggered spinup If you enable staggered spinup and have drives that do not support it the setting will be ignored You can change these settings in 3BM or using the CLI 3ware SATA SAS RAID Controller Card Software User Guide Version 10 0 Viewing Information About a Phy controller s ports for staggered spinup during hot swapping of drives This feature is only available in the CLI using the autodetect on off command For more information see cx set autodetect on off disk lt p p gt all 3ware SATA SAS RAID Controller Card CLI Guide Version 10 0 El Note It is possible to enable or disable automatic detection of drives on the to enable staggered s
318. r Installation cp mnt packages drivers linux redhat lt version gt x86_64 3w sas ko lib modules lt kernel string gt kernel drivers scsi 3w sas ko For Fedora Core on AMD Opteron and Intel EM64T type cp mnt packages drivers linux fedora lt version gt x86_64 3w sas ko lib modules lt kernel string gt kernel drivers scsi 3w sas ko If prompted to overwrite type y Add the following line to etc modprobe conf alias scsi_hostadapter 3w sas Update the modules dep file by issuing the following command sbin depmod a Load the kernel driver module manually Type modprobe sd_mod insmod lib modules lt kernel string gt kernel drivers scsi 3w sas ko You can also incorporate the insmod command into a startup script Driver Installation Under SUSE Linux Materials required LSI 3ware CD Floppy diskette or USB drive if you need to make a driver install disk SUSE Linux Installation disk Not required if SUSE Linux is already installed on another drive Creating a SUSE Linux Driver Disk If you are installing SUSE Linux on a new drive or unit managed by the 3ware RAID controller you will need to install the 3ware RAID controller driver at the same time as the operating system You can load the driver directly from the 3ware CD or from a floppy diskette or USB drive on which you have installed the driver 46 3ware SATA SAS RAID Controller Card Software User Guide Version 10 0 Driver Installation
319. ration and exit Y N If you made changes to units on more than one controller the details about changes about to be made may extend beyond one screen In this case you use the PgUp and PgDn keys to bring more information into view 14 Type Y to continue delete any existing data on the drives and create the unit 15 Partition and format the units as described under Partitioning Formatting and Mounting Units on page 102 50 units with a subunit of 5 or more disks initialization of the unit begins immediately You can postpone initialization if you want to begin using the units right away however initialization from the BIOS is faster than it is under the operating system so it will be a longer period of time until the unit has optimal performance For more information see About Initialization on page 152 Note For RAID 5 and RAID 6 units with 5 or more disks and RAID Ordering Units in 3BM If you configure multiple units in 3BM and you want to install the OS on one of them so that you can boot from that unit that unit must be the first unit You can change the order of the units in 3BM To change the order of units in 3BM 1 At the main 3BM screen in the list of exportable units highlight the unit you want to move www si com channel products 101 Configuring Units 2 Press the Page Up key to move the unit up the list press the Page Down key to move the unit down the list Position the u
320. re case sensitive You can only change passwords if you are logged in as Administrator If you change the Administrator password you will be automatically logged out and must log back in with the new password www si com channel products 71 3DM 2 3ware Disk Manager Introduction To set or change the password 1 Click 3DM 2 Settings on the 3DM 2 menu bar 2 Onthe 3DM 2 Settings page in the Password section select the type of password you want to change User or Administrator 3 Type the current password in the Current Password field If you are changing the password for the first time the factory set default password is 3ware 4 Enter the new password in the New Password field and again in the Confirm New Password field 5 Click the Change Password button to enact the change reinstall it This will reset the password to the default password Note If you forget your password you can uninstall 3DM 2 and then 3ware Managing E mail Event Notification 72 3DM 2 can notify you when the 3ware RAID controller requires attention such as when a disk unit becomes degraded and is no longer fault tolerant E mail event notification can only occur while 3DM 2 is running so it is recommended that the 3DM 2 process be left running in the background on the system that contains the 3ware RAID controller When events occur notification can be e mailed to one or more recipients You can specify the type of events for which
321. re power off Event Type Warning Cause Applies to 9750 and 9690SA controllers An enclosure power supply has been turned off Action If needed for power supply redundancy or to meet power requirements turn the power supply back on It is recommended to use an uninterruptible power supply UPS to protect against power failures 8040 Enclosure voltage normal Event Type Information Cause Applies to 9750 and 9690SA controllers The enclosure power supply voltage is now back within the acceptable range Action None required www si com channel products 297 Troubleshooting 8041 Enclosure voltage over Event Type Error Cause Applies to 9750 and 9690SA controllers The enclosure power supply voltage is higher than the normal range Action This error is rare If you see it you may need a UPS or voltage regulator to stay within the recommended voltage range 8042 Enclosure voltage under Event Type Error Cause Applies to 9750 and 9690SA controllers The enclosure power supply voltage is lower than the normal range This can be due to a failing power supply or an unreliable power source Action If due to a failing power supply replace it as soon as possible It is recommended to use an uninterruptible power supply UPS to protect against power failures 8043 Enclosure voltage unknown 298 Event Type Warning Cause Applies to 9750 and 9690SA controllers The enclosure is no
322. red striping size 16 64 or 256 KB Figure 48 Stripe Sizes fora RAID 5 Stripe Size 16 KB 256KB 8 Optional Tab through the policy fields and make any appropriate changes to the default settings for Write Cache Setting e Read Cache Setting e StorSave Profile Auto Verify e Rapid RAID Recovery For details about these settings see Configuration Options When Creating a Unit on page 92 9 Optional Tab to the Advanced Options screen and make any appropriate changes to the default settings for e Boot Volume Size in gigabytes e Drive Queuing Mode Continue on Error During Rebuild e Initialization method For details about these settings see Configuration Options When Creating a Unit on page 92 www si com channel products 99 Configuring Units 100 Figure 49 Create Disk Array Advanced Options screen Creating an array will overwrite existing data on its drives MAXTOR ATLAS MAXTOR ATLAS MAXTOR ATLASIS MAXTOR ATL SEAGATE ST A 33 Boot Volume Siz Drive Queuing Mod Enabled Continue On Error When Rebuil Disabled Initialization Method Foreground o Enter 10 From the Advanced Options screen Tab to the OK button and press Enter to return to the Create Disk Array screen 11 Tab to the OK button and press Enter to confirm creation of the unit 12 Ifthe volume summary screen appears review the information and press any key to continue Multiple volumes will be created if y
323. reen Note Creating an array will overwrite existing data on its drives MAXTOR ATLAS Advanced led Read head Balanced OK Enabled Fast Rebuild Shutdown EZTA nf iguration Enter Esc To name the unit and select the desired RAID configuration 1 Optional Press Enter in the Array Name field and type a name for the unit Then press Enter again to accept the name 2 Use the arrow keys or press Tab to move to the RAID Configuration field and press Enter to display the available RAID levels for the number of drives you selected Figure 13 List of Configuration Choices for Four Drives RAID Configuration RAID 5 RAID 16 3 Use the arrow keys to highlight the desired RAID configuration and press Enter For information about the different RAID levels and when to use each see Understanding RAID Concepts and Levels on page 5 4 Use the arrow keys or press Tab to move to the field Stripe Size and select the desired stripe size 16KB 64KB or 256KB Notes Striping size is not applicable for RAID 1 because it is a mirrored unit without striping For RAID 6 only stripe sizes of 64 KB and 256 KB are supported www lsi com channel products 21 First Time RAID Configuration Using 3BM 22 To set other policies for the unit While creating a unit through 3BM you can set a number of unit policies Each of these policies is already set to a default value so you do not have to change them Man
324. repaired Event Type Information Cause A corrupted flash file system has been successfully repaired Some of the flash files with insufficient data may have been lost in the operation The configuration parameters which are lost will then return to their default values Action We recommend using 3DM 2 3BM or CLI to check your settings in case they were not able to be restored 0041 Unit number assignments lost Event Type Warning Cause The unit number assignments have been lost This may have occurred as a result of a soft reset Action Please contact LSI 3ware technical support at http www si com channel ContactUs 0042 Primary DCB read error occurred 276 Event Type Warning Cause The controller found an error while reading the primary copy of the Disk Configuration Block DCB 3ware SATA SAS RAID Controller Card Software User Guide Version 10 0 Error and Notification Messages The controller will attempt to correct the error by reading the back up copy of the DCB If a valid DCB is found the primary DCB is re written to rectify the errors Action LSI recommends verifying the unit See Starting a Verify Manually on page 158 0043 Backup DCB read error detected Event Type Warning Cause The controller has detected a latent error in the backup Disk Configuration Block DCB The 3ware RAID controller checks the backup DCB even when the primary DCB is OK If an error is found
325. resolution of 1024 X 768 or greater and set colors to 16 bit color or greater Installing 3DM 3DM 2 can be installed from the 3ware CD that came with your 3ware RAID controller You can also download the current version from the website at http www lsi com channel ChannelDownloads Details about the installation are described in Appendix B Software Installation on page 310 3DM must be installed on the system in which the controller is installed 3DM does not have to be installed on a remote system in order to remotely manage the 3ware controller you simply enter the correct URL into a browser on the remote system You will need to enable remote access first however Starting 3DM 2 and Logging In 62 3DM runs as a service under Windows and as a daemon under Linux Normally after installation the 3DM 2 process starts automatically when you start your system It is a good idea to leave the 3DM 2 process running on the system that contains your 3ware RAID controller That way email alerts can be sent by 3DM 2 and administrators can manage the controller remotely if remote administration is enabled When 3DM 2 is running in the background on your computer you can access the 3DM 2 web application through your browser to check status information and manage your 3ware RAID controller If you want to check the status of a controller from a different computer see Viewing 3DM 2 Remotely Using a Web Browser on page 65
326. rify Preferred Start Time Friday H 2 00am H C Advanced pay frime Duration hours F 1 Sunday 10 00am 1 M 2 Sunday 12 00am 10 312 g g I 4 Wednesday 12 00am 24 F 7 Saturday 12 00am 24 Task Schedules Initially 7 schedule slots are defined for 24 hours each This means that even if Follow Schedule is enabled for Rebuild Migrate or if Advanced is selected for Auto Verify this schedule is equivalent to Ignore Schedule because tasks can run at any time round the clock A maximum of 7 slots can be created so to set a different schedule start by deleting one or more of the existing scheduled slots and then add new slots For step by step instructions for adding and removing schedules and setting schedules to be followed or ignored see Scheduling Background Tasks on page 169 www lsi com channel products 217 3DM 2 Reference 218 Self test Schedules Unlike scheduling of rebuilds and verifies scheduling of self tests is always followed To disable self tests you either remove all schedule times or uncheck the tests listed in the Tasks column Note Only the checked tasks will be run during the scheduled times If none of the tasks are checked self tests will never run even if you have scheduled time slots set Check SMART Thresholds This test checks to see whether SMART thresholds have been exceeded The SMART thresholds indicate when a SATA or SAS drive is likely to fail based on the number of errors that
327. rive RAID 5 unit can migrate to a four drive RAID 0 but a three drive RAID 0 unit cannot migrate to a three drive RAID 5 without adding another drive due to the need for additional storage capacity for parity bits Changing RAID Level You can use migrate to change the RAID level of an existing unit while the unit is online without experiencing any data loss When you change a RAID level you may also add one or more drives to the unit You can also migrate to change the unit s stripe size For example a four drive RAID 5 with a 64KB stripe size can be migrated to a four drive RAID 5 with 256KB stripe size The steps below describe how to change a RAID level in 3DM 2 process is complete The migration process cannot be aborted and must be Note Once migration starts the unit stays in the migrating state until the migration allowed to finish before a rebuild or verify to the unit is permitted drives that are involved in the migration Removing drives from the unit during migration may cause the migration process to stop and can jeopardize the safety of your data Warning It is important that you allow migration to complete before removing any To change the RAID level of a unit 1 In3DM 2 choose Management gt Maintenance 2 Inthe Unit Maintenance table on the Maintenance Page select the unit for which you wish to change the RAID level by checking the box next to the Unit ID www si com channel products 125 Confi
328. rl Alt Del to restart your computer and try again 4 Tab to Information and press Enter 5 On the pop up menu select Controller and press Enter The Controller Information page displays Figure 33 Controller Information page BE X 5 07 00 005 A 4 c80 FH98 5 07 00 019 BT X 6 00 00 003 LIBERATOR 3ware Internal Use 488 MB PCB Ass Rev 1 B2 B2 PCIe 5 Gbps 4 lane 127 About Controller Policies The following policies affect all units and drives on a controller and can be adjusted as appropriate for your equipment Controller policies are shown at the bottom of the Controller Settings page in 3DM 2 Figure 34 and on the Policy Control screen in 3BM Figure 35 Auto Rebuild Determines whether the Auto Rebuild policy is enabled or disabled When disabled degraded units can only be rebuilt with designated spares When enabled the controller firmware will automatically attempt to rebuild a degraded unit if there is no spare using either an available drive or a failed drive Auto Carving Determines whether the auto carving policy is enabled or disabled When it is enabled when a new unit is created any unit larger than a specified size known as the carve size is broken into multiple volumes that can be addressed by the operating system as separate volumes The default carve size is 2 TB This auto carving feature is sometimes referred to as multi LUN where each volume that is created is referred to as a LUN
329. rmation on the drives and does not rewrite existing data A foreground initialization can be run from the BIOS using 3BM It clears all existing data from the drives Foreground initialization can take up to several hours depending upon the size of the unit After foreground initialization completes you can start the operating system and units will perform at peak efficiency Note Drives that support the Write Same feature SCT can write to multiple drive sectors at once improving initialization time To take advantage of this feature all the drives in the unit must support Write Same If immediate access to the unit is important select background initialization Background initialization will then start automatically within about 10 minutes Background initialization resynching does not write zeroes to the drives or harm your data You can partition format and use the unit safely while it is initializing The unit is fully fault tolerant while the initialization takes place That is if the unit degrades before the initialization is complete the data will remain intact When initializing is done after booting to the operating system the process of initializing takes longer than it does if initialization is done by writing zeroes to the unit in the BIOS Consequently it will be a longer period of time until the performance of the unit is fully optimal 3ware SATA SAS RAID Controller Card Software User Guide Version 10 0 Backgr
330. roller performs diagnostics on its internal RAM devices as part of its data integrity features Once a day a non destructive test is performed on the cache memory Failure of the test indicates a failure of a hardware component on the 3ware RAID controller This message is sent to notify you of the problem Action You should replace the 3ware RAID controller If the controller is still under warranty contact 3ware Technical Support for a replacement controller 0025 Cache flush failed some data lost 262 Event Type Error Cause The 3ware RAID controller was not able to commit data to the drive s during a caching operation This is due to a serious drive failure possibly from a power outage 3ware SATA SAS RAID Controller Card Software User Guide Version 10 0 Error and Notification Messages Background Information The 3ware RAID controller uses caching layer firmware to improve performance For write commands this means that the controller acknowledges it has completed a write operation before the data is committed to disk If the 3ware RAID controller cannot commit the data to the drive after it has acknowledged to the host this message is posted Action To troubleshoot the reasons for the failure collect the logs for your system and contact 3ware technical support at http www lsi com channel ContactUs For information on collecting logs search the LSI Knowledge Base for keyword 12278 use the Advanced Search at
331. rovides compliance and conformity statement Conformity Statements D Warranty Technical Provides warranty information and tells you how to Support and Service contact technical support Conventions The following conventions are used throughout this guide e 3BM refers to the 3ware BIOS Manager e 3DM and 3DM 2 both refer to the 3ware Disk Manager version 2 e In the sections that describe using 3DM 2 current controller is used to refer to the controller which is currently selected in the drop down list e Unit refers to one or more disks configured through 3ware to be treated by the operating system as a single drive Also known as an array Array and unit are used interchangeably throughout this manual e Boldface is used for buttons fields and settings that appear on the screen e Monospace font is used for code and to indicate things you type Screenshots The screenshots in this documentation are examples only and may not exactly reflect the operating system and browser you are using 3ware software works on a number of different operating systems including Mac OS X Microsoft Windows FreeBSD and Linux and runs in a number of different browsers In addition the version numbers shown in screenshots for drivers firmware and software may not match your version For the current released and tested version number see the latest release notes In addition the fields and columns in 3DM 2 vary for different mode
332. rray Roaming The process of swapping out or adding in a configured unit without having to shut down the system This is useful if you need to move the unit to another controller e Auto Verify A unit policy that automates the verify process When enabled it performs verifies based on the Verify Schedule It has two modes Advanced which has up to seven scheduling slots per week or Basic which has one e Background rebuild rate The rate at which a particular controller initializes rebuilds and verifies redundant units RAID 1 RAID 5 RAID 6 RAID 10 RAID 50 Boot volume size The size to be assigned to volume 0 when creating a unit through 3BM or CLI on a PC machine Note that the resulting www si com channel products 303 Glossary volume does not have to be used as a boot volume However if the operating system is installed on the unit it is installed in volume 0 e Cache See Read Cache and Write Cache e Carve size The size over which a unit will be divided into volumes if auto carving is enabled e CLI Command Line Interface The 3ware CLI is a text program rather than a GUI graphical user interface It has the same functionality as 3DM 2 and can be used to view maintain and manage 3ware controllers disks and units e Configuration The RAID level set for a unit e Controller The physical card from 3ware that you insert into a computer system and connect to your disk drives or enclosure The contr
333. rrays for improved performance during sequential read operations With TwinStor technology 6 3ware SATA SAS RAID Controller Card Software User Guide Version 10 0 Understanding RAID Concepts and Levels read performance is twice the speed of a single drive during sequential read operation The adaptive algorithms in TwinStor technology boost performance by distinguishing between random and sequential read requests For the sequential requests generated when accessing large files both drives are used with the heads simultaneously reading alternating sections of the file For the smaller random transactions the data is read from a single optimal drive head Figure 3 RAID 1 Configuration Example RAID 1 120 GB 240 GB 120 GB for mirror 120 GB 120 GB RAID 5 RAID 5 provides performance fault tolerance high capacity and storage efficiency It requires a minimum of three drives and combines striping data with parity exclusive OR to restore data in case of a drive failure Performance and efficiency increase as the number of drives in a unit increases Parity information is distributed across all of the drives in a unit rather than being concentrated on a single disk see Figure 4 This avoids throughput loss due to contention for the parity drive RAID 5 is able to tolerate 1 drive failure in the unit Figure 4 RAID 5 Configuration Example RAID 5 360 GB 480GB 120GB for parity A B
334. rt as a replacement board may be required Technical support is reachable at http www si com channel ContactUs For information on collecting logs search the LSI Knowledge Base for keyword 12278 use the Advanced Search at https selfservice lsi com service main jsp 0004 Rebuild failed 252 Event Type Error Cause The 3ware RAID controller was unable to complete a rebuild operation This error can be caused by drive errors on either the source or the destination of 3ware SATA SAS RAID Controller Card Software User Guide Version 10 0 Error and Notification Messages the rebuild However because ATA drives can reallocate sectors on write errors the rebuild failure is most likely caused by the source drive of the rebuild detecting a read error Action The default operation of the 3ware RAID controller is to abort a rebuild if an error is encountered If you want rebuilds to continue when there is a source error you can set a unit policy to Continue on Source Error When Rebuilding in 3DM 2 or CLI The consequence of continuing a rebuild when there is a source error is that there may be corrupt data in your rebuilt unit In some cases however this may be your only alternative for recovering as much data as possible from a unit that has become degraded To lower the likelihood of getting this error schedule regular verifications See Also Setting Overwrite ECC Continue on Source Error When Rebuilding on pag
335. s review and agree to the license in order to continue 3 When the 3ware menu appears click Install Tools to launch the installer The installer will start and the welcome screen appears 4 From the Welcome screen click Next to start the installation process Figure 107 Welcome Installation Screen Welcome to the InstallShield Wizard for 3ware Disk Management Tools The InstallShield Wizard will install 3ware Disk Management Tools on your computer To continue choose Next 3ware Disk Management Tools LSI httpvAwww Isi com www si com channel products 311 Software Installation 312 On the License Agreement page accept the agreement and click Next Figure 108 License Agreement Screen sToP BEFORE YOU INSTALL OR USE THIS SOFTWARE Carefully read this Software License Agreement Installing or using this software the Software and the related documentation the Documentation indicates that you agree to abide by this Software License Agreement If you do not agree with it promptly return the Software and we will refund the purchase price Software License Agreement THE SOFTWARE AND DOCUMENTATION PROVIDED HEREIN IS PROPRIETARY TO LSI CORPORATION AND ITS LICENSORS LSI CORPORATION IS WILLING TO LICENSE THE SOFTWARE AND accept the terms ofthe license agreement do not accept the terms of the license agreement 6 If you want to change where the 3ware Disk Manag
336. s running average or extended drive statistics by specifying a type attribute with the command Display Specific Drive Statistic On a per port basis you can display five different statistical reports e Instantaneous This measurement provides a short duration average cx px show dpmstat type inst e Running Average Running average is a measure of long term averages that smooth out the data and results in older results fading from the average over time cx px show dpmstat type ra e Long Command Times This a collection of the commands with the longest read write response time cx px show dpmstat type Ict e Histogram Data The histogram categorizes the read write execution times and group them together based on time frames cx px show dpmstat type histdata e Extended Drive Statistics The extended drive statistics refers to statistics of a drive s read commands write commands write commands with FUA Force Unit Access flush commands and a drive sectors s read write and write commands with FUA cx px show dpmstat type ext Clear Individual Statistic Counters On a per port basis you can clear specific statistic counters using these commands e cxpx set dpmstat clear e cxpx set dpmstat clear type ra e cxpx set dpmstat clear type lct e cxpx set dpmstat clear type ext 3ware SATA SAS RAID Controller Card Software User Guide Version 10 0 Problems and Solutions Problems and Solutions This section
337. s the available boards See Figure 10 In this case highlight the board with which you want to work and press Enter If you have more than 4 boards you will only see four at first only four can be processed at a time After you exit from 3BM you will have an opportunity to access the BIOS again to access the next boards www si com channel products 19 First Time RAID Configuration Using 3BM Figure 10 3ware Controller Board Selection Screen Controller 1 lt 9750 81 gt You will see a screen similar to Figure 9 warning you that changing your disk array configuration may overwrite data on the disks To select the drives and create a unit 1 Select the drives to be included by highlighting each one and pressing Enter to select it or select all at once by selecting the heading above them When you select a drive an asterisk appears next to it in the left most column see Figure 11 You may include from one to thirty two drives in the unit depending on the number available Figure 11 Asterisks Next to Selected Drives Create Unit Delete Unit Alt F1i te 2 After all drives for the unit are selected use the Tab to move to the Create Unit button and press Enter The Create Disk Array screen appears see Figure 12 20 3ware SATA SAS RAID Controller Card Software User Guide Version 10 0 Basic Steps for Creating a Unit 3 Make sure that the proper drives are listed Figure 12 Create Disk Array sc
338. s 54 Disk Manager using 61 distributed parity 5 Downgrade UDMA mode 0021 260 downloading driver and firmware 178 drive adding in 3DM 135 capacity considerations 12 checking status in 3DM 139 coercion 12 drive ID definition 305 drive number definition 305 locate by blinking 145 removing in 3DM 136 status viewing 3DM 139 Statuses 144 types 3 viewing SMART data 150 Drive Details page 3DM 208 Drive ECC error reported 0026 263 Drive error detected 000A 255 Drive Information page 3BM 142 Drive Information page 3DM 141 Drive Information page 3DM 206 Drive inserted 001A 259 drive locate 204 207 234 Drive not supported 0030 269 drive performance monitoring www si com channel products definition 15 using 241 Drive power on reset detected 003A 273 Drive removed 0019 258 drive requirements 3 Drive timeout detected 0009 255 Drive write fault 288 driver compiling for Linux 50 current version determining 176 downloading 178 installation overview 32 installation under Linux 39 installation under Windows 33 installation utility for Windows 36 181 updating Red Hat 183 SuSE 185 Windows 181 driver diskette creating Linux 41 creating Windows 34 drives viewing a list of 141 drives per spin up policy 215 dynamic sector repair 157 261 E ECC definition 305 ECC error policy definition 305 e mail event notification managing in 3DM 72 236 Enclosure added 0063 287 Enclosure audio alarm acti
339. s as a service under Microsoft Windows and as a daemon under Linux When the 3DM 2 process is running you can use your browser to go to 3DM 2 application pages where you can view status information about the controller and RAID units create RAID units and perform other administrative and maintenance tasks locally or remotely Two levels of access to 3DM 2 are provided user and administrator Users have view only access and can check the status of drives and units Administrators can view and make changes using 3DM 2 to configure RAID units and designate hot spares and to perform maintenance tasks on RAID units In this section information is organized into the following topics e Browser Requirements for 3DM 2 e Installing 3DM e Starting 3DM 2 and Logging In e Working with the 3DM 2 Screens e Setting Up 3DM 2 Preferences For details about the settings and fields on each of the 3DM 2 screens see 3DM 2 Reference on page 200 For additional information about managing and maintaining 3ware controllers using 3DM see the remaining chapters in this guide www si com channel products 61 3DM 2 3ware Disk Manager Introduction Browser Requirements for 3DM 2 3DM 2 runs in most current web browsers Tested and supported browsers include e Internet Explorer 5 5 and above e Mozilla Firefox e Safari Additional requirements e JavaScript must be enabled e Cookies must be enabled e For best viewing use a screen
340. s some Extra Drive Information including Queuing and SATA Link Speed support and the SMART data for SATA drives SMART data is not displayed for SAS drives Extra Drive Information Drive Type The type of drive SAS or SATA Serial The serial number of the drive Firmware The firmware version of the drive Drive Ports The number of physical ports on the drive Drive Connections The number of connections made to the drive ports Interface Type The drive interface direct or expander 208 3ware SATA SAS RAID Controller Card Software User Guide Version 10 0 Drive Details window SAS WWN The SAS drive s unique World Wide Number Reallocated Sectors The number of sectors that have been re allocated due to bad sectors on the drive Power On Hour The total number of hours the drive has been powered on Drive Temperature The temperature of the drive Spindle Speed The drive speed in RPM Queuing Supported and Queuing Enabled Not applicable to SAS drives SATA 2 drives support NCQ Native Command Queuing which can result in increased performance for some applications usually server type applications In order to make use of Native Command Queuing the feature must be enabled at both the drive and the controller Not all drives support queuing The queuing values in this window indicate whether the feature is supported and enabled at the drive At the controller level queuing is enabled or disabled for all drives in
341. s to put the redundant data on the drives of redundant units into a known state so that data can be recovered in the event of a disk drive failure For RAID 1 and 10 initialization copies the data from the lower port to the higher port For RAID 5 6 and 50 initialization calculates the RAID 5 parity and writes it to disk background initialization This is sometimes referred to as resynching and does not erase user data Note If foreground initialization is done before the operating system has loaded zeroes are written to all of the drives in the unit This process done through the 3ware BIOS does erase existing data e Logical Units This term is used in the 3ware CLI It is usually shortened to units These are block devices presented to the operating system A logical unit can be a one tier two tier or three tier arrangement Single logical units are examples of one tier units RAID 1 RAID 5 and RAID 6 are examples of two tier units and as such will have sub units RAID 10 and RAID 50 are examples of three tier units and as such will have sub sub units e JBOD An unconfigured single drive The acronym is derived from just a bunch of disks Note that earlier versions of the 3ware RAID controller exported JBODs to the OS This is no longer supported Individual drives should be configured as Single Disks in order to be made available to the OS e Migration The process of changing the characteristics of a unit The cha
342. se keys also work to show or hide the drives in each enclosure Highlight one of the primary buttons on the main screen e Create Unit Alt C e Delete Unit Alt D e Maintain Unit Alt M e Settings Alt S Alt l Information www lsi com channel products 55 3ware BIOS Manager 3BM Introduction Table 6 Working in 3BM Continued To do this Specify or unspecify a drive as a hot spare Use these keys S Blink the LED associated with a drive F4 from the Drive Information screen requires use of a supported enclosure Return to starting values for this session in the 3ware BIOS Manager F6 Note F6 cannot bring back previous policy settings they are saved when you exit the Policy screen Rescan the controller and update the Alt R status of units and drives Return to the main 3ware BIOS Manager Any key screen from the Advanced Details screen Move a highlighted unit up or down in the Page Up list of exportable units Page Down The top most unit will become the bootable unit if you install the OS Available only when there are multiple units and a unit is highlighted Display context sensitive help F1 or Alt F1 If you have multiple 3ware controllers in Esc your system return to the board selection screen Exit the utility and save or abandon all Esc changes Exit the utility and save all changes F8 Adjusting BIOS Option Settings 3BM includes a
343. select the drive you want to replace the failed drive and click OK Figure 67 Selecting a Drive when Rebuilding Select a drive to use to rebuild and click OK spare Port 2 WDC WD16004B 00DA40 149 05 GB F Port 3 WDC WD1600BB 00DAA0 149 05 GB o Cancel 5 Ifthe degraded unit has more than one failed drive for example a RAID 10 where both mirrored pairs each have a failed drive repeat step 3 and step 4 to select another drive www si com channel products 161 Maintaining Units I 162 If rebuild scheduling is not enabled on the Scheduling page the rebuild process begins almost immediately in the background If rebuild scheduling is enabled the unit will not start actively rebuilding until the next scheduled time Note If you need to cancel a rebuild you can do so by using the Remove Drive link on the Maintenance page to remove the drive from the unit Rebuilding Units through 3BM When a RAID unit becomes degraded it is marked as such and the drive s that failed are marked as Not In Use in the 3BM screens Figure 68 shows an example of how a degraded RAID 5 unit appears in 3BM Figure 68 Degraded RAID 5 Array to be Rebuilt SATA SAMSUNG HD1i66JJ 149 64 GB Hot Spare create Unit Delete Unit Maintain Unit Settings Information Alt Fi te Alt a Enter X F6 Esc PGUP PGDOWN You can start the rebuild of a degraded unit manually in 3BM or you can let the system boot and allow the rebuild to tak
344. sk Mode You set the Background Task Mode on the 3DM 2 Controller Settings page Settings are available for both Rebuild Migrate and for Verify By default both Background Mode settings are set to Adaptive To change the Background Task Mode 1 Choose Management gt Controller Settings from the menu bar in 3DM 2 2 Inthe Background Task section of the Controller Settings page select the Background Mode you want for Rebuild Migrate and for Verify Figure 74 Background Task Mode on the 3DM 2 Settings page Administrator logged in Summary Information Management Monitor 3DM 2 Settings Help Refresh Controller Settings STC tame Controller ID 0 969054 8 2 3ware 3DM 2 gu Windows XP Professional Service Pack 2 Background Task Controller ID 0 Task Rate 5 43 2 4 Fastest Rebuild O O Fastest I O Fastest Verify O O Fastest I O Adaptive Low Latency Rebuild Migrate Verify Unit Policies Controller ID 0 O Adaptive Low Latency Rapid RAID Write Auto Overwrite Cache Read Cache Verify ECC Queuing StorSave Recovery Unit 0 RAID 5 M Intelligent WY v Balance Al v Unit 1 SINGLE DISK V Inteligent v v Protection The page refreshes and a message appears at the top to confirm the changes you make Setting Background Task Rate You can set the relative performance of background tasks
345. sks RAID 50 with 12 disks in 3 subunits of 4 RAID 50 with 12 disks in 4 subunits of 3 RAID 50 with 16 disks in 4 subunits of 4 3ware SATA SAS RAID Controller Card Software User Guide Version 10 0 Background Tasks Table 12 Initialization Requirements for Different RAID Configurations Initialization Required for Highest RAID Configurations Performance Yes RAID 5 with 5 or more disks RAID 6 RAID 50 with subunits of 5 or more disks Background Initialization After Power Failure The 3ware controller detects and handles power failures using a mechanism that ensures that redundant units have consistent data and parity When a redundant unit is unexpectedly shutdown there is a possibility some data and parity may be inconsistent If a unit or sub unit of a redundant unit is detected to have been shutdown uncleanly the unit or sub unit will change its mode to either Initializing or Verifying When the initialization is complete the unit is guaranteed to be redundant again The initialization does not erase user data This process will take less time if the unit is created with Rapid RAID Recovery enabled during unit creation See Rapid RAID Recovery on page 121 About Verification The verify feature confirms the validity of redundant data on redundant units and performs media scans on non redundant units Regular weekly verification is a good idea as it can provide early warning of a disk driv
346. ssword if you have enabled the Require Password setting This password will control access to the BIOS controllers for one time only by pressing Alt B This is useful to temporarily boot Note During the boot process you can also bypass loading of the BIOS for all from a non 3ware device without having to change the system s boot order Changing BIOS Settings You can change the BIOS settings from the Bios Option Settings screen in 3BM To change the BIOS Settings 1 Onthe 3BM BIOS Manager screen Tab to Settings and press Enter 2 On the pop up menu select BIOS and press Enter The BIOS Option Settings screen appears 3 Tab through the options and make the desired changes 4 Tab to OK and press Enter to return to the main screen 58 3ware SATA SAS RAID Controller Card Software User Guide Version 10 0 Displaying Information About the Controller and Related Devices Displaying Information About the Controller and Related Devices The 3BM Information menu gives you access to detailed information about the controller BBU drives enclosures and phys To see information about the controller or a related device 1 On the 3BM BIOS Manager screen Tab to Information and press Enter A pop up menu appears listing the available information screens On the pop up menu select the item about which you want to see details and press Enter Figure 26 Controller Information Screen TOSHIBA MK66332GS 55 88 GB FUJITSU
347. stallation Under Red Hat or Fedora Core Linux 41 Driver Installation Under SUSE Linux 000 0c eee eee eee 46 Compiling a 3ware Driver for Linux 0 0 0 0 eect ee 50 3ware BIOS Manager 3BM Introduction 05 51 Starting BBM saan Aaa ook ake Deel ays le eaaa a alee eu ene ote ee 6 51 Exiting the 3BM Configuration Utility 0 0 0 2 eee eee eee 53 Working in the 3BM Screens 0 0 0 eect tees 54 Adjusting BIOS Option Settings 2 0 0 0 cece eee eee 56 Displaying Information About the Controller and Related Devices 59 Getting Help While Using 3BM 0000 c cece eee eee eee 60 3DM 2 3ware Disk Manager Introduction 0 200see0e 61 www si com channel products iii Chapter 7 Chapter 8 Browser Requirements for 3DM 2 0 0 00 c ee tee 62 Installing SDM uri sore etna eign d ESE a eee eared eater gua aie ede ede aa ee 62 Starting 3DM 2 and Logging In 0 cece 62 Logging In to the 3DM 2 Web Application 0 20000 eee 63 Managing the 3DM 2 Daemon under Linux 20000 eee eee 64 Starting the 3DM 2 Process under Microsoft Windows 65 Viewing 3DM 2 Remotely Using a Web Browser 0 00 ea ee 65 Working with the 3DM 2 Screens 00 eects 65 SDM 2 MenuS os segwauw tin aye Lh Sea de ech deni ee a leee ecient eed 66 Viewing Information About Different Co
348. starting the system BIOS If the OS is already installed on a unit connected to the system be sure that device precedes the 3ware RAID controller in the boot sequence If you have other disks installed on the motherboard the 3ware RAID controller should precede them in boot order e If you will install your OS on a disk or unit attached to the 3ware RAID controller specify the controller as the boot device In 3BM the unit listed at the top on the 3BM main page will be the boot unit You can change the order by highlighting a unit and pressing the PgUp or PgDn key Note that if you configured more than one unit the drive s specified as Unit 0 will be treated as the boot disk What Next The final steps in setting up your RAID units are to load the 3ware driver and make the units available to your operating system For details turn to Chapter 4 Driver Installation After installing the driver in order to maintain your RAID units you may also want to install 3ware s browser based Disk Management tool 3DM 2 or the 3ware Command Line Interface CLI For more information see Appendix B Software Installation on page 310 www si com channel products 27 3 Getting Started with Your 3ware RAID Controller Setting up your 3ware RAID controller involves these main steps e Physically Install the RAID Controller and Drives e Configure a RAID Unit e Install the Driver and Make the Operating System Aware of the
349. sult the dealer or an experienced radio TV technician for help To maintain compliance with FCC radio frequency emission limits use shielded cables and connectors between all parts of the computer system Changes or modification to the product may void the user s authority to operate this equipment C LSI Corp Model 25239 www lsi com channel products 317 Compliance and Conformity Statements Canadian Compliance Statement This Class B digital apparatus complies with Canadian ICES 003 Cet appareil numerique de la classe B est conforme a la norme NMB 003 du Canada European Community Conformity Statement 318 The Controller Models 9750 41 and 9750 81 are in conformity with the following Common Technical Regulations and or normative documents EN 55022 Limits and methods of measurements of radio interference character istics of information technology equipment EN 61000 4 2Electromagnetic compatibility EMC Part 4 Testing and measure ment techniques Section 2 Electrostatic discharge immunity test EN 61000 4 3 Electromagnetic compatibility EMC Part 4 Testing and measure ment techniques Section 3 Radiated Radio Frequency Electromag netic Field Immunity Test EN 61000 4 4 Electromagnetic compatibility EMC Part 4 Testing and measure ment techniques Section 4 Electrical fast transient burst immunity test EN 60950 Safety of information technology equipment including electrical busi ness equipment following th
350. t found message make sure you 2 The first time you start 3DM 2 your browser may prompt you for a security certificate If it does accept the certificate For example when using Windows Internet Explorer you may see the message shown below In this example click View Certificate and accept the certificate so that you do not see the security message each time you start 3DM 2 www si com channel products 63 3DM 2 3ware Disk Manager Introduction Figure 27 Security Certificate Message from Browser Security Alert x ran Information you exchange with this site cannot be viewed or changed by others However there is a problem with the site s security certificate A The security certificate was issued by a company you have not chosen to trust View the certificate to determine whether you want to trust the certifying authority iv The security certificate date is valid a The name on the security certificate is invalid or does not match the name of the site Do you want to proceed View Certificate You can also click Yes or Continue in which case you will see this message the next time you start 3DM 2 If you are using a different browser the steps to accept the certificate will be different 3 When the 3DM 2 logon screen appears select whether you are a User or Administrator 4 Enter your password and click Login If you are logging in for the first time after installing 3DM 2 the default passw
351. t reporting voltage data This can be due to a failing power supply 3ware SATA SAS RAID Controller Card Software User Guide Version 10 0 Error and Notification Messages Action If applicable replace the failed power supply Contact your enclosure manufacturer for more information 8044 Enclosure current normal Event Type Information Cause Applies to 9750 and 9690SA controllers The enclosure power supply current is now back within the acceptable range Action None required 8045 Enclosure current over Event Type Error Cause Applies to 9750 and 9690SA controllers The enclosure power supply amperage is higher than normal Action Replace the failing power supply or remove any extra devices This may be caused by too many hard drives which have exceeded the enclosure power specifications See your enclosure documentation or contact your enclosure manufacturer for more details Too much current cannot be corrected by a UPS although it can provide some protection against a power surge 8046 Enclosure current unknown Event Type Warning www si com channel products 299 Troubleshooting Cause Applies to 9750 and 9690SA controllers The enclosure s amperage is unknown A power supply may have failed Action If applicable replace the failed power supply See your enclosure documentation or contact your enclosure manufacturer for more details 8047 Enclosure audio alarm activated but mu
352. t utility WinAVAlarm 148 viewing 147 Alarms page 3DM 228 alert utility WinAVAlarm 148 All RAID keys failed validation 0080 288 arrays 5 array roaming 5 131 133 definition 303 definition 303 moving from one controller to another 133 removing in3DM 131 asterisk next to unit 204 205 Auto Rebuild policy 17 79 setting 82 214 Auto Verify policy for units 213 setting 3DM 115 auto carving 83 auto carving policy 79 auto carving policy setting 214 available drives 3DM 225 B background initialization after power failure 155 background tasks background rebuild rate definition 303 background task mode 165 212 background task mode setting 168 background task rate 212 background task rate setting 168 definition 16 initialization 152 overview 151 prioritizing 169 323 rebuilding a unit 160 relationship of task mode and task rate 166 scheduling 169 verification 155 Backup DCB read error detected 0043 277 Basic read cache mode 111 Battery capacity is below error level 0059 284 Battery capacity is below warning level 0058 284 Battery capacity test completed 0050 282 Battery capacity test is overdue 0053 283 Battery capacity test started 004E 281 Battery charging completed 0056 283 Battery charging fault 0057 284 Battery charging started 0055 283 Battery is not present 005B 285 Battery is present 005A 285 Battery is weak 005C 285 Battery temperature is high 004B 280 Battery temperature is low
353. ta protection than Protection Maximum performance for the unit but less data protection FUA Force Unit Access Honor FUA If no BBU is present Ignore FUA If BBU is present Honor FUA If no BBU is present Ignore FUA If BBU is present Ignore FUA Enabled Disabled if no BBU Disabled If BBU is A F present Enabled if BBU present this essentially merle yournallnd is present disables the BBU for this unit Disable Cache on Enabled Disabled Disabled Degrade e FUA Force Unit Access The FUA bit is a way that the RAID controller or a program such as a database program can ensure that data is actually written to the disk drive media and is not stored in cache When a write command has the FUA bit set then the disk drive will only issue command complete to the controller once the data is written to media When performance is considered more important than protection it may be desirable to ignore the FUA bit The Protection and Balanced profiles honor FUA commands if no BBU is present the Performance profile ignores them regardless of whether a BBU is present If you use a battery backup unit BBU FUA is ignored because the BBU preserves the contents of the controller cache memory for a limited period of time up to 72 hours in the event of a power failure Write Journaling Write journaling tracks the writing of data to disk and preserves a copy of data that has not
354. tch IRP feature also includes an intelligent and adaptive stream management layer to improve performance at higher queue depth in multiple read only or mixed read write stream environments The performance improvements should be seen for most RAID types regardless of the unit s operational state normal degraded and so forth Note that if Intelligent Mode is enabled the features in Basic mode are also enabled 3ware SATA SAS RAID Controller Card Software User Guide Version 10 0 Setting Unit Policies When to Use Each Read Cache Setting The following table provides some recommendations for when to use each Read Cache setting Table 8 Recommendations for Using Each Read Cache Setting Use this Read Cache Setting For this reason Example applications Intelligent Sequential applications Video on Demand with a low host command Video Surveillance queue depth Playback Disk to Disk Backup Restores File Server Basic Frequent access to Database recently written data Disabled Applications that produce Online Transaction a high queue depth or perform their own read ahead can generate enough I O to negate the benefits of controller read caching or read ahead This is especially true for applications that produce a lot of random I O Processing OLTP Changing the Read Cache Policy for Existing Units The Read Cache policy is initially set when you create a unit You can change it later from
355. te Event Type Error Cause Applies to 9750 9690SA and 9650SE controllers The enclosure s audio alarm has been activated but the audibility is mute Action Check the events listing for other error conditions that may have triggered the alarm 8048 Enclosure audio alarm failed Event Type Error Cause Applies to 9750 9690SA and 9650SE controllers The enclosure s audio alarm has malfunctioned and is not operational Action Refer to the documentation for your enclosure 8049 Enclosure audio alarm removed 300 Event Type Warning 3ware SATA SAS RAID Controller Card Software User Guide Version 10 0 Error and Notification Messages Cause Applies to 9750 9690SA and 9650SE controllers The enclosure s audio alarm is no longer installed Action None required 804A Enclosure audio alarm added Event Type Information Cause Applies to 9750 9690SA and 9650SE controllers An audio alarm is now available for the enclosure Action None required 804B Enclosure audio alarm status unknown Event Type Warning Cause Applies to 9750 9690SA and 9650SE controllers The status of the enclosure s audio alarm is not known Action Refer to the documentation for the enclosure www si com channel products 301 Appendices The following information is available in the appendices e Appendix A Glossary on page 303 e Appendix B Software Installation on page 310 e A
356. te the initial RAM disk For more information see Updating the 3ware Driver Under Red Hat or Fedora Core on page 183 or Updating the 3ware Driver Under SUSE on page 185 Reboot if you are prompted to do so by the operating system Remove old 3DM and CLI files and install new versions Adding a Drive If you have a hot swap bay or an enclosure with removable trays you can add a drive to your system and make it available through 3DM 2 without powering down the system Without hot swap bays you should not add a drive via 3DM Instead power down the system and add the applicable drives A Warning Physically adding a drive without using a hot swap bay and without powering down your system can result in a system hang or may even damage the system and the drive www lsi com channel products 135 Configuring Units I Note When you add a drive to your system and connect it to the controller it is automatically detected and listed in 3DM If it does not immediately display or if it is part of a unit you can use the rescan feature as described below To add a drive 1 Insert the drive into the hot swap bay or into your enclosure For details refer to the documentation for your enclosure 2 In 3DM 2 choose Management gt Maintenance 3 On the Maintenance page click Rescan Controller The drive will appear in the list of available drives You can now use it in anew RAID configuration as part of an existi
357. tected 0044 Battery voltage is normal 248 3ware SATA SAS RAID Controller Card Software User Guide Version 10 0 Error and Notification Messages Table 14 Error and Notification Message List Value Message 0045 Battery voltage is low 0046 Battery voltage is high 0047 Battery voltage is too low 0048 Battery voltage is too high 0049 Battery temperature is normal 004A Battery temperature is low 004B Battery temperature is high 004C Battery temperature is too low 004D Battery temperature is too high 004E Battery capacity test started 004F Cache synchronization skipped 0050 Battery capacity test completed 0053 Battery capacity test is overdue 0055 Battery charging started 0056 Battery charging completed 0057 Battery charging fault 0058 Battery capacity is below warning level 0059 Battery capacity is below error level 005A Battery is present 005B Battery is not present 005C Battery is weak 005E Cache synchronization completed 005F Cache synchronization failed some data lost 0062 Enclosure removed 0063 Enclosure added 0064 Local link up 0065 Local link down 0066 Reverted to emergency recovery firmware 0070 Drive write fault some data lost 0081 RAID key not found www si com channel products 249 Troubleshooting Table 14 Error and Notification Message List Value Message 0080
358. ted OOOE Initialize failed OOOF SMART threshold exceeded 0019 Drive removed 001A Drive inserted 001E Unit inoperable 001F Unit Operational 0021 Downgrade UDMA mode 0022 Upgrade UDMA mode 0023 Sector repair completed 0024 Buffer integrity test failed 0025 Cache flush failed some data lost www si com channel products 247 Troubleshooting Table 14 Error and Notification Message List Value Message 0026 Drive ECC error reported 0027 DCB checksum error detected 0028 DCB version unsupported 0029 Verify started 002A Verify failed 002B Verify completed 002C Source drive ECC error overwritten 002D Source drive error occurred 002E Replacement drive capacity too small 002F Verify not started unit never initialized 0030 Drive not supported 0032 Spare capacity too small 0033 Migration started 0034 Migration failed 0035 Migration completed 0036 Verify fixed data parity mismatch 0037 SO DIMM not compatible 0038 SO DIMM not detected 0039 Buffer ECC error corrected 003A Drive power on reset detected 003B Rebuild paused 003C Initialize paused 003D Verify paused 003E Migration paused 003F Flash file system error detected 0040 Flash file system repaired 0041 Unit number assignments lost 0042 Primary DCB read error occurred 0043 Backup DCB read error de
359. tem 3ware 9750 RAID controllers may be used with the following operating systems for Intel and AMD 32 bit and 64 bit x86 based motherboards e Microsoft Windows Server 2003 and 2008 e Microsoft Windows Vista and Windows 7 e Red Hat Enterprise Linux e openSUSE Linux e SUSE Linux Enterprise Server e Fedora Core Linux e Other Linux distributions based on open source Linux 2 6 kernel www si com channel products 3 Introducing the LSI 3ware SATA SAS RAID Controller Card For the latest supported operating systems see the current Release Notes at http w ww si com channel ChannelDownloads or the file versions txt available on the 3ware CD Other Requirements Adequate air flow and cooling Adequate power supply for drives 3DM 2 3ware Disk Manager displays information in a browser It requires one of the following browsers e Internet Explorer 5 5 and later e Mozilla Firefox 1 2 and later e Safari In addition e JavaScript must be enabled Cookies must be enabled e For best viewing screen resolution should be 1024 x 768 or greater with 16 bit color or greater For a complete listing of features and system requirements refer to the 3ware SATA SAS RAID Controller datasheets available from the website at http www si com channel products megaraid sassata index html 3ware SATA SAS RAID Controller Card Software User Guide Version 10 0 Understanding RAID Concepts and Levels Understanding RAID Concepts
360. ter completing a rebuild with this policy enabled it is recommended that you execute a file system check when the rebuild completes Under Windows you can do this by right clicking on the Drive and choosing Properties then on the Tools tab click Check Now Under Linux use fsck dev sdal 3ware SATA SAS RAID Controller Card Software User Guide Version 10 0 Setting Unit Policies To set the Overwrite ECC policy in 3DM 2 1 Choose Management gt Controller Settings from the menu bar in 3DM 2 2 In the Unit Policies section of the Controller Settings page check the boxes to select the policies you want to be in effect for each unit The page refreshes and a message at the top confirms the change you have made To set the Continue on Source Error When Rebuilding policy in 3BM 1 At the main 3BM screen select the unit by highlighting it and pressing Enter An asterisk appears in the left most column to indicate that it is selected 2 Tab to the Maintain Unit button and press Enter 3 On the pop up menu select Configure and press Enter 4 Inthe Configure Disk Array screen Tab to the field Continue on Source Error When Rebuilding 5 Press Enter to display the choices use the arrow keys to select the setting you want Enabled or Disabled and press Enter again to choose it 6 Tab to the OK button and press Enter to select it You return to the main 3BM screen 7 When you are finished making changes press F8 to save the
361. tes do not allow the exclusion of incidental or consequential damages or allow limitation of implied warranties or their duration so that the above exclusions or limitations may not apply Warranty Service and RMA Process 320 To obtain warranty service during the warranty period contact Technical Support at http www lsi com channel ContactUs and request a return authorization number You will be issued a return material authorization RMA number and other instructions for returning the controller You can also explore options for expedited handling status for in process RMAs and other policy information related to returns in general Please use the original packing material contents of the box when exchanging or returning a product For information about the status of a replacement please contact LSI Technical Support 3ware SATA SAS RAID Controller Card Software User Guide Version 10 0 LSI Technical Support and Services LSI Technical Support and Services Product information Frequently Asked Questions software upgrades driver files and other support are available through the LSI World Wide Web site at http w ww si com channel ChannelDownloads LSI s 3ware software library is accessible at http www lsi com channel ChannelDownloads Web based software downloads feature upgrading multiple switches simultaneously For specific answers to questions or to give feedback about the product visit our website at ht
362. the Information menu You can view controller unit and drive information for a particular controller 3ware SATA SAS RAID Controller Card Software User Guide Version 10 0 Working with the 3DM 2 Screens The Management menu gives you access to tasks used for managing controller level settings background task rate unit polices such as enabling of unit write cache and controller settings that affect all units managed by the controller tasks that can be scheduled rebuild verify and self test and maintenance of individual units Unit configuration can also be done through the Management gt Maintenance page The Monitor menu gives you access to the Alarms page the BBU page and the Enclosure Summary page The Alarms page shows a list of alarms including the specific alarm message and the exact date and time it occurred The BBU page shows the status of a Battery Backup Unit BBU if one is installed and allows you to test the battery The Enclosure Summary page provides lists the enclosures connected to the controller and lets you drill down for more detailed status information about each The 3DM 2 Settings page lets you set preferences including email notification for alarms passwords page refresh frequency whether remote access is permitted the communication port which 3DM 2 will use for listening and whether command logging is enabled Help lets you access information about using 3DM 2 The Help is context sensitive s
363. the blue Enclosure ID link for the enclosure for which you want to see details The Enclosure Details page appears Explanations of the statuses for the various enclosure components are provided on the next few pages 192 3ware SATA SAS RAID Controller Card Software User Guide Version 10 0 Checking Enclosure Component Status Figure 84 Enclosure Details page Z 3wares 3DM 2 urbon asmuteciv Windows Server 2003 Service Pack 1 4433 Summary Refresh Enclosure Details Information Management Monitor Administrator logged in Logout 3DM 2 Settings Help CELLE Controller ID 0 9750 8i amp Enclosure ID 0 Status Vendor Product ID Revision Diagnostic Controller ID OK LSILOGIC SASX36 A0 9 Diagnostic Text 0 Audio Alarm Summary Audio Alarm Status Audibility Audio Alarm information is not available 0 OK ON Lowest 6360 O 1 OK ON Lowest 6480 O 2 OK ON Lowest 6540 G Temp Sensor 1 Status Summary atus Temperature 31 C 87 F E 33 C 91 F m Power Supply Summary Power Supply 0 OK ON NORMAL ON NORMAL NORMAL NORMAL Slot Summary Status OK OK OK OK OK OK OK OK OK OK ooN Onnekr WYnN OO identify B l l R la l l l m BOOOOAAAOG State Voltage Current Identify i To check the status of components in your enclosure in 3BM When you view the list of enclosures in 3BM the status information is available on the same screen For
364. the menu bar This page displays a list of AENs asynchronous event notifications received from the controller displayed in the drop down list in the menu bar Up to 1000 events can be listed After the 1000 limit is reached the oldest events are deleted as new ones occur You can sort the events by severity or time To do so just click the column header For information about a particular event click it on the Alarms page the 3DM 2 Help will open with information about the event For a complete listing of the alarms that appear on the Alarms page see Error and Notification Messages on page 246 Clear Alarms The Clear Alarms button removes all alarms shown in the list Sev Shows the severity of the event Three levels are provided e Errors are shown next to a red box e Warnings are shown next to a yellow box Information is shown next to a blue box Time The time shown for alarms is the time the alarm was received by the driver from firmware Message The specific text relating to the alarm condition 228 3ware SATA SAS RAID Controller Card Software User Guide Version 10 0 Battery Backup page Battery Backup page Figure 103 Battery Backup Page 2 3ware 3DM 2 Administrator fogged in Logout Summary Information Management Monitor 3DM 2 Settings Help Refresh Battery Backup SCT seta Controller ID O 9750 41 g Battery Backup Information Controller ID 0 Battery Backup Unit PRESENT Serial M21900
365. they are required or are manually started There may be times when you want to disable scheduled rebuild migrate tasks so that you can rebuild or migrate a unit right away without waiting for the next scheduled time In this case you can disable the schedule as described below www si com channel products 171 Maintaining Units EI 5 Note When you first use 3DM 2 daily schedules exist with 24 hour duration that is the schedule is for all the time Until you change these 24 hour daily schedule enabling the schedule will not have any direct effect You can easily disable a current Rebuild Migrate schedule without deleting the schedule itself To turn on or off use of the current Migrate Rebuild task schedule 1 Choose Management gt Schedule from the menu bar The Scheduling page appears showing the schedule for Rebuild Migrate Tasks 2 In the Schedule Rebuild Tasks section select the appropriate setting Follow Schedule or Ignore Schedule The illustration below shows this setting for the rebuild task schedule Scheduled Rebuilds C Follow Schedule Ignore Schedule Day frime Duration hours 24 F 1 Sunday 12 00am F 2 Monday 12 00am 24 Note Self test schedules cannot be turned off in this way To disable self tests you must either remove all schedule times or uncheck the tests listed in the Tasks column For more information see Selecting Self tests to be Performed on page 174 Selecti
366. tification Use the fields in this section to set up and manage notifications of events by e mail Send E mail This field determines whether e mail notification is Enabled or Disabled It is a good idea to enable this feature so that you receive email when your units or drives have problems Notify On Specifies the type of events for which notifications should be sent A severity of Information will send e mails for all alarms a severity of Warning will send e mail for alarms with severity of Warning and Error A severity of Error will send e mail for alarms with severity of Error Sender Enter the email address which will appear in the From field Recipient The e mail address to which notifications should be sent You can enter multiple addresses separated by commas Mail Server name or IP If the machine on which you are running 3DM 2 has access to a name server you may enter the machine name of the mail server in the Server field Otherwise use the IP address Mail Server Login If your email server requires authentication enter the login for the server If you are uncertain of the login contact the administrator of the email server Mail Server Password If your email server requires authentication enter the password for the Mail Server login Mail Server Port uses SSL If your mail server requires or supports encrypted email set this to Yes For more information See Managing E mail Event Notification
367. ting the Firmware Through 3DM 2 0 eee ee 179 Updating the Firmware Through DOS Using the 3ware Bootable CD 180 Updating the 3ware Driver Under Windows 0e0 ee eevee 181 Updating the 3ware Driver Under Red Hat or Fedora Core 183 Updating the 3ware Driver Under SUSE 00 00 e eee eee eee 185 Viewing Battery Information 0 0 0 cee eee ee 186 Testing Battery Capacity 0 0 ects 187 www si com channel products v Chapter 11 Enclosure Management 000 eee eee eee eee eee 190 Viewing a List of Enclosures 0 0 0 cette 191 Checking Enclosure Component Status 000 ccc eee ee eee eee 192 FanStatus yng EEE E Biba eh TE due gle nepaoeeaaia 194 Temp Sensor StatuS 0 0 0 cece ete eens 194 Power Supply Status 0 0 0 0 cece teens 194 SIOUSUMMANY rni Pie batts Sit id a a an E aa dled 195 Locating a Specific Enclosure Component 0000 cece eee cence 195 Working with Enclosure Alarms 0 00 e eee eet tenes 196 Controlling an Enclosure Alarm In 3DM2 0000 eee eee eee ee 197 Turning Off an Enclosure Alarm in 3BM 0 00 cece eee eee eee 198 Downloading an Enclosure Diagnostic Log eee eee 199 Chapter 12 3DM 2 Reference 2000 c eee ee eee eee eee eee 200 Controller Summary page 0 0 e cece cee tees 201 Controller Details page 0 6 ects 202 Unit Informat
368. tolerant Press any key to continue 2 Press a key to continue 3 If your degraded unit has a drive indicated as Not in Use the drive may still be usable Try rebuilding with the Not in Use drive intact Simply select the unit highlight it and press Enter and then select the Rebuild Unit button 4 When the Rebuild confirmation screen appears confirm that you selected the correct unit by selecting OK 5 Press F8 to save your changes and exit 3BM The unit will begin rebuilding after the operating system finishes loading If the rebuild fails and you have no available drives do one of the following e If your system has hot swap bays you can replace the failed or Not In Use drive and rescan Alt R the unit e If your system does not have hot swap bays power down the system and replace the failed or Not In Use drive Then power on the system and restart 3BM Then follow these steps 1 Atthe main 3BM screen highlight an available drive to replace the faulted drive and press Enter to select it An asterisk appears in the left most column to indicate the drive is selected 2 Press Tab to select the degraded unit and press Enter to select it 3 Tab to the Maintain Unit button and press Enter 4 Select Rebuild from the pop up menu and press Enter www si com channel products 163 Maintaining Units Figure 70 Rebuild Option on the Maintain Menu SATA SAMSUNG HD166JJ 149 64 GB Hot Spare Unit Delete Un A
369. tp www lsi com channel ContactUs LSI also offers 24 hour 7days a week phone support at 1 800 633 4545 in North America or at 00 800 47 45 64 42 internationally The international phone number does not require country specific access codes Sales and ordering information For sales inquiries visit http www lsi com channel ContactUs Feedback on this manual Your feedback is welcome If anything in the guide seems unclear please let us know Please send an email to support lsi com www si com channel products 321 Index Numerics 2TB support 83 3BM help 60 main screen 54 navigation 55 screens 54 starting 51 working in 55 3DM 3DM menus 66 Alarms page 228 Battery Backup Information page 229 browser requirements 62 Controller Details page 202 Controller Settings page 211 Controller Summary page 201 Disk Management Utility Overview 61 Drive Details page 208 Drive Information page 206 enabling remote access 73 Enclosure Details page 3DM 232 Enclosure Summary page 3DM 231 installation 310 main 3DM screen 66 Maintenance page 219 managing email event notification 72 page refresh frequency 75 passwords 71 preferences 71 problems 245 remote access enabling 73 Scheduling page 216 setting listening port number 74 Settings page 235 starting 62 starting in Linux 64 uninstalling 3DM on Linux 316 Windows 316 Unit Details page 204 Unit Information page 203 3ware HTML Bookshelf xi A A Chip 322 defin
370. tructions under Making Units Managed by a 3ware Controller Available to Windows on page 38 Installing the 3ware Driver on a Windows System that Boots from a Different Device If you are installing the 3ware RAID controller on a system that already has a Windows operating system boot device follow the instructions in this section If you will be using a unit managed by the 3ware RAID controller as your boot device see Installing the 3ware Driver and Windows on a New RAID Unit on page 34 RAID controller card If you install the controller card fist when Windows displays the Found New Hardware wizard cancel the prompts Then continue with the procedure below 3 Note It is easiest and simplest to install the driver before you install the 3ware To install the 3ware driver with the Device Driver Install Wizard 1 Insert the 3ware CD into your CD ROM drive Click Agree at the LSI license agreement The 3ware menu appears 2 Click Install Windows Drivers The installer will select the correct driver for your Windows operating system and open the Device Driver Installation Wizard 36 3ware SATA SAS RAID Controller Card Software User Guide Version 10 0 Driver Installation Under Windows Figure 18 3ware Device Driver Installation Wizard Device Driver Installation Wizard sees ST i LSI 3ware 9750 Controller Device Driver Installer This wizard will install the driver for this device A d o s ai
371. u can also simply power down to remove the applicable drives since you are not booted yet To remove a unit through 3BM 1 If your drives are not in hot swap bays you do not need to remove a unit via 3BM Simply power down and remove the applicable drives Refer to your system s user guide for details on removing fixed disks can result in a system hang or may even damage the system and the Warning Physically removing drives which are not in hot swap bays drive 2 Atthe main 3BM screen highlight the unit you want to remove and press Enter to select it An asterisk appears in the left most column to indicate that the unit is selected 3 Tab to the Maintain Unit button and press Enter 4 In the pop up menu select Remove and press Enter You can now physically remove the drives and move them to another controller If your drives are in hot swap bays you can do this without shutting down the system Moving a Unit from One Controller to Another After you have configured a unit on a 3ware 9750 controller you can move it to a different 3ware 9750 controller and retain the configuration on the new controller This is referred to as array roaming When connecting the unit to the new controller you do not have to physically connect the drives to the same physical slots to which they were connected on the previous controller The firmware will still recognize the unit This feature is referred to as disk roaming
372. u to specify where the driver files exist If you are asked whether you want to connect to Windows Update select No not this time and click Next If the Digital Signature Not Found screen appears click Yes to continue and follow the instructions to complete the driver installation When the Completing the Hardware Update Wizard screen appears click Finish If you are prompted to restart the system do so Shortly after clicking Finish or after the machine reboots the first screen of the Hardware Update Wizard appears again informing you that Windows has found new hardware Updating the 3ware Driver Under Red Hat or Fedora Core The following steps describe how to update the 3ware driver under Red Hat Note Backup your original driver before updating in case you need to revert back AN to it However you will not be able to revert back to the original driver if you are booting from that unit To update the 3ware driver under Red Hat 1 Download and extract the driver as described under Downloading the Driver and Firmware on page 178 Backup any critical data prior to updating the 3ware driver Change the directory to the location with the extracted driver Copy the files to the appropriate directory In the commands below replace lt version gt with the applicable Red Hat or Fedora Core version such as ws5 or fc11 and replace lt kernel string gt with the applicable kernel for example 2 6 Not
373. umber of seconds that BIOS loading will pause to displaying the RAID configuration before continuing to boot the operating system You can set a pause time of up to 10 seconds The default is 6 seconds Full Screen Control When you have many drives attached to a controller and choose to display the Full level of detail the information can extend beyond a screens worth The Full Screen Control setting lets you specify whether to wait for a keystroke when the screen is full before displaying additional information This option can be either No Key or Wait Key BIOS Loading Options Load Control This setting is enabled by default It allows you to boot from RAID units or drives managed by the controller If this setting is disabled you will only be able to boot from hard drives or peripheral devices such as CD www si com channel products 57 3ware BIOS Manager 3BM Introduction ROM or floppy that are not managed by the controller You may wish to disable this setting if you have multiple controllers in a headless system with no monitor or keyboard Options for Entering BIOS Hot Key The default key combination for entering the BIOS is Alt 3 If you wish you can change this key combination to Ctrl 6 Require Password To control access to the BIOS setup program you can enable a security password If you enable the password function you must then specify a password Change Password This field is where you will enter a pa
374. ure alarm on Alarms are only turned on activated when an error condition has been detected for a drive or RAID unit To view any error conditions that may have caused the enclosure alarm to go off see the 3DM 2 Alarms page Status information about supported enclosures is also available on the 3DM 2 Enclosure Details page You can also use the CLI ex show alarms command or check the status of the RAID unit in 3BM Muting an alarm provides the ability to silence the alarm without turning it off completely You can also set the alarm to Mute in advance if you do not want the alarm to sound When the alarm audibility is set to Mute and the alarm turns on the word Activated continues to display in the Status column of the Audio Alarm Summary on the 3DM 2 Enclosure Details page as shown in Figure 85 196 3ware SATA SAS RAID Controller Card Software User Guide Version 10 0 Working with Enclosure Alarms Figure 85 Alarm displays as Activated when muted 3wares 3DM 2 wwongwin Windows XP x64 Edition Service Pack 1 Summary Information Management Administrator logged in Logout Monitor 3DM 2 Settings Help Refresh Closure Details ALOCE Controller ID 0 969054 8 v Status Vendor Product ID ea Revision 109H Diagnostic Diagnostic Text Controller ID 0 Controlling an Enclosure Alarm In 3DM 2 In 3DM 2 you can turn off an enclosure alarm that has activated or you can choose to mute or unm
375. use the Advanced Search at https selfservice lsi com service main jsp 000B Rebuild started 256 Event Type Information Cause The 3ware RAID controller started to rebuild a degraded unit The rebuild may have been initiated by you may have started automatically on a hot spare or may have started after drive removal or insertion due to the Auto Rebuild policy Action Allow the rebuild to complete This will return the unit to its normal redundant state See Also Scheduling Background Tasks on page 169 Rebuilding Units on page 160 Background Task Prioritization on page 169 3ware SATA SAS RAID Controller Card Software User Guide Version 10 0 Error and Notification Messages 000C Initialize started Event Type Information Cause The 3ware RAID controller started an initialization This is always a synching background initialization and does not erase user data Initialization either occurs at unit creation time for larger RAID 5 6 or 50 units or later during the initial verification of redundant units Action Allow the initialization to complete This will return the unit to its normal redundant state See Also For more information see About Initialization on page 152 000E Initialize failed Event Type Error Cause The 3ware RAID controller was unable to complete the initialization This error can be caused by unrecoverable drive errors If this unit was a redun
376. ut losing data hit to stop configuring and first Press to continue Enter PGUP PGDOWN 6 Press any key to continue to the 3BM BIOS Manager screen Exiting the 3BM Configuration Utility When you are ready to exit the 3BM configuration utility you have the option to save the configuration changes you have made or to discard the changes To save your configuration modifications 1 Press the F8 or Esc key A list of affected drives appears and a messages ask you to confirm the configuration 2 Type y The booting process resumes To exit without saving changes 1 Press Esc 2 Ifyou have unsaved changes 3BM will ask you whether you want to save the changes and exit or exit without saving the changes If you want to exit without saving changes type N If you change your mind and want to save the changes type Y Policy screen Pressing F8 is not required to save those changes For more about El Exception Changes made to controller policies are saved when you leave the changing policies see Setting the Auto Rebuild Policy on page 82 www si com channel products 53 3ware BIOS Manager 3BM Introduction Working in the 3BM Screens The main 3BM screen Figure 24 shows the current configuration for the drives attached to your controller and a list of any available drives Unusable and incomplete drives are also shown Figure 24 3BM Main Display SATA SAMSUNG HD166JJd 149 64 GB SAT
377. ute it To mute unmute or turn off an enclosure alarm 1 Choose Monitor gt Enclosure Support from the menu bar in 3DM 2 The Status column indicates Alarm Activated when the alarm has turned on as shown in Figure 86 Figure 86 Enclosure Summary shows Alarm Activated 3wares 3DM 2 wwongwin Windows XP x84 Edition Service Pack 1 Summary Information Management Monitor Administrator logged in Logout 3DM 2 Settings Help SICRETI Controller ID 1 9650SE 2LP v Refresh z losure Support Enclosure Summary 0 Alarm Activated AMI MG9072 6 0 2 On the Enclosure Summary page click the blue Enclosure ID link for the enclosure to go to the Enclosure Details page www si com channel products 197 Enclosure Management Figure 87 Enclosure Details page with enclosure alarm On 3wari Be DM 2 viwongviin windows XP x64 Edition Service Pack 1 Administrator logged in Summary Information Management Monitor 3DM 2 Settings Help Refresh Enclosure Details SAET Controller ID 0 969054 8 v Enclosure ID 0 Status Alarm Activated Vendor AIC Product ID EM24 54C 01A1 Revision 109H Diagnostic Diagnostic Text Controller ID 0 Audio Alarm Summary 0 Activated ON Mute 3 Inthe Audio Alarm Summary section of the Enclosure Details page do one of the following To turn off the alarm change the State to Off This deactivates and silences the audio alarm To mute the alarm change the Au
378. uto Rebuild is enabled the firmware will select drives to use for automatically rebuilding a degraded unit using the following priority order e Smallest usable spare e Smallest usable unconfigured available drive e Smallest usable failed drive Enabling Auto Rebuild allows you to add a drive to the controller and have it be available for a rebuild without having to specify it as a spare With Auto Rebuild enabled if you accidentally disconnect a drive causing the controller to see it as a failed drive and then reconnect it the controller will automatically try to use it again You can enable or disable the Auto Rebuild policy through 3DM or 3BM 3ware SATA SAS RAID Controller Card Software User Guide Version 10 0 Using Auto Carving for Multi LUN Support To enable Auto Rebuild through 3DM 2 1 Choose Management gt Controller Settings from the menu bar in 3DM 2 2 Inthe Other Controller Settings section at the bottom of the screen select the Enabled option for Auto Rebuild The page refreshes and a message at the top confirms the change you have made To enable Auto Rebuild through 3BM 1 On the main 3BM screen Tab to Settings and press Enter 2 On the pop up menu select Controller Policies and press Enter 3 On the Policy Settings page Tab to the Auto Rebuild field press Enter to display the options select Enable and press Enter again to select it 4 Tab to OK and press Enter to select it The policy is
379. vailable RAID Configurations 00 00 cece eee 6 Determining What RAID Level to Use 220000 11 Using Drive Capacity Efficiently 0 0 0 12 Support for Over 2 TerabyteS 0 00 eee 13 3ware Tools for Configuration and Management 0 00 eee eee eee 14 Monitoring Maintenance and Troubleshooting Features 15 First Time RAID Configuration Using 3BM 20 00000eee 18 Basic Steps for Creating a Unit 0 0 etna 18 Specifying a Hot Spare 0 0 eee e eee 26 Making Drives Visible to the Operating System 000 e eee eee eee 27 Checking the Motherboard Boot Sequence 0 0 cece eee eee 27 What Next cerie merina de aod Saba a eto beens eel ea exe aoi ETna lactis 27 Getting Started with Your 3ware RAID Controller 28 Driver Installation 00 a a a a al a E 32 Driver Installation Under Windows 000 aeaaee 33 Materials Required 0 0 cee ttt tees 33 Creating a 3ware Driver Disk 0000 e cece eee eens 34 Installing the 3ware Driver and Windows on a New RAID Unit 34 Installing the 3ware Driver on a Windows System that Boots from a Different Device 20 000 eee 36 Making Units Managed by a 3ware Controller Available to Windows 38 Driver Installation Under Linux 0 0000 eee 39 Obtaining 3ware Linux Drivers 0 00 eens 40 Driver In
380. vated but mute 8047 300 Enclosure audio alarm added 804A 301 Enclosure audio alarm failed 8048 300 Enclosure audio alarm removed 8049 300 Enclosure audio alarm status unknown 804B 301 Enclosure current normal 8044 299 Enclosure current over 8045 299 Enclosure current unknown 8046 299 Enclosure Details page 3DM 232 Enclosure fan added 8003 290 Enclosure fan error 8001 289 Enclosure fan normal 8000 289 Enclosure fan off 8005 291 Enclosure fan removed 8002 290 Enclosure fan unknown 8004 290 Enclosure Information page 3BM 192 Enclosure power added 8033 296 Enclosure power fail 8031 295 Enclosure power normal 8030 295 Enclosure power off 8037 297 Enclosure power removed 8032 296 Enclosure power unknown 8034 296 325 Enclosure removed 0062 286 enclosure status indicators 142 Enclosure Summary page 3DM 231 Enclosure temp above operating 8024 293 Enclosure temp added 8026 294 Enclosure temp below operating 8023 292 Enclosure temp critical 8027 294 Enclosure temp high 8022 292 Enclosure temp low 8021 291 Enclosure temp normal 8020 291 Enclosure temp removed 8025 293 Enclosure temp unknown 8028 294 Enclosure voltage normal 8040 297 Enclosure voltage over 8041 298 Enclosure voltage under 8042 298 Enclosure voltage unknown 8043 298 enclosures blinking LEDs for components 195 blinking LEDs for drives 145 checking status of components fans temperature sensors power
381. ve Drive Verify Unit Rebuild Unit Migrate Unit Remove Unit Delete Unit Before removing or deleting a unit make sure there is no I O on the unit and unmount it Available Drives Controller ID 0 JvPor Model Jeapacity_Jivpe Pry Sot peus _ i MAXTOR Oo oO ATLAS15K2_36SAS 34 25 GB SAS Enclosure 0 Slot 10 OK O 6 SAMSUNG HD160JJ 149 05 GB SATA 0 OK PF 13 SAMSUNG HD160JJ 149 05GB SATA Zz OK De Select All Drives Create Unit Remove Drive Set Spare s Clear Configuration The Maintenance page appears when you choose Management gt Maintenance from the menu bar The Maintenance page lets you perform maintenance tasks on existing units on the current controller and lets you create new units by configuring available drives Information about the Maintenance page is organized under these headings Rescan Controller e Unit Maintenance e Maintenance Task Buttons for Existing Units e Available Drives to Create Units e Maintenance Task Buttons for Available Drives Rescan Controller The Rescan Controller button scans the ports on the controller Rescanning updates the list of available drives shown and updates the status of all attached disks If error conditions have been fixed the status is updated to reflect that www si com channel products 219 3DM 2 Reference Rescanning is useful in a variety of maintenance tasks For example if you physically plug in a drive and want th
382. ve profile through 3DM 2 1 Choose Management gt Controller Settings from the menu bar in 3DM 2 2 In the Unit Policies section of the Controller Settings page select the profile you want to use from the drop down list in the StorSave column The page refreshes and a message at the top confirms the change you have made Setting the StorSave Profile through 3BM In 3BM the StorSave Profile is set on the Configure Disk Array screen To set the StorSave Profile through 3BM 1 At the main 3BM screen select the unit by highlighting it and pressing Enter An asterisk appears in the left most column to indicate that it is selected 2 Tab to the Maintain Unit button and press Enter 3 On the pop up menu select Configure and press Enter 4 Inthe Configure Disk Array screen Tab to the field StorSave Profile 3ware SATA SAS RAID Controller Card Software User Guide Version 10 0 Setting Unit Policies The current setting Protection Balanced or Performance is shown The default setting is Balanced 5 Press Enter to display the choices use the arrow keys to select the setting you want and press Enter again to choose it StorSave Profile Balanced Performance 6 Tab to the OK button and press Enter to select it You return to the main 3BM screen 7 When you are finished making changes press F8 to save them and exit 3BM Rapid RAID Recovery The Rapid Raid Recovery feature increases the speed with which a re
383. vice main jsp The 3ware BIOS screen never appears e The 3ware RAID controller may not be installed properly Reinstall the hardware and reboot www si com channel products 243 Troubleshooting The motherboard may be functional but may not be compatible Please check the Motherboard Compatibility List available on the LSI website at http www lsi com channel support marketing_resources through the Data amp Interoperability tab to see if you motherboard has been tested by 3ware If you have a different type of motherboard available you may want to test the controller in it to see if the 3ware BIOS screen appears The motherboard s BIOS may need to be upgraded Check the web site of the motherboard manufacturer to download and install their latest BIOS The motherboard may not be functional You may not have the latest 3ware firmware and driver To see what version you have see Determining the Current Version of Your 3ware Driver on page 176 To download the most recent software see http www lsi com channel ChannelDownloads Need to boot from a non 3ware device without changing the boot order If the operating system is installed on a 3ware unit you can temporarily bypass the 3ware BIOS and prevent the OS from booting from that unit by pressing Alt b This saves the step of changing the boot order in the motherboard BIOS and having to change it back again Software Installation Problems The 3ware RAID controll
384. will be either new or refurbished to be functionally equivalent to new Products or parts replaced under this provision shall become the property of LSI LSI warranty service is provided by returning the defective product to LSI www si com channel products 319 Warranty Technical Support and Service Exclusions This warranty does not cover any damage to this product which results from accident abuse misuse natural or personal disaster or any unauthorized disassembly repair or modification LSI shall not be liable for any incidental or consequential damages including but not limited to loss of profits other loss damage or expense directly or indirectly arising from the customer s misuse of or inability to use the product either separately or in combination with other equipment regardless of whether LSI has been advised of the possibility of such damages LSI is not liable for and does not cover under warranty any costs associated with servicing and or the installation of LSI products This warranty sets for the entire liability and obligations of LSI with respect to breach of warranty and the warranties set forth or limited herein are the sole warranties and are in lieu of all other warranties expressed or implied including warranties or fitness for particular purpose and merchantability State Law Provisions This warranty gives you specific legal rights and you may have other rights which vary from state to state Some sta
385. will need to enable auto carving Before creating your unit follow the instructions under Using Auto Carving for Multi LUN Support on page 83 B Note If the capacity of the unit you create will exceed 2TB and you are using 18 3ware SATA SAS RAID Controller Card Software User Guide Version 10 0 Basic Steps for Creating a Unit To launch 3BM 1 Power up or reboot your system While the system is starting watch for a screen similar to Figure 8 Figure 8 3ware BIOS Screen S Manager offline 7G 2 Press Alt 3 immediately to bring up the 3ware BIOS Manager 3BM Normally your 3ware configuration remains on screen for just a few seconds However if a unit has degraded the screen indicates the problem and remains on your screen longer 3 If you plan to make changes to your configuration and need to backup data before continuing press ESC and do so now Otherwise press any key to continue Figure 9 Warning Message When you Start 3BM Disks have existing data When you configure your disk arrayls existing data on O drives may he overuritten When you hit the key you will be notified which drives will be overwritten and offered the option of abandoning the new settings before any data is lost If you are concerned about losing data hit to stop configuring and first Press to continue Enter PGUP PGDOWN 4 Ifyou have more than one 9750 controller in your system a screen list
386. ws installation at this point There are no instructions after installing the driver that are specific to 3ware If you need additional instructions refer to the Windows documentation supplied by Microsoft Follow the instructions under Making Units Managed by a 3ware Controller Available to Windows on page 38 To install Windows Server 2008 Vista or Windows 7 and the 3ware driver 1 Boot from the Windows Server 2008 Vista or Windows 7 installation CD and specify the following Language to Install Time and currency format and Keyboard or input method Click Next and then click Install Now Accept the Microsoft License Terms and click Next When the message Which type of installation do you want appears click Custom advanced When the message Where do you want to install Windows appears click Load Driver Insert the media with the 3ware driver It can be a floppy USB flash drive CD or DVD Once inserted select Browse or OK and navigate to the location of the driver www si com channel products 35 Driver Installation 6 When the message Select the driver to be installed appears choose LSI 3ware 9750 RAID Controller and click Next 7 Continue with the normal Windows installation at this point There are no instructions after installing the driver that are specific to 3ware If you need additional instructions refer to the Windows documentation supplied by Microsoft 8 Follow the ins
387. x System that Boots from a Different Note If SUSE Linux is already installed on another drive turn to Installing the B Device on page 48 www si com channel products 47 Driver Installation 1 Boot directly from the SUSE installation CD 1 or DVD 2 When installing SUSE press either the F6 key or the F3 key depending on the version You will then be prompted to insert the driver install disk and to select the media type 3 Insert the 3ware Linux SUSE driver installation disk or 3ware CD 4 Click OK and continue with the installation Installing the 3ware Kernel Driver Module on a SUSE Linux System that Boots from a Different Device In the instruction below replace lt kernel string gt with the kernel version you are using i e 2 6 etc In addition replace 3w sas with the appropriate module file for your kernel Depending on the supported release not all modules may be required or available The available kernel driver module files are e For default kernels 3w sas ko e For SMP kernels 3w sas smp e For high memory kernels 3w sas big e For i586 kernels 3w sas 586 e For Xen kernels 3w sas xen 1 Log in as root 2 Edit etc sysconfig kernel and make sure the file contains the following line INITRD_MODULES reiserfs 3w sas depending on the installation You may see entries like reiserfs ext3 or scsi_mod If present leave them ensuring there is a space between each module name since
388. xample a RAID 1 to a RAID 5 e Unit Capacity Expansion for example adding a 4th drive to a 3 drive RAID 5 You can also use RLM to change the stripe size of a unit performance will be affected while the migrating task is active You can control how much effect this has on performance by setting the background task rate For more information see Setting Background Task Rate on page 168 B Note A unit being migrated can still be used I O still continues however the This section includes the following topics about changing existing configurations e RAID Level Migration RLM Overview e Changing RAID Level e Expanding Unit Capacity e Informing the Operating System of Changed Configuration If you want to change the policy settings for an existing unit there is no need to change the configuration See Setting Unit Policies on page 107 RAID Level Migration RLM Overview RAID level migration is the process of converting one RAID configuration to another When you migrate a unit to a different configuration the user data on it is redistributed to the format of the new configuration This data www si com channel products 123 Configuring Units 124 redistribution process is a background task similar to the rebuild or verify processes Figure 57 shows an example of how data is reconfigured during a migration In this example the migration is from a 3 drive RAID 0 to a 4 drive RAID 5 with both having
389. y is enabled see Setting the Auto Rebuild Policy on page 82 the firmware will attempt to rebuild a degraded unit with an available drive or a failed drive If desired you can manually replace the drive rescan the controller and start the rebuild process Manual rebuilds can be started from either 3BM CLI or 3DM although the rebuild itself only happens when the operating system is running The rebuild process may take less time if Rapid RAID Recovery has been enabled during unit creation See Rapid RAID Recovery on page 121 Rebuilds on multiple units can take place simultaneously If multiple drives are faulted in a RAID 10 configuration the drives are rebuilt simultaneously In a 4 drive RAID 10 configuration up to two drives can be rebuilt In a 6 drive configuration up to three drives can be rebuilt In an 8 drive configuration up to four drives can be rebuilt In a 12 drive configuration up to six drives can be rebuilt Note If both drives in a RAID 10 mirrored set are faulted the data is not recoverable Up to half of the drives in a RAID 10 unit can become defective and still have the user data retained as long as the failed drives are only half of each mirrored pair A RAID 5 unit can have one drive fail before becoming inoperable 3ware SATA SAS RAID Controller Card Software User Guide Version 10 0 Background Tasks A RAID 50 unit can sustain multiple drive failures as long there is only one failed
390. y of these options are listed on the Create Disk Array screen A few are available through the Advanced Options screen 1 Use the arrow keys to move through the policies shown on the screen select the option you want and press Enter to choose it 2 Press Tab to the Advanced button and press Enter to open the Advanced options screen where additional policies are available For details about the various unit policies see e Enabling and Disabling the Unit Write Cache on page 109 e Working with Read Cache Settings on page 111 e Setting the StorSave Profile for a Unit on page 118 e Enabling or Disabling Auto Verify for a Unit on page 115 e Rapid RAID Recovery on page 121 e Enabling and Disabling Queuing for a Unit on page 117 e Setting Overwrite ECC Continue on Source Error When Rebuilding on page 116 e Initialization Method on page 93 Figure 14 Create Disk Array Advanced Options screen Note Creating an array will ite existing data on its drives MAXTOR MAXTOR ATL MAXTOR ATL 3 3 SEAGATE ST33 34 18 GB Boot Volume Size Dri Queuing Mode Enabled Continue On Error When Rebuild Disabled Initiz zation Method Foreground 5 in gigabyte 3 oot Volum Enter g To create a boot volume of a particular size You can specify a portion of the unit you create to be used as a boot volume if desired This is useful if you will be installing your operating system onto the unit and wa
391. y out of the recommended operating range Action Take immediate steps to correct the temperature problem Take steps to lower the enclosure temperature such as adding fans clearing enclosure openings of blockages and increased ventilation of the operating environment Continued operation of the enclosure at high temperatures may lead to data loss and operational failure See your enclosure documentation or contact your enclosure manufacturer to make sure you are following proper operating procedures 8028 Enclosure temp unknown Event Type Warning 294 3ware SATA SAS RAID Controller Card Software User Guide Version 10 0 Error and Notification Messages Cause Applies to 9750 and 9690SA controllers The enclosure is reporting that it is unable to determine the temperature of the unit This may be due to a failed or missing sensor Action Check the operational status of the temperature sensor If it has failed replace it See your enclosure documentation or contact your enclosure manufacturer for more information 8030 Enclosure power normal Event Type Information Cause Applies to 9750 and 9690SA controllers The enclosure power supply is now back within the acceptable range Action None required 8031 Enclosure power fail Event Type Error Cause Applies to 9750 and 9690SA controllers One of the enclosure power supplies is not working Either a power supply has failed or a cord is unplugged
392. you want to use in the list of Available Drives and then click Create Unit You will be prompted to select the unit Type Name Stripe size if applicable and unit policy settings A window like the one below shows the drives you selected and lets you specify configuration settings www lsi com channel products 225 3DM 2 Reference 226 Figure 100 Configuration Window in 3DM 2 Selected drive s to use to create SATA 149 05 GB OK SATA 149 05 GB OK SATA 149 05 GB OK SATA 149 05 GB OK VPort 0 SAMSUNG HD160JJ VPort 1 SAMSUNG HD160JJ VPort 2 SAMSUNG HD160JJ VPort3 SAMSUNG HD160JJ Type RAID5 Name Stripe 256KB x M Write Cache W Auto Verify M Queuing I Overwrite ECC Read Cache Intelligent StorSave Balanced Rapid RAID Recovery All Ok Cancel For more detailed instructions see Configuring a New Unit on page 91 Type The drop down list lists the possible RAID configurations for the drives selected in the list of Available Drives Available configurations may include RAID 0 RAID 1 RAID 5 RAID 6 RAID 10 RAID 50 and Single Disk For information about these configurations see Available RAID Configurations on page 6 Depending on the size of the unit a RAID 50 unit will contain 2 or more subunits For example when you are configuring a RAID 50 with twelve drives an additional field appears in which you select the number of drives per subunit 3 4 or 6 Figure 101 Configuring a RA
393. your system To see details about the units in a controller click the link in the ID column ID The ID that the operating system assigns to the controller Model The model name of the controller The model number is also printed on a sticker on the outside bracket of the controller Serial The serial number of the controller The serial number is also printed on a sticker on the outside bracket of the controller or on the backside of the controller Firmware The firmware version running on the controller Driver The driver version being used to interact with the controller Status The overall status of the controller Possible statuses include OK Warning Error and No Units Warning indicates that a background task is currently being performed rebuilding migrating or initializing Error indicates that a unit is degraded or inoperable If both Error and Warning conditions exist the status will appear as Error For more information see Checking Unit and Drive Status through 3DM on page 139 www lsi com channel products 201 3DM 2 Reference Controller Details page 202 Figure 90 Controller Details Page Administrator logged in _Logout Management Monitor 3DM 2 Settings Help STR Mmm Controller ID 0 9750 61 al 3wares 3DM 2 urban qbmuteoiv Windows Server 2003 Service Pack 4 v 1433 Summary Information Refresh Controller Details Controller Details Controller ID 0 Model 9750

LSI 3ware SAS 9750-8i

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents